1 June 2004
Base Building — Issued for Construction
SECTION 15000 — HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
for
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
Doha, Qatar
Architect
I.M. Pei, Architects
88 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005 USA
Structural Consulting Engineers
Leslie E. Robertson Associates
30 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004 USA
Mechanical/Electrical/Vertical Transportation Consulting Engineers
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005 USA
SECTION 15000
HVAC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article
Title
Page
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
1.23
1.24
1.25
General Requirements
Related Work Specified in Other Sections
Design Criteria
Description of Systems
Notice to Bidders
Subcontractor/Engineer
General
Coordination
Composite Drawings
General Construction Drawings
Shop Drawings and HVAC Consulting Engineer's Review
Record Drawings
Codes and Permits
Protective Painting
Identification of Systems
Tools
Sleeves
Operating and Maintenance Instructions
Repair and Maintenance Parts
Subcontracts
Engineering Reference Points
Guarantee
Cutting and Patching
Rubbish Removal
Protection
1
1
2
3
12
12
13
13
14
16
17
23
24
24
25
26
26
28
28
29
29
30
30
30
31
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
Approved Manufacturers
Materials for Piping
Pipe Fittings
Valves
Strainers
Relief Valves
Identification of Systems
Hangers, Anchors, Supports, Guides, etc.
Flow Measuring Systems
Automatic Air Eliminators
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-TC-1
31
45
46
51
56
57
57
58
61
62
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Article
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
2.22
2.23
2.24
2.25
2.26
2.27
2.28
2.29
2.30
2.31
2.32
2.33
2.34
2.35
2.36
2.37
2.38
2.39
2.40
2.41
2.42
2.43
2.44
2.45
2.46
2.47
Title
Page
Pneumatic Diaphragm Expansion Tanks
Open Expansion Tanks
Water Makeup Pump Sets
Centrifugal Pumps
In-Line Circulating Pumps
Condensate Pumps
Centrifugal Refrigeration Machines
Induced Draft Cooling Towers
Condenser Water Filtration System
Cooling Coils and Heat Recovery Coils
Electric Heating Coils
Factory Assembled Supply and Return Fan Units
Centrifugal Fans
Axial Flow Fans
Packaged Air Conditioning Units (Chilled Water)
Air Filters
Sheet Metal Ductwork
Access Doors
Access Doors in Finished Construction
Dampers
Flexible Connections
Grilles, Registers and Diffusers
Variable and Constant Volume Boxes (DDC)
Volume Control Regulators (DDC)
Acoustic Treatment
Insulation
Foundations, Vibration Isolation Incorporating Seismic Restraints
Seismic Restraints
Work in Connection with Emergency Generator and Fuel Oil System
Duplex Fuel Oil Pumps
Motors
Variable Speed Motor Controllers
Electric Motor Controls
Electric Wiring
Automatic Temperature Controls
Instruments
Water Treatment
63
64
64
65
66
67
68
82
86
88
89
90
92
94
96
101
103
111
112
113
114
115
118
121
124
127
135
148
150
166
167
170
181
185
186
320
321
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
Cleaning, Testing and Adjusting
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
Installation of Piping
337
340
351
APPENDIX
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-TC-2
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
SECTION 15000
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
1.02
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B.
Drawings, general provisions of Contract, and General Conditions all
form a part of this Section of the Contract Documents.
C.
Where General Conditions clauses are repeated in these Specifications, it
is to call special attention to them, or as a further qualification. No
General Conditions clause referring to work of this Section shall be
considered waived unless specifically stated herein.
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS
A.
Finished painting of exposed pipes and apparatus.
B.
Outside air intake and discharge louvers, including insulated back-up
panels, bulkheads, gratings, etc., with screens in walls.
C.
Concrete foundations, pads and blocks for equipment mounting (except
as otherwise noted hereinafter), except that anchor bolts and templates
shall be furnished as the work of this Section. Drawings of equipment
foundation, curbs, pads and blocks (with required reinforcing rods, etc.,
indicated) shall be furnished for approval.
D.
Installation of access doors in finished building construction.
E.
Base flashing for all roof equipment, ductwork and piping penetrations.
F.
Ornamental grilles.
G.
Excavation and backfill.
H.
All cutting and patching, except as specifically modified in these
Specifications.
I.
Electric power wiring, except that furnished as an integral part of factory
assembled equipment and except as otherwise specified herein.
J.
Installation of plaster frames for diffusers, grilles and/or registers in
finished construction furnished as the work of this Section.
K.
Framed openings and curbs for roof fans, etc.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-1
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1.03
L.
Floor and funnel drains adjacent to equipment requiring the same.
M.
Undercutting of doors or louvers in doors.
N.
Domestic hot water heaters.
O.
Motor disconnect switches and circuit breakers, except in combination
starters and where otherwise noted.
P.
Installation of all variable speed drives, starters and motor control
devices, except factory mounted and wired as part of equipment.
Q.
Smoke detector elements and related wiring.
R.
Cold water makeup to cooling towers and compression tanks.
S.
Emergency diesel generator, diesel fire pump and associated monoxide
exhaust muffler/silencer(s) and flexible connections.
The
muffler/silencer(s) and flexible connections shall be finished under
another section of the Contract Documents and installed under this
Section of the Contract Documents.
DESIGN CRITERIA
A.
Temperature and Humidity Design Conditions
1.
Outside Air:
Summer:
Winter:
2.
Inside Air:
Dry Bulb:
46°C.
Wet Bulb:
30°C.
Dry Bulb:
Relative Humidity:
10°C.
90%
Gallery Exhibit
Spaces:
Dry Bulb:
21°C. ± 1°C.
*Relative Humidity: 50% ± 5%
Public Space/
Atrium:
Dry Bulb:
21°C. ± 1°C.
Relative Humidity: 50% ± 5%
Auditorium/
Conference Rooms/
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Library:
Dry Bulb:
24°C. ± 1°C.
Relative Humidity: 50% ± 5%
Office:
Dry Bulb:
24°C. ± 1°C.
Relative Humidity: 50% ± 5%
15000-2
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
*
1.04
Restaurant/Cafe:
Dry Bulb:
24°C. ± 1°C.
Relative Humidity: 55% ± 5%
Exhibit Storage:
Dry Bulb:
21°C. ± 1°C.
*Relative Humidity: 50% ± 5%
General Storage:
Dry Bulb:
26°C. ± 1°C.
Relative Humidity: 55% ± 5%
Kitchens:
Dry Bulb:
30°C. ± 2°C.
Exhibit storage and exhibit spaces shall be provided with
systems of humidification where required, to maintain
constant levels of temperature and humidity during the
Winter months.
3.
The design conditions for Mechanical Equipment Rooms,
Electric Control Rooms, and workshops not used for artwork
storage shall be cooled to 10°C. below the outdoor air-dry bulb
or 30°C. as per the requirements of the equipment installed in the
specific spaces.
4.
Electrical Rooms, Elevator Machine Rooms, and Mechanical
Equipment Rooms shall be cooled to 30°C.
5.
Cooling towers shall be selected to operate at a wet bulb
temperature of 32°C.
B.
Minimum Outside Air Quantity: 34 cubic meters per hour per person
with a diversity factor in the population being applied to this quantity.
(25 cubic meters per hour per person for Auditorium, Library, and
Galleries.)
C.
Acoustical Performance: Refer to Articles entitled “Variable and
Constant Volume Boxes (DDC)” and “Grilles, Registers and Diffusers”.
D.
Air Filtration: Refer to Article entitled “Air Filters”.
E.
Chilled Water Operating Conditions
1.
Chilled water inlet temperature to coils 5.5ºC.
2.
Chilled water leaving temperature from coils 12.2ºC.
DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
A.
Provide all materials, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, services,
hoisting, scaffolding, permits, inspections, support and supervision for
the furnishing and installing of all the Heating, Ventilating and Air
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-3
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Conditioning Work and all related work complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
B.
C.
Central Refrigeration Plant
1.
The central refrigeration plant shall consist of three (3) machines
located in the B1 Level Mechanical Equipment Room. Each
machine shall be sized at 50% of the total load. Machines shall
be of the electric motor driven centrifugal type suitable for
operation with environmentally acceptable refrigerants. A
chilled water and condenser water pump shall be provided for
each machine plus a standby (spare) pump for each type and
size. Machines shall be piped in a parallel arrangement for
operational flexibility and chilled water pumps shall be equipped
with variable speed drives (the variable speed drives shall be
programmed to maintain minimum required flow rates through
the chillers).
2.
The central refrigeration plant for water chilling shall include
necessary electric motor driven refrigeration units, starters, water
pumps, high efficiency motors and motor controllers, automatic
controls, piping, insulation, manual and motorized valves,
vibration isolation, acoustic treatment, control wiring, water
treatment, and all required auxiliaries, etc., to make for a
complete and operable system.
3.
A complete refrigeration monitoring system shall be provided.
Two (2) UL approved refrigerant sensors shall be provided for
each chiller, complete with local alarm panel and alarm
klaxon(s).
Cooling Tower Condenser Water Systems
1.
Central cooling tower shall be provided at the Roof Level of the
Education Wing and shall consist of one 3-cell cooling tower
sized for refrigeration tonnage required for the entire building
(Gallery Octagon and Education Wing). Each cell shall be sized
for 50% of the total load.
2.
Cooling tower cells shall be of the cross-flow design, stainless
steel and fiber glass reinforced polyester (FRP) construction and
each shall be equipped with variable speed motors.
3.
Each cooling tower cell shall have its own independent basin.
An equalizing line shall connect the basins of the three (3)
cooling cells in order to maintain a constant basin condenser
water level.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-4
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
4.
The condenser water system shall be provided with sand
filtration systems at the cooling towers, complete with sand
filters, pumps, piping, controls, valves, insulation, vibration
isolation, wire tracing, and all required accessories, etc.
5.
The condenser water system shall consist of cooling towers,
complete with pumps, piping, insulation, water treatment,
manual and motorized valves, motors and motor controllers,
automatic controls, vibration isolation, acoustic treatment and all
required auxiliaries, etc., to make for a complete and operable
system.
Heating: The building shall be provided with all-electric heating via
duct-mounted electric heating coils and VAV boxes with electric heating
coils. Systems of water-to-water heat recovery coils and circulating
pumps shall provide the first stage of temperature control.
E.
Gallery, Exhibit Areas, Restaurant and Atrium
1.
The air conditioning systems for the Gallery Octagon Exhibit
Areas, Restaurant and Atrium shall include multiple all-air
constant volume air conditioning (A/C) systems. Each A/C
system shall consist of supply and return fans that shall be
dedicated to a specific floor and zone. The supply air units shall
be factory-assembled type arranged in a draw-through
configuration. All units for these systems shall be medium
pressure, double wall construction. Each air conditioning unit
shall include a mixing chamber and shall be provided with
pleated prefilters and rigid type final filters, constant volume
centrifugal supply and return fans, chilled water cooling coil,
heat recovery coil, high-efficiency motors, variable frequency
drives, ductwork, piping valves, insulation, acoustic treatment,
vibration isolation, dampers, automatic controls, smoke
detectors, finned tubular type electric heating coils, electricdriven canister type steam humidifiers (where indicated on the
drawings), and all required auxiliaries.
a.
Main supply air headers and ductwork within
Mechanical Equipment Room shall be double-wall,
constructed of two layers of galvanized steel sheets in
panel construction with minimum 50 mm. thick thermal
insulation.
b.
Supply air and return air from each fan shall be
distributed to each floor/zone via dedicated supply and
return air ductwork to duct risers within shaft enclosures.
Combination fire/smoke dampers shall be provided at
each supply air and return floor/takeoff.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-5
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
F.
c.
Where indicated on the drawings, each zone supply duct
shall be provided with a heat recovery coil, and electric
heating coil . Coils shall be located in the horizontal
duct distribution systems located at the Basement Level.
A minimum of 5 meters of 304 stainless steel duct, allwelded pan type construction shall be provided at each
duct-mounted steam humidifier. All supply air ductwork
shall be insulated unless acoustically lined.
d.
Return air shall be ducted from all areas. Return air
shall be through linear extruded aluminum diffusers,
and/or architectural return air slots into the hung ceiling
plenum or directly into return air ducts when directly
connected to risers and/or shafts. All return air ductwork
shall be insulated unless acoustically lined.
e.
All of the air conditioning units shall be provided with
air flow monitoring and regulating stations to maintain a
fixed quantity of outside air. Outside air intake dampers
shall be closed during periods when the Museum is not
occupied (i.e., night setback) and supply and return fans
shall operate at reduced air flow rates.
Education Wing, Auditorium,
5th Floor Administration and Basement Level
1.
The air conditioning systems for the Education Wing,
Auditorium, 5th Floor Administration, and Basement Level shall
each include variable air volume systems consisting of supply
and return fans. The supply air systems shall be factoryassembled type arranged in a draw-through configuration. All
units for these systems shall be medium pressure, double wall
construction. Each air conditioning unit shall include a mixing
chamber and shall be provided with pleated prefilters and rigid
final filters, variable speed centrifugal supply and return fans,
chilled water cooling coil, heat recovery coils, high-efficiency
motors, variable frequency drives, ductwork, piping valves,
insulation, acoustic treatment, vibration isolation, dampers,
automatic controls, smoke detectors, variable air volume boxes
with or without electric heating coils, diffusers and all required
auxiliaries.
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The A/C systems for the Educational Wing and
Basement Level shall be headered for operating
flexibility. Supply air header in Mechanical Equipment
Room and where indicated on the drawings shall be
double-wall, constructed of two (2) layers of galvanized
steel sheets in panel construction with minimum 50 mm.
thick thermal insulation.
15000-6
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b.
Supply air and return air to each floor shall be via
common supply air and return air ductwork to duct risers
within fire-rated shaft enclosures.
Combination
fire/smoke dampers shall be provided at each
floor/takeoff. All supply air ductwork shall be insulated
unless acoustically lined. Supply air distribution devices
shall be through conventional louver face or perforated
ceiling diffusers for office areas and other general
occupancy areas and linear extruded aluminum diffusers
for all public areas.
c.
Return air shall be ducted from each area. Return air
shall be through air handling light fixtures, ceiling
grilles, and/or architectural return air slots into the hung
ceiling plenum for the office and similar areas, and
ducted for Conference Rooms, Library, and related areas
where indicated on the drawings.
d.
Variable air volume (VAV) boxes with unitary DDC
controllers shall be installed to serve every individual
space in accordance with the following density:
e.
G.
For each of the above variable air volume boxes,
a separate space mounted temperature sensor
shall be provided.
2)
All variable air volume boxes shall be installed
in locations that shall permit full access for
service and maintenance.
All of the air conditioning units shall be provided with a
fixed quantity of outside air.
Miscellaneous Spaces (i.e., Mechanical and Electrical Rooms, etc.)
1.
H.
1)
Mechanical spaces, Electrical Rooms, Elevator Machine Rooms
and similar spaces shall be cooled by packaged chilled water,
recirculation type, constant volume, low pressure air
conditioning units directly installed in the space or adjacent to
the space served with minimal ductwork.
Smoke Control System for the Building
(Typical for Each of the Two (2) Building Zones)
1.
A smoke control and extract system shall be provided to control
(limit) the migration of smoke from the area of smoke generation
to other non-involved areas and to extract the smoke from the
area where it is being generated to atmosphere. The smoke
control and extract system shall operate in the following manner:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-7
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
a.
b.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Upon activation of a manual fire alarm station, area
smoke detector, return air duct smoke detector or
sprinkler water flow switch within a building zone, the
following automatic actions shall occur:
1)
The air conditioning supply units and associated
return fans serving the affected building zone
shall stop and all associated smoke dampers
shall close. Kitchen exhaust fan shall continue
to operate if running.
2)
All remaining systems serving spaces outside
the building zone of alarm would continue to
operate under normal mode.
Although the initial automatic mode of operation of the
Smoke Control System shall be as outlined above, the
following additional provisions shall be made:
1)
The Fire Command Station, located at the
entrance level, as approved by the local Fire
Brigade, shall be provided with controls such
that, at the Fire Department's discretion, a
supply fan that had been shut down and
dedicated smoke exhaust fans could be started
and air supplied and/or extracted to any and all
floors served by the affected systems as desired
and the associated dampers that had been
automatically closed or opened could have their
positions reversed.
2)
Atrium smoke exhaust fans shall be provided at
the highest level of the Gallery Octagon which,
when activated, shall extract air from the Atrium
at a rate of not less than nine (9) air changes per
hour. The extract air shall be drawn from all
areas of the Atrium. Makeup air shall be
provided at the lowest levels of the Atrium by
the activation of openings at the exterior façade,
such as doors, windows and in the glass
elements in locations that are indicated on the
Architectural Drawings.
3)
Gallery smoke exhaust fans shall be provided at
the highest level of the Gallery Octagon, which
when activated shall provide smoke exhaust at a
rate of not less than six (6) air changes per hour
based on the area of the largest Gallery floor.
Floor shutoff fire/smoke dampers shall be
15000-8
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
provided at each smoke exhaust floor takeoff
from riser.
4)
Smoke exhaust shall be provided via the
building return air fans serving the Education
Wing to provide smoke exhaust at the rate of not
less than six (6) air changes per hour based on
the area of the largest floor for that building
zone. Floor shutoff fire/smoke dampers shall be
provided at each smoke exhaust floor takeoff
from riser.
I.
Systems of air transfer, toilet exhaust, Kitchen exhaust, General exhaust,
Emergency Generator Room exhaust, Fuel Oil Storage Tank Room
exhaust, Garage exhaust, Mechanical Equipment Room exhaust,
truck/loading dock exhaust, including all necessary fans, motors and
motor controllers, ductwork, heat detectors (installation only), smoke
detector elements (furnished and wired under the Electrical Section of
the Contract Documents), insulation, vibration isolation, acoustic
treatment, and all required auxiliaries.
J.
Systems of sound traps, cone attenuators, acoustic insulation and all
required auxiliaries.
K.
A system of water treatment for closed chilled water and heat recovery
water and open condenser water systems. This Subcontractor shall
provide and install all equipment as required by the water treatment
vendor.
L.
Furnish and install all sensors, etc., in piping and ductwork systems,
including piping thermowells, nipples, valves, etc. as required.
M.
Furnish and install all automatically controlled valves and air flow
monitors, or any other devices, such as sensor wells and taps specified,
which require installation into systems included as work of this Section
of the Contract Documents.
N.
Furnish and install all dampers (including automatic dampers,
combination fire/smoke dampers and smoke dampers) with all associated
actuator linkages, damper sleeves, etc., to provide complete damper
installation.
O.
Provide a complete system of condensate and pumped condensate to all
equipment as indicated on Contract Drawings, including all necessary
piping, valves, insulation, condensate receivers with pumps, and all
required auxiliaries, etc.
P.
System of No. 2 fuel oil distribution, including the fuel oil tanks, tank
specialties, transfer pumps, piping, valves, hangers, anchors, guides,
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-9
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
piping specialties, and all required auxiliaries, etc., serving the
emergency generator located at the 3rd Floor of the Education Wing, and
the diesel-driven fire pump located at the Basement Level.
Q.
A system of monoxide exhaust piping, including piping, hangers, guides,
supports, insulation (including insulation of exhaust silencers) and
installing flexible connections at engine exhaust outlets and exhaust
silencer. (Flexible exhaust connections and silencer furnished under the
Electrical Section of the Contract Documents.)
R.
Thermal insulation.
S.
Provide a dedicated, stand-alone field programmable direct digital
automatic temperature and energy management control system to
perform the specified control and monitoring functions. The direct
digital control system shall receive signals from the smoke detection
system, sprinkler system and fire alarm system for fan shutdown. The
system shall be interconnected with the Life Safety System provided
under another Section. The direct digital and instrumentation subsystems
shall be configured as a distributed processing network with a network
computer performing the functions of opeator interface. The computer
and software required to communicate with the direct digital control
subsystems and perform the specified functions shall be provided under
this Section. Field-mounted sensors and transmitters for temperature,
relative humidity and static pressure inputs to direct digital controllers
shall be electronic with a 4-20 mA current output signal.
T.
Supports and vibration isolation.
U.
Sand louvers/ filters.
V.
Furnish and set all sleeves complete with seals and firestops as specified
herein and as required by the Authority having jurisdiction for the
passage of pipes and ducts through structural steel, decking, masonry and
concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as shall be required for the
proper protection of each pipe and duct passing through a wall, floor, etc.
Coordinate the work with the work of other Trades in order to properly
expedite and perform the work. Furnish shop drawings showing the size
and location of all required holes through the concrete floors and walls.
W.
Submit, as soon as practically possible, a list of all required water
makeup and drain locations for equipment.
X.
Floor drains and funnel drains adjacent to the equipment in the various
Machine Rooms shall be provided under the Plumbing Section of these
Contract Documents. Pipe valved drain lines from all drains, air
conditioning units, pumps, etc., to the nearest funnel or floor drain.
Valves shall be located at hand-height where possible. Valved water
outlets shall be provided in the various Machine Rooms under the
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-10
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Plumbing Section of these Contract Documents and as indicated on the
plumbing drawings. Make all final water connections to this equipment
from these valved water outlets.
Y.
Patch or replace all fireproofing if it is damaged or removed during the
installation of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning work.
Z.
Participate in and assist in the operation of the life safety ventilation
equipment as required during the performance testing and startup of the
fire detection, alarm and communication systems. Refer to Electrical
Section of these Contract Documents for additional requirements.
AA.
Furnish and deliver to the job site all variable speed drives, starters,
motor control devices, etc., required in connection with apparatus
specified as work under this Section.
BB.
Furnish and deliver to the job site all access doors in finished
construction.
CC.
Instruments as required for operating and testing the various systems
shall be furnished and installed complete as specified herein.
DD.
Engineer’s personnel shall be fully instructed regarding operation and
maintenance of the entire installation and complete printed or typed
instruction booklets shall be provided covering maintenance, operation,
and adjustment of each piece of equipment. Spare parts lists for each
piece of equipment shall be furnished.
EE.
Provide cutouts in ductwork for installation of smoke detector elements.
Smoke detector elements shall be furnished, installed and wired under
another Section of the Specifications. The Electrical Section shall obtain
the necessary approvals therefor. Closely coordinate the installation of
all smoke detector elements with the work of the Electrical Section of the
Contract Documents.
FF.
Testing and balancing of all systems.
GG.
Complete flushing and chemical treatment and initial water treatment for
all water systems.
HH.
Piping and equipment identification system.
II.
Complete all tests required by all rules, regulations, etc., of all authorities
having jurisdiction and prepare, complete and file all forms, tabulations,
plans, etc., pertinent thereto with the referenced authorities, and
accomplish such work with personnel of proper caliber, in particular,
Professional Engineers, where so required.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-11
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1.05
1.06
JJ.
Participate in and provide all labor as required for “off-hour” testing of
equipment and systems if required by job conditions or by Authorities
having jurisdiction and as required to obtain the “Temporary Certificates
of Occupancy (TCO).”
KK.
Participate in and provide all labor as required for “pull-the-plug” testing
of the emergency power and emergency equipment and systems as
scheduled and required by the Contractor to ensure proper system
operation of fans and other miscellaneous equipment connected to the
emergency power system. The required testing shall be at a time
scheduled by the Contractor and may be “off hours”.
LL.
Participate in and provide all labor as required for system commissioning
including any time required for a detailed review of the commissioning
process as requested by the Engineer.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
A.
Before submittal of bid, examine all drawings, specifications, addenda,
alternates, special conditions, equipment furnished by others and
installed by this Subcontractor, and all other bidding documents of all
Sections of this project, verify all governing conditions at the site, and
become fully informed as to the extent and character of the work
required, as well as its relation to other work in the building. Submittal
of a bid is an agreement to all requirements of the Contract Documents,
and no consideration shall be granted for any claimed misunderstanding
thereof.
B.
Submittal of a bid is deemed a representation by the bidder that it is
qualified in all respects properly to perform the work for which it is
bidding and has experience with similar work. Bidders are deemed to be
aware, on the basis of their background and experience, of materials
which may be required in the discharge of their responsibilities, even
though unspecified. For example, claims for extras for unspecified
shoring or supporting materials shall not be considered if the need for
such materials would have been reasonably obvious to bidders skilled
and experienced in the work to be done, and the submittal of a bid shall
be deemed a waiver of any such claims.
SUBCONTRACTOR/ENGINEER
A.
Throughout these Specifications, the term "this Subcontractor" shall be
understood to mean the individual, partnership or corporation to whom
has been awarded the Contract for providing the Heating, Ventilating and
Air Conditioning Work.
B.
Throughout these Specifications, the term “Engineer” shall be
understood to mean the Assistant Director Building Engineering
Department, in the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Agriculture, or any
other person approved by the government.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-12
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1.07
1.08
GENERAL
A.
Execute the work in the best and most thorough manner and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer, who shall jointly interpret the meaning of
the drawings and specifications and shall have the power to reject any
work and materials which, in their judgment, are not in full accordance
therewith.
B.
Make every effort to furnish all equipment of any equipment type (such
as motors, motor controls, pumps, valves, etc.) from one manufacturer.
C.
Any equipment or material substitution that is constructed to a different
national standard than that specified or implied shall be accompanied by
full supporting technical data confirming that the alternative standards
meet or exceed the specified standard. It is the intent of this
Specification to encourage bidding of acceptable equipment; however,
the burden of proof concerning acceptability is on the alternative product
or manufacturer.
D.
The drawings show the various piping and ductwork systems
schematically. No added compensation shall be permitted for variations
due to field conditions, and final coordination by the various Contractors.
E.
All information contained within this Specification is intended to set
forth the minimum requirements for this project. In the event local and
governmental Codes, technical references, ordinances, guidelines and
regulations (as hereinafter discussed) exceed the equipment and/or
products that are specified herein, this Subcontractor shall provide, at no
additional cost to the Engineer, the better quality equipment and products
(and any associated labor) accordingly.
COORDINATION
A.
Certain materials shall be furnished, installed, or furnished and installed,
under other Sections of the Contract Documents. Examine the Contract
Documents (i.e., all work to be performed by other Trades) to ascertain
these requirements.
B.
Carefully check space requirements with other Sections of the Contract
Documents to insure that all material can be installed in the spaces
allotted thereto. Finished suspended ceiling elevations are indicated on
the architectural drawings.
C.
Transmit information required for work to be provided under other
Sections (such as fresh water connections, foundations, electric wiring,
access doors, and the like) in ample time for installation.
D.
Wherever work interconnects with work of other Sections, coordinate
this work to insure that other Sections are advised of the information
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-13
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
necessary so that they may properly install all the necessary connections
and equipment. Identify all work items (valves, dampers, coils, motor
control centers, etc.) in an approved manner in order that the work of
other Sections may know where to install access doors and panels.
1.09
E.
Caution workers both verbally and in writing as to the dangers involved
in doing work within or adjacent to electrical closets on various floors,
the Mechanical Rooms, Switchboard Rooms, and Transformer Rooms
due to dangers caused by presence of high voltages and currents in these
spaces.
F.
Consult with other Sections so that, wherever possible, motors, motor
controls, fuses, pumps and valves are of the same manufacture.
G.
Furnish and set all sleeves for passage of pipes and conduits through
structural masonry and concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as shall
be required for the proper protection of each pipe and conduit passing
through building surfaces. Coordinate this work with the other Trades in
order to properly expedite and perform this work.
H.
Provide required supports and hangers for piping, conduit and
equipment, so that loading shall not exceed allowable loadings of
structure. Submittal of a bid shall be deemed a representation that such
bid has included allowable loadings and has included in estimates the
costs associated in furnishing required supports.
I.
Due to the type of the installation, a fixed sequence of operation is
required to properly install the complete systems. It shall be the
responsibility of this Section to coordinate, protect and schedule its work
with other Sections in accordance with the construction sequence.
J.
In advance of shop drawing submission for Consulting Engineer's
review, sheet metal shop drawings, in addition to those hereinafter
specified, shall be prepared as a basis for coordination with all other
Trades. Composite Drawings shall be prepared as detailed in Article
1.09 hereinbelow.
COMPOSITE DRAWINGS
A.
The coordination of the Mechanical and Electrical Trades (i.e., heating,
ventilating and air conditioning, plumbing, electrical, vertical
transportation and fire protection work) with each other and with the
interfaced Structural and Architectural Trades shall be accomplished by
an "overlay" process by which the final location of the various trades
work shall be overlaid onto reproducible Composite Drawings that
originate with the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
Subcontractor. This overlay process shall take place to meet the time
schedule of the project as set forth by the Engineer or his designated
representatives.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-14
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Coordination of work shall include, without additional cost to the Owner,
the preparations of the composite drawing by each Subcontractor, as
well as the necessary re-routing and minor relocation of work to
accommodate the detailed job requirement and to clear architectural
features and building structural elements. The Composite Drawings shall
be on mylar at a scale sufficient to clearly describe all conditions, but not
less than a scale of 1:50. The background mylar shall be prepared by the
Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
Subcontractor at no
additional cost to the Owner. It shall be based on the erection drawings
as prepared by the Structural Steel and Concrete Contractors. The base
drawings, after being prepared by the Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning Subcontractor, shall then sequentially have the work of the
Plumbing Subcontractor, Electrical Subcontractor and Fire Protection
Subcontractor added by the distribution of the drawings to these
Subcontractors, who shall add their respective work.
C.
In preparing the Composite Drawings, minor changes in duct, pipe or
conduit routings that do not affect the intended function may be made as
required to avoid space conflicts, when mutually agreed, but items may
not be resized or exposed items relocated without the Consulting
Engineer's approval. No changes shall be made in any wall or chase
locations, ceiling heights, door swings or locations, window or other
openings, or other features affecting the function or aesthetic effect of the
building. The drawing shall indicate all ductwork, grilles, registers,
diffusers, dampers, terminal units, coils, smoke detectors, piping, valves,
sprinkler heads, smoke detectors, light fixtures, access requirements,
access doors, etc. The drawing shall permit the installation of lights and
diffusers at any location on any office storey without relocating of
horizontal duct runs or sprinkler piping. If conflicts or interference
require interpretations of the Contract Documents, the Consulting
Engineer's clarifications shall be obtained. Each Trade shall use a
different color pencil for work on the coordination drawing.
D.
After any conflicts or interferences are resolved, the composite mylar
drawings shall then be signed and dated by each of the Subcontractors,
indicating their awareness of the agreement with the indicated routings
and layouts and their interrelationship with the adjoining or contiguous
work of all Contracts. The drawings shall be maintained in a current
state by the Subcontractors. Thereafter, no unauthorized deviations shall
be permitted.
E.
The original composite mylar drawings signed by all Subcontractors
shall be retained by the Subcontractor and be available for examination
and reference by the Owner, Engineer and Consulting Engineer at any
time. Furthermore, copies of these originals shall be provided at any
time if requested by the Engineer.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-15
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
F.
1.10
The Composite Drawings shall not substitute for a Subcontractor's shop
drawings for the respective Trades which shall be submitted to the
Engineer. The shop drawings, required by Article 1.11, shall accurately
record the agreed Composite Drawings as detailed for the respective
Trade and shall only be submitted for approval after the completion of
these Composite Drawings.
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
A.
This Subcontractor shall produce General Construction Drawings
showing all bases, holes, openings, chases and other general construction
work requirements associated with the work of his Trade. The execution
of the general construction work shall be by others.
B.
Any preliminary general construction work and structural information
already provided by the Consulting Engineer shall be confirmed by this
Subcontractor and incorporated into his own General Construction
Drawings.
C.
General Construction Work Drawings shall be fully detailed and
dimensioned and this Subcontractor shall be solely responsible for their
accuracy.
D.
The drawings shall be fully coordinated with all other services and the
structure. This Subcontractor shall work in conjunction with other
Subcontractors to ensure that the drawings are fully coordinated and that
other Subcontractors’ works have been taken fully into account.
E.
The submission of General Construction Drawings shall be carried out
strictly in accordance with a detailed project schedule prepared by the
Engineer or the
Engineer’s Representative to eliminate any
supplemental work by the Contractor.
F.
If in the event of any general construction work being omitted, carried
out incorrectly, or out of sequence, due to inaccuracies in the General
Construction Drawings or because they have not been provided in
accordance with the agreed project schedule, this Subcontractor shall be
held responsible for the cost of all necessary remedial works.
G.
General Construction Work Drawings shall be subject to the same
submission, commenting and issue procedures as detailed in this
Specification for the Shop Drawings.
H.
All General Construction Work Drawings used by site personnel shall
bear a Consultant's review stamp.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-16
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1.11
SHOP DRAWINGS AND HVAC CONSULTING ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A.
Before the installation of any equipment or material by this
Subcontractor, full Shop Drawings, as detailed hereinbelow, shall be
submitted for approval by the Consulting Engineer. All Shop Drawings
shall be submitted by the process approved by the Engineer. The Shop
Drawings shall be submitted in sets: one in English, and one in Arabic.
B.
The Consulting Engineer shall review shop drawings and samples for
conformance with the design concept of the project and the information
contained in the Contract Documents. The Consulting Engineer's review
of shop drawings and samples is only for the convenience of the
Engineer in following the work and does not relieve the Subcontractor
of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract
Documents. The Consulting Engineer's review shall not be construed as
a complete or detailed check of the work submitted, nor shall it relieve
the Subcontractor of responsibility for errors of any sort in the shop
drawings and samples, or from the necessity of furnishing any work
required by the Contract Documents which may have been omitted from
the shop drawing submittals. The review of a separate item shall not
indicate review of the complete assembly in which it functions. Nothing
in the Consulting Engineer's review of shop drawings and samples shall
be considered as authorizing 1) a departure from Contract Documents or
Specifications, or 2) additional cost to the Engineer, or 3) increased time
for completion of the work.
C.
The Consulting Engineer shall review shop drawings and samples with
reasonable promptness and shall return them to the Subcontractor
stamped to indicate the appropriate action as follows:
1.
"NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" means that fabrication,
manufacture or construction may proceed providing the
submittal complies with the Contract Documents.
2.
"MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" means that fabrication,
manufacture or construction may proceed providing the
submittal complies with the Consulting Engineer's notations and
the Contract Documents. A copy of the corrected submittal shall
be returned to the Consulting Engineer for record. If, for any
reason, the Subcontractor cannot comply with the notations, the
Subcontractor shall resubmit as described for submittals stamped
"REVISE AND RESUBMIT".
3.
"REVISE AND RESUBMIT" means that the Subcontractor
must comply with the Consulting Engineer's notations and
resubmit before fabrication, manufacture or construction may
proceed. Submittals stamped in this manner are not permitted on
the job site.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-17
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
4.
D.
"REJECTED" means that the submittal does not comply with the
Contract Documents and that fabrication, manufacture or
construction shall not proceed. Submittals stamped in this
manner are not permitted on the job site.
All shop drawings and samples shall be identified as follows:
1.
Date of submittal.
2.
Title of project.
3.
Name of Subcontractor and date of his approval.
4.
Name of Subcontractor or supplier and date of submittal to
Subcontractor.
5.
Number of submission.
6.
Any qualification, departure or deviation from the requirements
of the Contract.
7.
Reference Local and Governmental Departments and references
to specific standards, where required.
8.
Such additional information as may be required by the
Specifications for the particular material being furnished.
E.
Consulting Engineer's review is for general compliance with the design
concept and Contract Documents. Markings or comments or the lack
thereof shall not be construed as relieving the Subcontractor from
compliance with the project plans and Specifications.
The
Subcontractor remains solely responsible for details and accuracy, for
confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting
fabrication processes, for techniques of construction, for performing his
work in a safe manner, and for coordinating his work with that of other
Trades.
F.
The term "shop drawings" shall include layout, detail, and assembly
drawings, diagrams, schedules, catalogue sheets, printed descriptive
matter, and tabular and graphical presentations of operating and
performance data that describe work required by the Contract
Documents.
G.
No part of the work shall be started in the shop or in the field until the
Consulting Engineer has reviewed the shop drawings and samples for
that portion of the work. Thereafter, the work shall be executed in
accordance with the Contract Documents and the indicated status of the
reviewed shop drawing.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-18
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
H.
Shop drawings and samples shall be submitted for review sufficiently in
advance of the scheduled start of the work in the shop or in the field to
allow ample time, in consideration of the number and complexity of the
drawings in the submittal, for the Consulting Engineer to make an
orderly review. No extension of the time to complete the work shall be
granted to the Subcontractor by reason of his failure in this respect.
I.
The Subcontractor shall carefully check shop drawings and samples,
including those received by him from Subcontractors and material men,
for accuracy, completeness of required information and conformance
with the Contract Documents. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate,
incomplete or not in conformance with the Contract Documents shall be
corrected before being submitted to the Consulting Engineer for review.
J.
Each submitted shop drawing shall bear the Subcontractor's stamped and
signed certification that the work has been checked for all related job
conditions, for maintenance of architectural conditions, and coordinated
with the shop drawings of other affected trades for interrelated work, as
required for the proper and complete performance of the work. No shop
drawing submittal shall be reviewed without this certification.
K.
Each shop drawing and sample submitted for review shall be
accompanied by a letter of transmittal, and shall be identified by the
project title, Subcontractor's name, and a reference to the related part of
the Contract Documents.
L.
Shop drawings for manufactured material and equipment shall include
model numbers, dimension drawings, operating weights, material
specifications, operating features and controls, wiring diagrams,
performance characteristics, service procedures, including clearance
requirements for maintenance work, and conformance to specified codes
and code ratings. Note that in addition to these requirements, other
specific submittal data, and forms of data submission, are required by the
Contract Documents for particular items of equipment and material.
M.
Shop drawings for Equipment Rooms, and for piping and similar
distribution services shall show by dimension the exact size and location
of each element of the system in both the horizontal and vertical plane, as
well as relationship to the building structure, architectural construction,
equipment, and the work of other Trades. Shop drawings shall clearly
show where doors providing access to valves, cleanouts and other
devices shall be shall be required in finished construction. Pads,
foundations, anchorages, supports and attachments to the building
structure where required for the installation of the work shall be shown in
layout and detail with sizes, dimensions, materials and methods of
construction noted. The work described in any shop drawing submission
shall he carefully checked by this Subcontractor for all clearances
(including those required for maintenance and servicing), field
conditions, maintenance of architectural conditions and proper
coordination with all Trades on the job. Each submitted shop drawing
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-19
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
shall include a certification by the Contractor that all related job
conditions have been checked and that no conflict exists. No shop
drawing submission shall be reviewed without such certification.
N.
Samples shall be identical in all respects to the material which is to be
installed or applied in the execution of the work, and shall be of
sufficient size or quantity to permit proper evaluation and review.
Manufacturer's descriptive labels and printed application instructions
which are normally attached to the material or its packaging shall be
furnished with the sample. Samples shall be submitted for review when
requested by the Consulting Engineer.
O.
Within a period of time as specified by the Engineer after award of the
Contract, the Subcontractor shall submit for the Consulting Engineer’s
review, a list of the manufacturers and Subcontractors whose products
and services he proposes to use for the work. Proposed substitutions for
material and equipment required by the Contract Documents shall be
submitted to the Consulting Engineer for review during this period.
Submittals proposing or requesting substitutions shall be expressly
identified as such in a letter of transmittal, with the reasons for
requesting the substitution stated. Submittals for this purpose shall be
complete in every respect, shall conform to all the information
requirements for shop drawing and sample submittals, and shall include,
at no cost to the Owner, the necessary revisions to other related work
required by the Contract Documents. The judgment of the Consulting
Engineer with respect to the adequacy and acceptability of a proposed
substitution shall be final and binding on the Subcontractor, and shall
not be subject to question in any other place. After the expiration of this
period, substitutions for material or equipment shall not be proposed or
requested in shop drawing and sample submittals, and the Subcontractor
shall be required to execute the work in accordance with the provisions
of the Contract Documents.
P.
After award of the Contract and before submittal of any shop drawings,
the Subcontractor shall submit a schedule listing all shop drawings and
samples with the projected date that each item shall be submitted to the
Consulting Engineer for review.
Q.
Submit detailed shop layout drawings for each floor of the project,
including all the Mechanical Equipment Rooms, showing equipment and
piping work. All drawings shall be submitted at a scale of not less than
1:50, with Mechanical Equipment Rooms, core details and sections at
1:20 scale. Piping shop drawings shall also indicate the point loading
and spacing of each hanger and the method of support. Drawings shall
include full coordinated floor plans and risers. In addition, required
detail drawings, such as anchor and guide details, coil and equipment
connections, radiation piping within enclosures, fan coil units within
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-20
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
enclosures, built-up casing details, plenum details, etc., shall be
submitted.
R.
Submit manufacturer's data or shop drawings of the following:
Pumps
Packaged Air Conditioning Units
Equipment Foundations
Refrigeration Machines
Cooling Towers
Motors
Motor Starters and Control Centers
Variable Frequency Drives
Fans
Air Filters
Water Treatment Equipment
Variable Air Volume Boxes
Constant Air Volume Boxes
Heat Recovery Coils
Automatic Temperature Controls
Sound Traps
Panelboards
Instruments
S.
Names, sizes, catalogue numbers and/or samples of the following
specialties shall also be submitted for review, unless otherwise directed:
Strainers
Valves
Check Valves
Hangers and Inserts
Sleeves and Escutcheons
Valve Tags
Air Vent Valves
Insulation
T.
Cabinet Air Supply Units
Electric Heating Coils
Cooling Coils (Chilled Water)
Fuel Oil Tank and Specialties
Fuel Oil Pumps and Specialties
Schedule of Piping Materials, Fittings,
Valves, Hangers, Insulation
Expansion Joints
Roof Fans
Sheet Metal Construction and Fabrication
Details (Standards)
Expansion (Diaphragm) Tanks
Grilles, Registers and Diffusers
Combination Fire/Smoke dampers
Smoke Dampers
Automatic Louver Dampers
Fire Dampers
Vibration Isolation Devices
Seismic Restraints
Safety Valves
Air Diffusers
Relief Valves
Registers/Grilles
Thermostats
Sheet Metal Flexible Connections
Acoustic Materials and Sound Traps
Steam Traps
Automatic temperature control submittals shall include the following:
1.
Specification sheets for electronic sensors, transmitters,
controllers, actuators, relays, switches, and miscellaneous control
devices.
2.
Schedule and specification sheets for control dampers, including
material and construction details, duct size, damper size,
maximum design air velocity, damper rated velocity, leakage and
pressure drop test data, as well as damper free area. The
schedule shall indicate the closing torque required for each
damper to attain the required maximum leakage rate at the
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-21
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
specified static pressure differential across the damper. Actuator
sizing calculations and configuration shall be submitted.
Dampers shall be sized based on approved sheet metal shop
drawings.
3.
Schedule of automatic control valves and motorized block valves
with specification sheets for each valve. The schedule shall list
body pressure rating, close-off pressure rating, Kv factor,
pressure drop at specified capacity, rangeability, and valve flow
characteristics. Valves shall be sized based on approved
equipment shop drawings, not mechanical schedules.
4.
Dimension and specification sheets for field mounted direct
digital control panels.
5.
Control diagrams for each system with written sequence of
operation, and with control devices and wiring identified with
tag numbers.
6.
Scaled drawings of local control panel front face panel
arrangement showing location of instruments and control
devices.
7.
Panel nameplate details with lettering size, plate size and legend
schedule.
8.
Ladder type electrical diagrams for each control system with
terminal connections identified by number and location.
9.
Symbol and abbreviation list for electrical control diagrams.
10.
Specification sheets and dimension cuts for the network
computer and peripherals.
11.
Layout drawing and space requirements for network computer
and peripheral I/O equipment.
12.
Complete listing and description of program routines resident in
direct digital control units.
13.
Complete description of operating system software for the
network computer and application program software provided
for the system.
14.
Control algorithms in flow chart format which define control
modes for each system.
15.
Panelboard from which power shall be taken, along with total
power to be taken from each panelboard.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-22
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
16.
Complete software (DDC unit) point identification code.
17.
Sample of network computer advisory messages, printouts,
logging and alarm formats.
18.
Drawings of system graphics showing monitored points.
19.
Application Programs: Include specific programming for each
system, calculation of parameters, method of field tuning, and
integration into DDC control sequences. Specifically include:
20.
a.
Detailed description of how Subcontractor’s program
meets application program specified.
b.
Detailed flow chart of program complete with line-byline section comments.
c.
List of remote points utilized for each program.
d.
History of development and past use, if any, of program.
e.
Explanation of how each parameter value in program is
determined; i.e., measurement, “look-up table,”
mathematical approximations to empirical curves,
internal computation in program.
Description of system operation under failure conditions.
a.
1.12
Include procedures to be taken during failure mode to
minimize impact.
21.
Architectural floor plans indicating proposed locations of all
wall-mounted devices (i.e., DDC units, control panels, sensors,
thermostats, etc.).
22.
Mechanical piping shop drawings indicating proposed locations
of all temperature, flow and pressure transmitters.
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
During the progress of the work, make a careful record of all changes by
which the actual installation differs from that indicated on the Contract
Drawings.
B.
Upon completion of the installation, furnish two (2) copies of the
drawing files in AutoCAD 2002 format on “zip drive” diskettes, and two
complete sets of as-built drawings, one of which shall be furnished on
mylar transparencies and one of which shall be furnished on paper.
These drawings shall be submitted to the Consulting Engineers for
approval. After approval they shall become the property of the
Engineer. Final payment shall be withheld until receipt of the approved
record drawings.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-23
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
C.
1.13
1.14
Include the cost of furnishing above prints and preparing these record
drawings.
CODES AND PERMITS
A.
Install all work in full accordance with the requirements of all local and
governmental departments having jurisdiction over these matters, as well
as with any applicable technical references and requirements, ordinances,
guidelines and regulations; and all applicable British Standards and
Codes. Secure and pay for necessary approvals, permits, inspections,
carting, legal dumping, etc., and deliver the official records of the
granting of permits to the Engineer without additional costs.
B.
Pay royalties or fees required in connection with the use of patented
devices, or systems, and save the Owner, Engineer and the Consulting
Engineers harmless from any claims or lawsuits arising from such use
and indemnify each thereof against attorneys' fees in connection
therewith.
C.
Provide signs required by the municipal authorities.
PROTECTIVE PAINTING
A.
Provide protective painting as herein specified.
B.
Provide a heavy field coat of black asphaltum paint on all steel pipe,
cradles, vibration isolating mounts, and the like, that shall be encased or
partially encased in building construction, set in cement or fill, before
items are built into the general construction.
C.
Coat interior of each outdoor air chamber with two coats of odorless, rust
resisting, nonscaling paint.
D.
Coat interior of ducts at diffusers and register boxes with two coats of
matt black paint, to a dull finish.
E.
All pumps, motors, fans and all other factory manufactured and
assembled apparatus shall be factory coated with one coat of primer and
one coat of machinery enamel, and after installation shall be cleaned and
touched up to repair any damage incurred during construction.
F.
All finished painting, except as noted above, including the painting of the
various piping systems, shall be done under other Sections of the
Specifications, except as otherwise described herein. In addition, the
above protection shall be done as a minimum amount of work.
G.
Tag electrical wiring with clip-sleeve type, nonmetallic wire markers, or
as approved.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-24
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1.15
H.
Furnish and install a screw-fastened type engraved phenolic nameplate
with 6 mm high white lettering on black background, clearly indicating
the function, on cabinets, panels, and electrical junction boxes.
I.
Furnish lists of circuits utilized in each panelboard. Lists shall include
panel name, circuit number, C.B. rating, load served, and wattage.
IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEMS
A.
Provide three sets of charts or diagrams, on mylar, showing outline plans
of structures and essential features of the several systems, including all
piping, ducts, equipment, valves, dampers and controls.
B.
All valves, dampers, and controls shall be designated by distinguishing
numbers on the charts or diagrams. Provide stamped brass or approved
embossed plastic tags for all designated items with numbers
corresponding to those on the charts. The nomenclature to be used on
these tags shall be submitted to the Consulting Engineer for approval.
C.
The tags shall be not less than 50 mm. in diameter with depressed black
numbers of 13 mm. height, prefixed by the letters "HVAC". They shall
be fastened to valves and controls with approved brass chains and hooks.
D.
Furnish to the Engineer's representative complete valve tag schedules,
printed on mylar, properly mounted in three binders. AutoCAD 2002
format (.dwg) drawings of valve schedules shall also be turned over to
the Engineer for his use. Furnish schematic flow charts with
corresponding valve numbers noted on charts in AutoCAD 2000 format
(.dwg).
E.
Valve tag schedules shall show valve location by floor and nearest
column number and shall also show the valve size and service.
F.
Piping identification shall be in conformance with the following:
1.
Provide and affix approved adhesive bands identifying the
service, by system and zone, and direction of flow to the various
piping systems. Piping shall be painted under another Section of
the Specifications. Such bands shall be provided in all occupied
and unoccupied rooms as well as in all the other spaces (such as
shafts) in which piping may be viewed. A set of such bands
shall be affixed to each pipe not less frequently than every 12 m.
and there shall be at least one set of identifying bands per pipe in
each space requiring identifying bands. Identifying bands shall
also be provided adjacent to each valve. Valves at equipment
and pumps do not require separate identification.
2.
Each set shall consist of one band on which the name of the
service is printed in black letters not less than 50 mm. for 75
mm. pipe and larger, 25 mm. high for pipe 65 mm. and smaller
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-25
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
and one band on which is printed a black directional arrow.
Bands shall be applied where they can be easily read and with
their long dimension parallel to the axis of the pipe. Bands shall
have backgrounds of different colors for the various service
groups. Colors shall conform to BS 1710.
1.16
G.
A schedule of symbols shall be stenciled on ducts and fans for
identification; the stenciling shall be done by this Subcontractor.
H.
Tag electrical wiring with clip-sleeve type, nonmetallic wire markers, or
as approved.
I.
Furnish and install a screw-fastened type engraved phenolic nameplate
with 6 mm high white lettering on black background, clearly indicating
the function, on cabinets, panels, and electrical junction boxes.
J.
Furnish lists of circuits utilized in each panelboard. Lists shall include
panel name, circuit number, C.B. rating, load served, and wattage.
TOOLS
A.
1.17
All special tools needed for proper operation, adjustment and
maintenance of equipment shall be delivered to the Engineer.
SLEEVES
A.
This Subcontractor shall be responsible for the timely placing of sleeves
for all piping passing through walls, partitions, beams, floors, and roofs,
while the same are under construction.
B.
If holes and/or sleeves are not properly installed and cutting and patching
becomes necessary, it shall be done at no additional expense to the
Owner. The Subcontractor shall undertake no cutting or patching
without first securing the Engineer's written approval.
C.
All unused sleeves shall be sealed with firestop devices and systems to
maintain the fire rating of the construction penetrated.
D.
Provide sleeves for all pipes and ducts passing through floors, walls,
partitions and roofs.
1.
Sleeves through concrete walls and exposed pipes and conduits
penetrating floors: 10 mm. track steel pipe.
2.
Sleeves within furred out enclosures in floors, partitions, through
block walls: 1.3 mm. galvanized sheet metal.
3.
Provide waterproof sleeves in foundation walls and in concrete
pits with anchor flanges.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-26
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
E.
F.
Provide sleeves with an i.d. at least 12 mm. greater than outside of pipe
served, including pipe insulation which must be continuous through
sleeve.
1.
Finish sleeves flush with underside of slab and 25 mm. above
finished floor (100 mm. at Mechanical Rooms).
2.
Space between pipes and sleeves in exterior walls, foundation
walls and pits shall be equipped with "Link Seal" waterproof
assemblies.
Where piping penetrates walls (other than
foundation walls), partitions, floor slabs, etc., which are of nonrated construction, the space between piping and sleeve shall be
packed with mineral wool.
3.
Where pipes penetrate fire or smoke rated walls, partitions, floor
slabs, etc., the space between sleeves and pipe insulation or the
pipe of uninsulated service shall be caulked with a UL listed,
intumescent type, firestop system. Space between sleeve and
pipe/pipe insulation shall be sized in accordance with the
manufacturer's requirements for pipe size and damming material
thickness for the type of rated construction for which the system
is to be used. The firestop systems shall be as manufactured by
3M Fire Protection Products, or as approved.
Set sleeves as construction progresses and secure in place during pouring
of concrete.
1.
Where cellular steel flooring is installed, furnish and locate
sleeves, cut holes through deck, reinforce deck, and set sleeves.
Coordinate sleeve locations with the work of other Trades,
including flooring and electrical distribution. Submit drawings
showing location of holes and proposed reinforcing and obtain
Engineer's approval before proceeding with installation.
G.
Do not support pipes by resting clamps on sleeves. Clamps must extend
beyond sleeve and be supported outboard of sleeve in an approved
manner.
H.
Provide waterproof type pipe sleeves, Zurn Z-197, with galvanized 10
mm. thick pipe extensions where penetrating membrane waterproofed
floors.
I.
For pipes passing through roofs, provide roof couplings (Zurn Z-196-3)
at suitable level above roof to terminate flashings.
J.
Wherever pipes are exposed and pass through walls, floors, partitions or
ceilings, fit them with chromium plated cast brass escutcheons held in
place with set screws. Fit escutcheons snug over insulation, secure in
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-27
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
place. Take special care to protect the escutcheons during the course of
construction.
K.
1.18
1.19
Where space for future pipes is required, provide sleeves and fill with
lightweight concrete.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A.
Three sets of operating and maintenance instruction manuals, covering
completely equipment starting sequences, operation, maintenance,
automatic controls, pumps, and air compressors, and listing of all spare
parts, shall be furnished to Engineer in Arabic only. Three sets of
lubricating charts and manuals for each item of equipment shall be
furnished to Engineer. Two additional sets of the above shall be
furnished: one in English, and one in Arabic.
B.
Furnish a list of manufacturers (with names of local representatives) in
order to expedite ordering of replacement parts.
C.
This Subcontractor shall provide operating and maintenance instruction
for not more than eight building operators with personal on-the-job
instruction by an engineer representing the Subcontractor for 8 hours.
This instruction shall be scheduled at time(s) convenient to the
Engineer's personnel. Instruction shall cover all equipment and systems
provided by this Subcontractor. The number of hours is a minimum
requirement. Where additional hours are specified in other paragraphs of
this Specification, those hours shall be additive to the minimum above.
Instruction shall be comprised of both classroom type and actual handson operating experience. Number of hours in each category to be
arranged with the Engineer directly. All travel expenses and
accommodations shall be included for the manufacturer’s
representatives.
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE PARTS
A.
Furnish each item listed below. List of parts included in manufacturer's
standard export kit shall be submitted for approval. Where no standard
export kit exists, the Subcontractor shall submit a suggested list of parts
for approval. List of parts shall include any manufacturer's model
numbers, serial numbers, parts numbers, or any other identification
required for the ordering of spare parts.
Equipment
Parts Required
Air Conditioning (Central
Refrigeration Plant)
Manufacturer's export kit;
1 complete charge of
refrigerant and oil.
Pumps
Manufacturer's export kit.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-28
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
1.20
1 set of belts for each
unit, 1 adjustable sheave
for each unit; 20% filter
replacement.
Air Conditioning Control
Manufacturer's export kit;
10% thermostat
replacement.
All Motors
Manufacturer's export kit.
All Variable Speed Drives
Manufacturers export kit.
All Starters, Contactors
and Relays
2 sets contacts, each type;
2 magnetic coils, each
type; 2% heater
replacement; 10% pilot
light replacement.
All Hand-Operated Shutoff
Valves
10% complete valves,
each size and type; 20%
complete repacking,
reseating kits, each type.
Insulation (Pipe and Duct)
5% replacement, each
type and size.
Approved kits and listed parts shall be turned over to the Engineer in
new condition and a receipt obtained for same. A copy of the receipt
shall be submitted for record.
SUBCONTRACTS
A.
1.21
Air Conditioning Units
Where Contract Documents require manufacturers' services, and
wherever the staff of the Trade performing the work of this Section
cannot adequately perform such services, this Trade shall stipulate such
performance in its contracts with its Sub-Subcontractors, vendors,
manufacturers, and the like, or else subsequently pay them any additional
fees required therefor.
ENGINEERING REFERENCE POINTS
A.
The Contractor shall provide bench marks, monuments, and other
reference points on the job which shall be available for this
Subcontractor’s use.
B.
Maintain all existing bench marks, monuments and other reference points
and perform all field engineering required to insure that work under this
Section shall conform with grades, elevations and lines required.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-29
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1.22
1.23
1.24
GUARANTEE
A.
Submit a single guarantee stating that all portions of the work are in
accordance with Contract requirements. Guarantee all work against
faulty and improper material and workmanship for a period of one year
from date of final acceptance by the Engineer, except that where
guarantees or warranties for longer terms are specified herein, such
longer term shall apply. At no additional cost to Engineer, within 24
hours after notification, correct any deficiencies which occur during the
guarantee period, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Consulting
Engineer. This Subcontractor shall require similar guarantees from his
Sub-subcontractors.
B.
Be responsible for all leaks in all pipes for a period of one year from date
of acceptance of work under this Contract. Repair at no cost to Engineer
all such leaks which occur within 24 hours notice thereof by the
Engineer. Leaks which occur prior to the completion of this Contract
shall be repaired at once. Be responsible for any damage caused by such
leaks and repair thereof and reimburse Owner for all expense incurred
thereby. This Subcontractor indemnifies the Owner, the Consulting
Engineer and the Contractor against loss, liability, damage or expense,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, in connection with any claim
resulting from such leaks which may be asserted by tenants or any other
third person.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
Do any cutting required for the passage or installation of pipes, supports,
and the like, provided under this Section.
B.
Furnish to the Contractor necessary information so that openings for this
work can be built into the floors and walls in time. Such cooperation is
required to keep cutting of walls and floors to a minimum.
C.
Set drains and sleeves for pipes accurately before concrete floors are
poured, or set boxes on the forms to leave openings in the floors and
subsequently set required sleeves in the openings.
D.
Should Subcontractor neglect to perform preliminary work, and should
cutting be required in order to install equipment, the expense of this
cutting and restoring of surfaces to their original condition shall be borne
by this Subcontractor.
E.
All finished patching shall be done by this Subcontractor, with finishes
to matching existing, to the Engineer's satisfaction.
RUBBISH REMOVAL
A.
At conclusion of each day's work clean up and stockpile on site, at
location designated by the Contractor, all rubbish, debris and trash,
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-30
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
which may have accumulated during the day as a result of work of this
Subcontractor and of his presence on the job. This Subcontractor shall
then remove stockpiled rubbish.
B.
1.25
Sidewalks and streets adjoining the property shall be kept broom clean
and free of debris, rubbish, trash and obstructions of any kind caused by
work of this Subcontractor, which shall affect the condition and safety
of streets, walks, utilities and property.
PROTECTION
A.
Be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and
accepted. Materials and equipment shall be carefully stored which are
not immediately installed after delivery to site. Close exposed parts of
the work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent
entry of moisture or obstructing materials.
B.
Protect the work and material of others from damage that might be
caused by work and make good any damage thus caused.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A.
Furnish all major items of equipment and materials as made by the
manufacturers listed herein.
B.
Being listed herein as an approved manufacturer does not permit the
manufacturer to provide standard manufactured equipment which does
not comply with the performance and/or physical characteristic
requirements of the contract documents.
C.
All substitutions must be included in the contractors base bid, and must
be accompanied by a letter of equivalency certifying the products
equivalency in all performance and physical characteristics to the
products listed herein. The proposed substitutions shall be all inclusive
of all cost and physical implications throughout the project. Under no
circumstances should the substitution result in added cost to the project.
Project specifications/documents shall not be revised to reflect the
substitution should the substitution be approved.
Access Doors
Finished Construction
Karp
Mil-Cor
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-31
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Sheet Metal
Duct Mate
Flexmaster
TDC/TDF
Access Door Hardware (Sheet Metal)
Duro Dyne
Ventlok
Air Filters
American Air Filter
Continental
Farr
Flanders
Air Handling Units
Factory-Assembled Chilled Water
Air Conditioning Units
Buffalo Forge - U.S.A.
Carrier - U.S.A.
McQuay - U.S.A.
Trane - U.S.A.
York - U.S.A.
Packaged Chilled Water Air Conditioning Units
(Electric Service Rooms, Telephone Equipment Rooms,
Elevator Machine Rooms, Mechanical Rooms)
Air Flow - U.S.A.
Air Technologies Systems - U.S.A.
Data Aire - U.S.A.
HiRoss - U.S.A.
Liebert - U.S.A.
Stultz - U.S.A.
Packaged Chilled Water Air Conditioning Units
(Ceiling-Mounted)
(Electric Service Rooms, Telephone Equipment Rooms,
Elevator Machine Rooms, Mechanical Rooms)
Air Flow - U.S.A.
Air Technology Systems - U.S.A.
Enviro-Tec - U.S.A.
HiRoss - U.S.A.
Liebert - U.S.A.
Skil-aire - U.S.A.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-32
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Air Outlets
Air Concepts
Air Devices
Anemostat
Enviro-Air
Krueger
Nailor Industries
Titus
Air Volume Regulators
Anemostat - Doha
Environmental Technology, Inc. - USA
Krueger
Nailor Industries
Titus
Trok - UK
Automatic Temperature Controls
Honeywell Excel 5000 - USA
Johnson Controls Metasys - USA
Siemens (Landis and Staefa) System 600 (Switzerland/UK)
Invensys Climate Control (Satchwell) Sigma - UK
Breechings and Flues
Ambco Industries
Metal-Fab
The Schebler Co.
Centrifugal Chillers
Carrier - U.S.A.
McQuay - U.S.A.
Trane - U.S.A.
York - U.S.A.
Condensate Pumps
Cold Condensate
Federal
Hartell
Little Giant
Shipco
Watsco
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-33
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Hot Condensate (Low Pressure Steam Return)
Bell & Gossett
Domestic
Shipco
Skidmore
Weinman
Cooling/Heating/Heat Recovery Coils
Chilled Water/Heat Recovery
Aerofin - U.S.A.
Carrier - U.S.A.
Heat Craft - U.S.A.
Marlo - U.S.A.
McQuay - U.S.A.
Temtrol - U.S.A.
Trane - U.S.A.
York - U.S.A.
Electric Heating
Brasch - U.S.A.
Chromalux - U.S.A.
Electric Heaters Inc - U.S.A..
Electromode - U.S.A.
Indeeco - U.S.A.
Markel - U.S.A.
Trane - U.S.A.
Cooling Towers
Baltimore Aircoil Company - U.S.A.
Evapco - U.S.A.
Marley - U.S.A.
Controllers (Water Level)
B&W
Magnatrol International, Inc.
McDonnell Miller
Warrick
Dampers (Dynamic Fire/Smoke)
Imperial
Pottorff
Ruskin
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-34
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Draft Gauges
Dwyer
Hays
Expansion Joints
Ball Type
Advanced Thermal Systems
Hyspan-Barco
Corrugated Type
Adsco
Badger Industries
Hyspan-Barco
Keflex
Metraflex
Microflex
Slip Type
Advanced Thermal Systems
Adsco
Hyspan-Barco
Yarway
Expansion Tanks
Adamson
Amtrol
Bell & Gossett
John Woods
RECO
TACO
Fans
Axial Type
Aerovent
Buffalo- Howden
Greenheck
New Philadelphia Fan Co. (Joy)
Strobic Air
TFF Aerovent
Woods
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-35
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Barrel Type (Tubular Centrifugal)
Aerovent
Barry
Buffalo - Howden
Greenheck
Woods
Centrifugal
Aerovent
Barry
Bayley
Buffalo - Howden
Peerless
Trane
Twin City
Flexible Duct
Clevaflex, Inc.
Flexmaster
Genflex
Wiremold
Flow Measuring Devices
Air Systems
Air Monitor Corporation
Ebtron, Inc.
Tek-Air Systems, Inc.
Water Systems
Badger
Balance Master
Barco (Venturi meters)
Dietric Standard
Ellison Inst.
Michigan
New Buffalo
Onicon
Presso
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-36
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Fuel Oil Pumping Systems
Preferred Utilities Mfg. Corp.
BFS Industries
I. S. P. Automation
L. A. Liquid Handling Systems
Simplex
U. S. Mechanical Specialties Co., Inc.
Fuel Oil Specialities
EBW
Catlow
OCP
Preferred Utilities Mfg. Corp.
Fuel Oil Tanks
Steel
Cardinal Tank Corporation
Fuel Oil Containment
Highland Tank & Mfg. Co.
Lannon Tank Corporation
W/W Engineering
Fuel Oil Tank Gauging and Leak Detection Systems
Amprodux, Inc.
Autostik
Pneumaracator
Preferred Instrument
Veeder Root
Hangers, Anchors and Guides
Bee-Line
Carpenter Patterson
Erico, Michigan Hanger
Fee & Mason
F & S Central
Grinnell
Piping Technologies, Inc.
Humidifiers
Steam
Armstrong
Dri Steam
Nortec
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-37
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Inserts
Bee-Line
Carpenter Patterson
Erico, Michigan Hanger
Fee & Mason
F & S Central
Grinnell
Piping Technologies, Inc.
Inserts (Expansion Bolts)
NOTE: Powder or power actuated devices, grip nails, expansion nails and
adhesive anchors are NOT permitted.
Grinnell
Hilti
Philips
Instruments
Pressure Gauges 1.00% Accuracy
Ashcroft
Barksdale
Marshall Town
Miljoco
Trerice
Weiss
Weksler
Pressure Switches
Barksdale
Dwyer
Mercoid
Thermometers 1.00% Accuracy
Marshall Town
Miljoco
Moeller
Trerice
Weiss
Weksler
Instrument Test Ports
Peterson Equipment
Sisco
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-38
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Insulation
AFICO
Armstrong
Certain-Teed
KIMMCO
Knauf
Johns-Manville
Owens-Corning Fiberglas (O-C-F)
P.P.G. (Pittsburgh Plate Glass)
Insulation Adhesives
Benjamin Foster Company
Elgen
Insul-Coustic
Insulation Pipe Shields
Insul-Coustic Div., Insul-Shield
Pipe Shields Inc.
Motors
Standard Efficiency (Less Than .75 kw)
A.O. Smith
General Electric
Gould
Lincoln
Marathon
Reliance
Toshiba
Westinghouse
High Efficiency (.75 kw and Above)
A. O. Smith
General Electric
MagneTek
Reliance
Toshiba
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-39
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Motor Starters
Allen Bradley
Cutler Hammer
General Electric
Gould
Siemens
Square "D"
Westinghouse
Motor Control Centers
Allen Bradley
Cutler Hammer
General Electric
Gould
Siemens
Square "D"
Westinghouse
Motor Controllers Variable Speed
Allen-Bradley
Asea Brown Boveri
Danfoss
Eaton
Hitachi
Yaskawa Electric America
Mitsubishi
Reliance
Robicon
Siemens Allis
Toshiba
Pipe Fittings
Steel Pipe
Laclede
LTV
Newport
North Star Steel
Quanax
Sawhill
Sharon
U. S. Steel
Wheatland
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-40
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Steel Pipe Fittings
Hackney
Tube Forgings
Tube Line
Weldbend Corporation
Copper Pipe
American Brass Co.
Bridgeport Brass
Chase Brass
Lewin Matheis
Nibco
Phelps Dodge
Reading Tube Corp.
Revere
Wolverine Tube Co.
Pressure Regulating Valves (Water)
Cash ACME
Cla-Val
Fisher
Leslie
Spence
Watts
Pressure Relief Valves
Consolidated
Farris
Kunkle
Lunkenheimer
Watts
Pumps
Horizontal Split, End Suction and In-Line
Allis Chalmers
Armstrong
Aurora
Bell & Gossett
Buffalo Forge
Gould
Paco
Peerless
Weinman
Worthington
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-41
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Fuel Oil
IMO
Viking
Simplex
Sheet Metal Duct Connections
Ductmate
TDC
TDF
Sound Traps
I.A.C. (Industrial Acoustics Co.)
Rink
United McGill
Vibro-Acoustics
Steam Traps
Armstrong
Hoffman
Mepco
Sarco
TLV
Yarway
Strainers
Fabrotech
Hoffman
Lunkenheimer
McAlear Mfg. Co.
Metraflex
Mueller
Sarco
Yarway
System Identification
Seton Nameplate Corp.
W. H. Brady Co.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-42
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Valves
Balancing Valves (Water)
Armstrong
Autoflow
Bell & Gossett
Flow Design
Griswold
Milliken Valve Company, Inc.
T&A
Ball Type
Apollo
Crane
FlowTek
Hammond
Jamesbury
Rockwell
Stockham
Watts
Balanced Check
Hager
Mueller
Smolenski
Butterfly
High-Performance
High performance type butterfly valves
shall be ANSI Class 150, 250 or 300
with double lug body suitable for double
dead-end service, with either flange
removed in accordance with MSS, SP67 for Type I Valves and/or MSS, SP68.
DeZurik
Flow Seal
Grinnell
Bray McCanna
Jamesbury
Keystone
Posi-Seal/Fisher
W.K.M.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-43
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Swing Check
Crane
Grinnell
Hammond (I.B. Series only)
Milwaukee
Powell
Rockwell-Nordstrom
Walworth
Gate Valves
Crane
Grinnell
Hammond (I.B. Series only)
Milwaukee
Nordstrom
Powell
Walworth
Globe Valves
Crane
Grinnell
Hammond (I.B. Series only)
Milwaukee
Nordstrom
Powell
Walworth
Plug Valves (Lubricated Type)
DeZurik
Milliken Valve Company, Inc.
Nordstrom
Walworth
Plug Valves (Non-Lubricated Type)
DeZurik
Milliken Valve Company, Inc.
Walworth
Solenoid Valves
Asco
Magnatrol
Skinner
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-44
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Vibration Isolators
Amber Booth
Mason Industries
Water Filtration
Aqua-Star
Diamond Water Systems, inc.
P. E. P.
Tower Flo
Waterproof Sleeves
Link Seal
Zurn
2.02
MATERIALS FOR PIPING
A.
All materials shall be the products of one of the approved manufacturers
listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
B.
Schedule
Service
Material
Type
Weight
Fuel Oil
(Within Building)
Steel
Black
Schedule 40
Seamless ASTM A-53
Grade B
NOTE: Piping inside of the building, but outside of the Generator Equipment Room and
vertical shaft shall be pipe-within-a-pipe (outer pipe shall be oiltight and
watertight, of not lighter than 10 gauge, all welded black steel). The entire
assembly shall be enclosed within a UL listed two (2) hour fire rated enclosure.
Diesel Engine Exhaust
Steel ERW or
Seamless ASTM A-53
Grade B
Black
9.5 mm. Wall
Thickness
Steel
Black
Schedule 40
Black
Schedule 80
Steam
75 mm. and Under
Seamless ASTM A-53
Grade B
Condensate Return
and Drips
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Steel Seamless
ASTM A-53
Grade B
15000-45
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Service
Material
Pumped Condensate
(Above Ground)
Steel Seamless
ASTM A-53
Grade B
Type
Weight
Black
Schedule 80
Black
Schedule 40
Chilled Water, Condenser
Water and Heat Recovery
75 mm. and Under
Seamless ASTM A-53
Grade B
100 mm. to 250 mm.
Steel ERW or
Seamless ASTM A-53
Grade B
Black
Schedule 40
300 mm. and Over
Steel ERW or
Seamless ASTM A-53
Grade B
Black
9.5 mm. Wall
Thickness
Refrigerant
Copper
Hard
Type L
(ACR)
Fresh Water
Copper
Hard
Type L
Vent
Copper
Hard
Type L
Compressed Air
Copper ASTM B-88
Hard
Type L
Drains
Copper ASTM B-88
Hard
Type L
2.03
C.
Note that all pipe shall be suitably reinforced at all anchor points.
D.
Copper tubing for refrigerant service shall be furnished cleaned,
dehydrated, and sealed.
E.
Dimensions and weights of steel pipe shall conform to ANSI Standard
B16.10.
PIPE FITTINGS
A.
All products shall be manufactured by one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-46
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Schedule
Service
Material
Type
Weight
Fuel Oil (Within Project
Building)
Seamless Steel
Butt Welding
Schedule 40
Diesel Engine Exhaust
Seamless
Butt Welding
9.5 mm. Wall
Thickness
C.I.
Screwed
8.5 Bar
(Steam
Rating)
C.I.
Screwed
17 Bar
(Steam
Rating)
C.I.
Screwed
8.5 Bar
(Steam
Rating)
To 50 mm.
(Except Risers)
C.I.
Screwed
8.5 Bar
(Steam
Rating)
(17 Bar
w.o.g.)
65 mm. to 250 mm.
Seamless Steel
Butt Welding
Schedule 40
300 mm. and Above
Seamless Steel
Butt Welding
9.5 mm. Wall
Thickness
Steam: Below 3.5 bar
50 mm. and Under
Pumped Condensate
50 mm. and Under
Condensate Return and
Drips Below 3.5 Bar
50 mm. and Under
Chilled Water, Condenser
Water and Heat Recovery
All Chilled Water, Condenser
Water and Heat Recovery
Risers, Including Offsets in
Overhangs
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-47
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Service
Material
Type
Weight
All
Seamless Steel
Butt Welding
Standard
NOTES:
1.
2.
See drawings for locations of all welded construction required in
overhangs.
Drain mains and expansion lines for all systems shall correspond
in weight, class, etc., to above schedule.
Refrigerant
All
Wrought Copper
Silver Solder
Standard
All
Wrought Copper
Solder
Standard
All
C.I.
Screwed
8.5 Bar
All
Wrought Copper
Solder
Standard
Wrought Copper
Solder
Standard
Fresh Water
Vents
Drains
Compressed Air
All
C.
All steel elbows shall be of long radius pattern except where space
conditions do not permit.
D.
Material for drains shall be as specified above except where otherwise
noted on the drawings.
E.
Welding Piping
1.
Where so shown on drawings, specified or directed, welded
joints, outlets and flanges shall be used. Welded joints may also
be provided elsewhere, at option, except on piping smaller than
65 mm. (which may be screwed except as noted hereinbefore), or
at points where it may be explicitly specified or directed to leave
flanged joints in order to facilitate future changes.
2.
All welded joints (except pipe welded end-to-end) shall be made
by the use of forged one-piece weld neck flanges (slip-on flanges
shall not be accepted), caps, nozzles, elbows, branch outlets and
tees, of Tube-Turn, Taylor-Forge, Ladish, Grinnell or other
approved make, except as specified to the contrary herein. Cut
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-48
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
samples shall be submitted for approval if directed. All such
fittings, etc., shall be of a type which maintains full wall
thickness at all points, ample radius and fillets, and proper bevels
or shoulders at ends. "Weld-o-lets" may be used where standard
fittings of required sizes are not available and elsewhere as
approved. All job welding shall be done by the electric arc
welding process in accordance with the following:
3.
a.
Joints shall be 45 degree mill beveled or machine
beveled.
b.
All scale and oxide shall be removed with hammer,
chisel, file and/or grinding wheel. Bevel shall be left
smooth and clean.
c.
Pipe lengths must be lined up straight with abutting pipe
ends concentric.
d.
Both conductors from the welding machine shall be
extended to locations at which welding work is being
done. The leads from welding machine to location of
welding work shall be held together in an approved
manner and then taped so as to prevent induced current
in structural steel, in piping or in other metals within the
building. The ground lead shall be connected to length
of pipe with suitable clamp in such manner that welding
current shall not flow through joints in pipe, structural
steel of building or steel pipe supports.
e.
Weld metal must be thoroughly fused with base metal at
all sections and must exhibit complete penetration to
weld root. Welds shall be of sound metal, free from
laps, slag inclusion or other defects.
f.
Welders or welding operators shall be certified by the
National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau of the
Mechanical Contractors Association of America and/or
ASME Section 9. Welders shall possess and maintain
current Procedure Qualification Records for the service
for which they are employed and on which they work.
g.
All welds shall bear the identifying number, letter or
symbol of the welder or welding operator.
The Subcontractor must provide current copies of each welder
or welding operators Procedure Qualification Record prior to
proceeding with any welding.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-49
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
4.
An independent testing agency shall observe the fitting up and
making of all welds as prescribed in ASME/ANSI B31.9. The
inspection and testing protocol requirement is as follows.
a.
Every weld shall be inspected, including any shop welds.
b.
The first twenty (20) field welds shall be ultrasonically
tested.
c.
Ten percent (10%) of the remaining welds, on a random
basis determined by the independent testing agency,
shall be ultrasonically tested.
d.
Based on the results of the ultrasonic testing of the first
twenty (20) welds, a determination of the extent of the
subsequent testing beyond the minimum 10% noted in
Paragraph c. above shall be established by the Engineer.
All costs of testing, repair, replacement, schedule impacts, etc.,
shall be borne by the Subcontractor.
5.
Welding tees and saddles may be omitted and shaped cut end
connections provided directly to pipe as follows:
a.
All chilled water and condensing water piping up to two
pipe sizes smaller than the size of main.
b.
"Weld-o-lets" must be used on hot water perimeter risers
where horizontal branches tap into risers at each floor.
NOTE: Socket "Weld-o-lets" and/or socket tees shall
not be permitted.
F.
Wherever welded piping connections to equipment, valves, or other units
need maintenance, servicing, or require possible removal, the connecting
joint shall be flanged. Pressure-temperature rating of the pipe flanges
shall match the pressure-temperature rating of the flanges on the
equipment to which the piping connects.
G.
Mechanical Couplings for Grooved Copper Piping
1.
Mechanical couplings for grooved copper pipe shall be of the
rigid type, with plated nuts and bolts to secure housing sections
together and a synthetic rubber flush seal gasket of the cavity
pressure responsive design. Piping systems are to be installed in
accordance with the requirements of the manufacturers latest
published literature.
2.
Coupling housings shall be cast ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A-536 (Grade 65-45-12), or malleable iron conforming to
ASTM A-47, finished painted with alkyd enamel.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-50
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3.
Flange adapters shall be cast ductile iron conforming to ASTM
A-536 (Grade 65-45-12), or malleable iron conforming to ASTM
A-47, finished painted with alkyd enamel. Flange adapters shall
engage directly into roll grooved copper pipe and fittings and
bolt directly to ANSI Class 125 cast iron and Class 150 steel
flange components.
4.
Gaskets for mechanical couplings and flange adapters shall be
molded flush seal type conforming to the outside diameter of the
copper pipe and coupling housing or flange adapters. Synthetic
rubber of elastomers having properties as indicated in ASTM D2000 shall be used. Gasket selection shall comply with the
coupling manufacturers standards, installation and design
requirements and shall be suitable for the intended service and
temperature range.
a.
2.04
Gaskets for water service from -34°C. to +110°C. shall
be Grade “E” EPDM.
5.
Fittings for 50 mm. to 100 mm. pipe shall be full flow type
copper in accordance with ASTM B-75 alloy C12200. Fittings
for 125 mm. and 150 mm. pipe shall be cast bronze in
accordance with ASTM B-584-7 requirements. Grooves shall be
designed to accept mechanical coupling manufacturers castings.
Elbows are to be long radius type.
6.
Connections between dissimilar metals in liquid systems shall be
made with dielectric fittings.
H.
All soldered joints, except for refrigerant piping, shall be made with 95%
tin and 5% antimony solder, having a melting point of not less than
240°C. Refrigerant piping joints shall be made with silver solder. All
soldered joints shall be thoroughly cleaned before the application of the
solder. All soldered joints for tubing larger than 50 mm. in size shall be
made with the simultaneous application of two or three blow torches.
I.
Where dissimilar metals come in contact, a dielectric coupling shall be
installed. Dielectric flange kits shall be permitted where screwed piping
is not employed.
VALVES
A.
All valves shall be manufactured by one of the approved manufacturers
listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
B.
Shut-off valves, isolation valves, balancing valves and check valves shall
be provided as shown on the drawings, required or directed. The
standard features required of valves are listed hereinbelow.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-51
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
C.
Unless otherwise noted, all valves for shutoff and bypass service shall be
ball valves, 65 mm. and below, and butterfly valves 75 mm. and above.
D.
All end connections shall be the same as are used for fittings for 50 mm.
and below. 65 mm. and above, valves shall be flanged.
E.
Unless otherwise directed, steam pressure/temperature ranges are defined
below:
1.
Low Pressure: 120°C. @ 1 Bar maximum.
2.
High Pressure: 230°C. @ 14 Bar maximum.
F.
All valves except valves at equipment, shall be labeled with 40 mm.
brass tags, with stamped lettering or numbers filled in with black paint
bearing a letter to indicate the service and a number to indicate the valve.
A permanent valve chart and system schematic diagram shall show the
location of all valves.
G.
A manufacturer's valve tag shall be on all valves identifying the valve
type and major component materials.
H.
Ball Valves
1.
For all water services, low pressure steam, low pressure
condensate and all other normal noncorrosive services, ball
valves shall be:
Body
Body Style
Trim
Seat
Seat Working P/T Rating
Body Working P/T Rating
WOG Rating
Saturated Steam Rating
I.
Bronze
One piece, standard port
316 Stainless Steel ball and stem
Reinforced teflon (RTFE), 15% glass
filled, double seal
20 Bar @ 120°C. minimum
20 Bar @ 38°C. minimum
20 Bar minimum
10 Bar minimum
Plug Valves
Body
Body Style
Plug
Seat
Seat Working P/T Rating
Body Working P/T Rating
WOG Rating
Actuator
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Cast Iron
One piece, standard port
Nickel Plated or EPDM coated Cast Iron
Welded Nickel
20 Bar @ 120°C. minimum
20 Bar @ 38°C. minimum
20 Bar minimum
100 mm. and under - locking lever
handle; over 100 mm. - gear operator
15000-52
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
J.
All ball or plug valves specified herein or as shown on drawings, as
balancing valves, or used for such purpose, shall, in addition to the
options listed, be reduced port type, furnished with a pair of differential
ports over a fixed orifice (for the purpose of measuring the flow through
the valve) and a locking type memory stop. Furnish flow characteristic
curves (differential pressure vs. flow) for each valve type.
1.
K.
Minimum Flow Coefficients (Cv)
Size
Cv
15 mm.
20 mm.
25 mm.
30 mm.
40 mm.
50 mm.
65 mm.
8
14
35
50
75
110
300
Butterfly Valves
1.
The use of butterfly valves shall be limited to shutoff services
only and only where specifically permitted by the Consulting
Engineers. Butterfly valves shall not be permitted in those
services which require balancing or throttling valves. The
manual operator shall be provided with an external position
indicator. Butterfly shall permit draining or removal of
equipment and piping protected by the valve. Valves shall be
full-bodied, full lug type only (wafer type or semilugged valves
shall not be permitted) high performance type suitable for double
dead-end service with either flange removed. Valves shall be
bolted from both ends of the flanges. All butterfly valves for
water services shall be ANSI Class 150, 250 or 300 as specified
hereinbefore.
2.
Butterfly valves shall be leak tested in accordance with MSS,
SP-67 for Type I Valves and/or MSS, SP-68.
3.
For all water services and all other normal noncorrosive services,
butterfly valves shall be:
Body
Body Style
Trim
Disc
Seat
Cast iron
Tapped lug
316 Stainless Steel stem
Bronze
Field replaceable resilient seat,
fully bi-directional, totally
encapsulated
12 Bar @ 120°C. minimum
ANSI 150
Seat Working P/T Rating
Body Working P/T Rating
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-53
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Actuator
4.
100 mm. and under - locking
lever handle; over 100 mm. gear operator
For low pressure steam service, butterfly valves shall be:
Body
Body Style
Trim
Cast iron
Tapped lug
316 Stainless Steel double offset
stem
316 Stainless Steel
TFE
7 Bar @ 175°C. minimum
ANSI 150
100 mm. and under - locking
lever handle;
over 100 mm. - gear operator,
with locking hardware and
position indicator
Disc
Seat
Seat Working P/T Rating
Body Working P/T Rating
Actuator
L.
Valve Schedule
Service
Size
Type
Balancing Valves for
Water Services and
Condensate.
To 65 mm.
Ball
75 mm. and larger
Plug
Shut-off Valves for Water To 65 mm.
Services and Condensate.
75 mm. and larger
Ball
Check Valves for Water
Services, Steam and
Condensate in the
horizontal position.
15 degree swing checks.
All sizes
Butterfly
Check Valves for Water All Sizes
Services and Condensate in
the vertical position.
Balanced Checks
Steam Service
To 65 mm.
Ball
75 mm. and larger
Butterfly
Compressed Air
All Sizes
Ball Valves
Refrigerant
All Sizes
Kerotest, Packless
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-54
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
M.
All steam service valves 150 mm. and larger shall be furnished with a 25
mm. bypass valve installed around the valve. Bypass valves shall have
the same pressure-temperature ratings as the main valve.
N.
Provide all necessary manual or automatic vent valves. All drain valves
in Equipment Rooms shall be located at an elevation not greater than 2
meters above the floor and shall be piped to the nearest floor drain. All
automatic and manual vents shall have same pressure rating as primary
valves in the system to which they are connected.
O.
Provide all other hand valves, check valves, cocks, etc., as required for
the complete and proper valving of the entire installation as defined
herein.
P.
All water piping connections to equipment shall include all necessary
isolation valves, air vent valves, drain connections, balancing valves and
the automatic valves arranged as detailed on the drawings.
Q.
Water pipes shall be vented at the high points and wherever else required
or directed.
R.
Drain cocks with threaded ends for hose connection shall be provided at
any low points in the water supply and return mains and risers where
directed.
S.
Compression type, key-operated air cocks shall be provided where
shown and where required for venting. Cocks shall be 6.5 mm. in size
and shall be all bronze construction; at least two dozen keys shall be
delivered to the Engineer's representative for operating these cocks.
T.
Valves in Pump Rooms, Equipment Rooms or Fan Rooms which are
more than 6 feet 0 inches above the floor shall be provided with chain
operated sheaves and chains.
U.
All valves shall have self-packing stems so that they can be packed while
open and under pressure.
V.
Valves on the discharge side of all pumps shall be lubricated plug type.
W.
All lubricated tapered plug cocks shall be lubricated with the
manufacturer's recommended lubricant for water service before shipment
to the job site. Lubricated tapered plug cocks installed more than 2
meters above floors shall be furnished with chain wheels if gear operated
and double end chain wrenches if wrench operated. All plug valves shall
be furnished with an external position indicator on the valve assembly.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-55
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.05
STRAINERS
A.
There shall be approved "self-cleaning" strainers in the inlet connections
to each feeder and make-up connection and each automatic control valve,
and all traps and each pump. The intention is to protect by strainers all
apparatus of an automatic character, whose proper functioning would be
interfered with by dirt on the seat or by scoring of the seat.
B.
All strainers in water lines shall be Y-pattern set in a horizontal (or
vertical downward) run of the pipe. Where this is not feasible, strainers
may be of enlarged cross-section flat type. In all cases, strainers shall be
so arranged as not to "trap" pipes, and to facilitate disconnection and
opening-up for cleaning.
C.
All strainers shall have cast iron, or bronze, bodies of ample strength for
the pressure to which they shall be subjected and suitable flanges or
tappings to connect with the piping they serve. They shall be of such a
design as to allow blowing out of accumulated dirt, and to facilitate
removal and replacement of a strainer screen, without disconnections of
the main piping. Strainer basket screens shall be nickel, copper or brass
and shall be of ample strength to prevent collapsing the basket under
shock loading. Perforations shall be in accordance with the following
table:
System or Service
Perforation Size
No. of
Perforations
per 645 mm.2
Steam and Air
Water - To 125 mm.
150 mm. & over
0.50 mm.
1.6 mm.
3.2 mm.
625
-
D.
Provide approved valved dirt blowout connections for each strainer.
Each such valve shall be located at hand height with hose adapters. In
the case of strainers under water pressure, the blowout connections shall
terminate in an approved manner at a point where there is no risk of
flooding or damage.
E.
Extra heavy basket or Y-strainer with flanged ends and copper basket,
shall be installed in water lines where shown on the drawings.
F.
Clean the strainers as necessary until accepted by the Engineer.
G.
All strainers installed upstream of automatic control valves shall be
installed line size, which shall mean the size of the inlet pipe shown on
the drawings, not the reduced size serving the control valve.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-56
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.06
2.07
RELIEF VALVES
A.
Provide, where shown on the drawings, or as required by Code, safety
relief valves to carry 100% of scheduled capacity of the larger valves in
each step of each pressure reducing station. Relief piping shall be sized
according to outlet size of relief valve.
B.
Where two relief valves are joined, the larger pipe size shall be continued
to the point of relief. Relief valve shall comply with ASME
requirements and as manufactured by one of the approved manufacturers
listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEMS
A.
Identifications shall be manufactured by one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
B.
All valves, dampers, and controls shall be designated by distinguishing
numbers on the charts or diagrams. Provide stamped brass or engraved
phenolic tags for all designated items with numbers corresponding to
those on the charts. The nomenclature to be used on these tags shall be
submitted to the Consulting Engineer for approval.
C.
The tags shall be not less than 50 mm. in diameter with depressed black
numbers of 10 mm. height, prefixed by the letters "HVAC". They shall
be fastened to valves and controls with brass chains and hooks.
D.
Provide three sets of charts or diagrams showing outline plans of
structures and essential features of the several systems, including all
piping, ducts, equipment, valves, dampers and controls. In addition,
furnish three complete sets of valve, damper and/or control schedules
and schematic flow charts with corresponding numbers noted on chart
indicating location of device by floor and nearest column number.
Schedule shall also show the valve or damper size and service.
Schedules shall be mounted in heavy duty polypropylene sheet protectors
and 215 x 280 mm. three ring binders. A reproducible drawing of the
schedules and flow charts shall also be provided to the Engineer for his
use.
E.
Provide and affix piping identification labels in conformance with the
following:
1.
Markers shall be pressure sensitive adhesive type, meeting
ANSI/OSHA requirements identifying the service, by system
and zone, and direction of flow in the various piping systems.
Markers shall be provided on all concealed and exposed piping
as well as in shafts and shall be affixed to each pipe not less
frequently than every 12 meters. There shall be at least one
identifying marker per pipe in each enclosed space and at each
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-57
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
floor level within shafts. Identifying markers shall also be
provided adjacent to each valve. Valves at equipment and
pumps do not require separate identification.
2.
F.
2.08
Each set of markers shall consist of one label on which the name
of the service is printed in black letters not less than 25 mm. high
for pipe 60 mm. and smaller, 50 mm. high for 75 mm. pipe and
larger, and one band on which is printed a black directional
arrows. Markers shall be applied where they can be easily read
and with their long dimension parallel to the axis of the pipe.
Markers and bands shall have backgrounds of different colors for
the various service groups. Colors shall conform to ANSI
Standard A13.1.
All equipment (air handling systems, fans, ducts, pumps, chillers, etc.)
shall be labeled utilizing painted on stenciled lettering for identification.
Identification labels shall match the nomenclature in the equipment
schedule sheets or on the drawings.
HANGERS, ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, GUIDES, ETC.
A.
Provide suitable and substantial hangers and supports for all horizontal
pipes and ductwork. Hangers and supports shall be of the type, size and
spacing specified, or as approved. All piping shall be carried by pipe
hangers supported from building structure. Provide drawings indicating
pipe loads, including method of suspension and hanger location, and
submit them for approval prior to proceeding with installation. Provide
all the supplementary steel required to support, guide and anchor piping
within shafts, Mechanical Equipment Rooms and all the other floors.
Method of attachment to and load imposed on building structures by
hangers, anchors, supports, guides and supplemental steel shall be
submitted for review. The building is of all-concrete construction.
B.
Pipe hangers, anchors, supports and guides shall be manufactured,
selected, fabricated and installed in accordance with MSS SP-58, MSS
SP-69 and MSS SP-89.
C.
All methods of support shall be as manufactured by one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”, and
must be submitted and approved by the structural engineer.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-58
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
Horizontal piping shall be supported in accordance with the following
schedules:
SINGLE ROD SUPPORT
Pipe Size
Maximum Hanger Spacing
Rod Size
25 mm. and smaller
30 mm. to 50 mm.
60 mm. to 125 mm.
150 to 350 mm.
400 to 600 mm.
2 meters
2.75 meters
3 meters
3.65 meters
4.75 meters
10 mm.
10 mm.
12 mm.
16 mm.
25 mm.
DOUBLE ROD SUPPORT
Pipe Size
Maximum Hanger Spacing
Rod Size
15 to 350 mm.
400 to 600 mm.
3.65 meters
4.75 meters
12 mm.
19 mm.
E.
Maximum hanger spacing may not be exceeded; however, actual
installed spacing shall depend on location of structural supports and floor
slab construction. Where building construction does not permit above
spacing, provide additional steel supports.
F.
Where hangers cannot be supported from building structure, they may be
supported from concrete inserts, subject to the approval of the Structural
Engineer. Furnish, locate and set such inserts and make sure that such
inserts are in place when the concrete is poured. Inserts shall be
constructed of malleable iron or pressed steel and shall have space for
rods of all sizes. All inserts for pipes 75 mm. and larger in size shall be
installed with a reinforcing rod 16 mm. in diameter, run through a slot in
the insert specifically provided for this purpose.
G.
Particular care shall be taken to support all pipe mains, ductwork and all
large and heavy pipes in a manner approved by the Engineer, including
the providing of supplementary steel, if required. Shop drawings
indicating support methods, point loadings to the building structure and
hanger locations shall be submitted for review sufficiently in advance of
concrete pouring schedules to permit evaluation, critique and any
necessary changes to hanging and support methods.
H.
Set all inserts for all pipes in ample time to allow the work of the other
Trades to be performed on scheduled time.
I.
If any pipe or duct has to be hung in space where no inserts have been
provided, install two double expansion shields connected by a 50 mm. x
50 mm. angle, from which suspend the hanger rod. For pipe sizes 50
mm. and under, use a single double expansion shields, but the hanger
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-59
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
spacing defined above shall be reduced to 1.5 meters. The minimum size
shield acceptable is 10 mm. The carrying capacity and size of each
shield shall be calculated on the basis of the spacing indicated above but
the minimum size shall be 10 mm. Additional shields of the same size
shall be installed so that the number of hangers are double that allowed
for inserts. The rods on all hangers shall be of adequate size to support
the loads which they carry. Shields may be used in stone concrete slabs
only. No power or powder actuated inserts shall be permitted.
J.
Smaller pipes may be suspended from cross-pieces of pipe or steel
angles, which, in turn, shall be hung from building concrete construction
by means of rods and inserts. The intention is to provide supports which,
in each case, shall be amply strong and rigid for the load, but which shall
not weaken or unduly stress the building construction.
K.
Provide approved roller supports, floor stands, wall brackets, etc., for all
lines running near the floor or near walls, which can be properly
supported or suspended by the floors or walls. Pipelines near walls may
also be hung by hangers carried from approved wall brackets at a higher
level than the pipe.
L.
No piping shall be hung from other piping. In no case shall hangers be
supported by means of vertical expansion bolts.
M.
Hangers shall be of heavy construction suitable for the size of pipe to be
supported. All materials, except rollers, shall be wrought or malleable
iron or steel. Hangers shall be swivel ring, split ring, roller, wrought
pipe clamp, or adjustable wrought clevis type.
N.
All hangers, anchors, supports and guides (swivel ring, split ring, roller,
wrought pipe clamp, or adjustable wrought clevis type hangers, roller
supports, floor stands, wall brackets, etc.) installed within the building
shall be factory finished with red oxide primer. Hangers, anchors,
supports and guides installed outside of the building shall be hot dipped
galvanized in accordance with ANSI/ASTM A 123.
O.
Wherever roller type hangers are used, approved steel pipe covering
protection saddles shall be spot welded to the piping at each hanger
location, except as otherwise specified hereinbelow.
P.
Piping shall be anchored where required to localize expansion or to
prevent undue strain on piping and branches. Anchors shall be entirely
separate from hangers and shall be of heavy forged or welded
construction of approved design. All anchors shall be submitted and
shall include piping reactions which respective anchors are capable of
supporting.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-60
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Q.
All lines of copper tubing shall be individually supported by approved
type hangers not more than 1.75 meters apart or as shown on the
drawings. Hangers for uncovered lines shall be especially designed for
copper tubing and shall be exact o.d. of tubing. Hangers for covered
tubing shall have broad straps fitting outside of covering.
R.
Hangers for cold piping shall support the pipe without piercing the
insulation. Insulation shields shall be used to protect the insulation on
cold pipes. Insulation protection saddles shall be welded to insulated hot
pipes at roller supports. Wherever fiber glass pipe insulation is installed,
Kaylo of equal thickness shall be installed in lieu thereof wherever
hangers and insulation shields are installed. It is the intent that the
insulation shields shall bear only on an insulation material which is of
such density that it shall not compress, crush or deform.
S.
Anything specified in this Article notwithstanding, all hangers and
supports shall comply with the requirements prescribed under
"Foundations and Vibration Isolation Incorporating Seismic Restraints".
T.
Coordinate with other Trades to use common means of support. Submit
for approval all pertinent design data relating to the support as well as
verification of the responsibility for the support.
U.
Install pipe guides, ADSCO Model G, or as approved, for all risers
located in shafts, at each of the first two floors immediately above and
below each anchor, and, where applicable, per the requirements of this
Specification, and where indicated on the drawings.
V.
2.09
Pipe Size
Guide Spacing
Up to 75 mm.
100 through 150 mm.
200 mm. and above
Every other floor
Every third floor
Every fourth floor
Protect the insulation for a length of the sleeve with a galvanized 1.0
mm. shield (360 deg.).
FLOW MEASURING SYSTEMS
A.
Annular Primary Flow Elements
1.
Provide an annular primary flow element to measure the flow
through the piping system, one for each metering location, as
manufactured by one of the approved manufacturers listed in
Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
2.
The annular primary flow element shall be made of Type 316
stainless steel and rated to 2,750 kPa. Annular element shall be
complete with permanent rustproof metal identification tag on
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-61
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
chain showing designed flow rates, meter readings or differential
pressure outputs of designed flow rates, metered fluid, line size
and tag, station or location number. Station sizes 12 mm. to 30
mm. shall be nipple section type, sizes 50 mm. and 65 mm. shall
be either nipple section or weld insert type and sizes 75 mm. and
larger shall be weld insert type. Permanent pressure loss to the
system shall not exceed 8.2% of the output differential on sizes
over 35 mm. and 2.9% on sizes over 125 mm. Accuracy of the
flow measuring elements shall be plus or minus .55 to plus or
minus 1.5% as verified by independent laboratory reports.
3.
2.10
Metering stations shall be as follows:
a.
Condenser water return from each refrigeration machine.
b.
Chilled water supply from each refrigeration machine.
c.
Chilled water return branch from each side of chilled
water coil banks or single coil banks.
d.
Common discharge of each heat recovery coil system.
e.
Heat recovery water return branch from each side of
duct-mounted recovery coil banks or single coil banks.
4.
This system shall, in addition, include a portable meter set
supplied by one manufacturer. Each annular measuring station
shall be complete with safety shutoff valves and quick coupling
connections. Annular measuring stations shall be made of
stainless steel and brass. Stations shall be either nipple section
or weld insert type. Annular measuring stations shall be
rotatable sensing elements so that all pressure sensing ports can
be pointed fully downstream when station is not in use.
5.
Portable meter set shall consist of a primary standard
mercuryless manometer with a scale reading 0-1,200 mm. water.
Meter shall be supplied complete with a master chart for direct
conversion of meter readings to gpm, carrying case, two 3.65
meters checking hoses rated to 2,750 kPa/107°C., equalizer
manifold, check seal, installation and operation instructions.
Meter shall become property of the Owner.
6.
This system shall be utilized to balance the water system
hereinabove described. Be responsible for all necessary readings
and required flow adjustments.
AUTOMATIC AIR ELIMINATORS
A.
All free air originally contained in the system and all entrained air
bubbles carried by system water shall be eliminated at each cooling coil
section and at the highest point in the return piping (connected to pump
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-62
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
suction) and at all system points as indicated on the drawings by a
combined air separator/eliminator -- a completely integrated unit.
Tangential inlet and outlet piping connections shall create a vortex in the
body of the unit allowing air separation from flowing system water. Air
shall be eliminated to the atmosphere as fast as it is separated through a
float activated, remote pressure operated air elimination valve located in
the top of the unit. The valve shall have a high removal rate at low
pressure differentials (not to exceed 14 kPa at full flow) and shall be
fully open for the removal of air at all pressures in the operating range
from 14 kPa to 1,035 kPa. It shall be tightly sealed against loss of
system water and prevent entrance of air in negative pressure situations.
2.11
B.
The automatic air separator/eliminator shall be constructed of cast iron or
welded steel, constructed tested and stamped in accordance with Section
VIII of the ASME Code for a working pressure of 1,035 kPa, and all
working parts shall be noncorrosive.
C.
Each automatic eliminator shall be piped to the nearest floor drain.
PNEUMATIC DIAPHRAGM EXPANSION TANKS
A.
Provide pneumatic tanks with dimensions and storage capacities as
scheduled for the closed chilled water system with all specified
appurtenances, as manufactured by one of the approved manufacturers
listed in Article 2.01 “ Approved Manufacturers”. Tanks are to be built
in accordance with NSF and ASME Code standards, all seams double
butt welded by certified code welders, Underwriters' Certificates and
stamping to be furnished. Tank sizes and factory set air pressures for
tanks to be as indicated on drawings.
B.
Tanks shall be of the vertical type.
C.
Tanks to be provided with suitable tappings for cold water inlet, air
connection, charging valve, and drain connection. All wetted metal parts
must be brass or stainless steel.
D.
Provide pressure relief valve between shutoff valve and tank on inlet
pipe.
E.
Provide in the expansion line piping near each tank, pressure switches,
Honeywell L604A, to alarm at 55 kPa (adjustable) below system
operating pressure and at 55 kPa (adjustable) above the system operating
pressure. Switch shall include a time delay, adjustable from 1 to 10
minutes, and auxiliary contacts so that the alarm remains off for 2
minutes after alarm condition is reached. Auxiliary contacts shall be
wired to the building automation system under another Section of the
Specifications.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-63
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.12
2.13
OPEN EXPANSION TANKS
A.
All products shall be manufactured by one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
B.
Open Expansion Tanks (Heat Recovery Water Systems)
1.
Provide where shown on the drawings and connect complete
with all necessary appurtenances, an expansion tank for storing
the expanding water from each water system shown on the
drawings.
2.
Tanks shall be of sizes as shown on the drawings, shall be set on
or, where applicable, hung from suitable supports and shall be
provided with all necessary tappings of sizes as shown on the
drawings. Tanks shall be fabricated of not less than 3/16 inch
galvanized steel plate, galvanized after fabrication.
3.
The necessary tappings with bronze mountings and shutoff
valves shall be provided on the tanks for water gauges with
proper guard for indicating water level in the tanks at all times.
4.
Tanks shall be provided with expansion inlet connection, makeup water, drain, and vent connection. Drain shall be piped to
building drainage system and indirectly connected to same.
5.
Open type expansion tank shall have a float controlled water
feeder installed at each tank for water make-up and shall
introduce the water through an open funnel. Provide high and
low level alarm devices.
WATER MAKEUP PUMP SETS
A.
There shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the drawings,
simplex makeup water pumping units having capacities as listed in the
schedule on the drawings. The units shall be complete with steel
receiver, pumps, motors and base, float switches, supports and other
incidental items necessary to complete the units. The units shall consist
of the following elements:
1.
A steel base with drip connection and all necessary tappings,
holes for foundation bolts, etc. -- arranged to support the receiver
and the motor and to keep the entire equipment aligned.
2.
A receiver of steel of approved design, with all necessary
tappings and glass water gauge.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-64
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.14
3.
Close-coupled pump of approved pattern and construction with
the pump inlet piped to the receiver, and with the motor securely
supported on the baseplate.
4.
An approved oversized funnel at the inlet connection to the
receiver. Note that the receiver inlet size shall be not less than
50 mm. Check and ball valves shall be provided at the pump
discharge.
5.
Automatic controls shall be provided for the pump motor on-off
switch and combination starter as hereinafter specified. The lead
pump shall be activated by a pressure switch, Honeywell L604A,
to fill the system which it serves. The pump shall start at 35 kPa
(adjustable) below the system operating pressure and stop at 20
kPa (adjustable) above the system operating pressure. Failure of
the lead pump to start shall cause the lag pump to start. Each
sequential start shall automatically change to lead/lag
arrangement (duplex pump sets only). Control equipment shall
be factory mounted and wired on the units.
6.
Extreme Low Level Alarm: Pump basin shall be furnished with
a factory-installed extreme low level switch which shall be
monitored at the DDC system for remote alarm annunciation.
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
A.
Provide pumps of sizes, types and performance ratings scheduled,
designed and guaranteed for continuous or intermittent service when
operating at design speed or at any point over the full range of the pump
curve without overheating the motor or bearings, without exceeding the
nominal horsepower of its motor, and without producing noise audible in
any area of the building outside of space in which it is installed. Pumps
shall be designed and tested at 1-1/2 times the scheduled working
pressure. Guaranteed performance curves shall be submitted for
approval for each pump.
B.
All pumps and motors shall be the products of one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
C.
Pumps shall be driven by constant or variable speed motors as scheduled
and as specified under "Motors". Motor windings are to be compatible
with starters and variable speed controllers as specified.
D.
Horizontally split pumps shall be of the single-stage or double-stage
volute type as scheduled, with cast iron body, fully bronze fitted, doublesuction inlet, bronze impeller, flanged suction and discharge outlets.
E.
End suction pumps shall be of vertical split type, cradle-mounted, with
iron body, fully bronze fitted.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-65
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.15
F.
Suction and discharge shall be provided with tapped openings suitable
for mounting pressure gauges.
G.
Impellers shall be no greater than 85% of the largest impeller designed to
fit pump casing.
H.
All pumps shall be furnished with grease-lubricated outboard bearings
provided with drain plugs and fittings suitable for in-service lubrication.
Bearings shall have a minimum of 100,000 hour B10 life.
I.
Pumps with their motors shall be mounted on integral frame-and-baseplate, suitably reinforced to maintain pump and motor alignment, baseplate shall be furnished with drain outlets.
J.
Each pump and motor shaft shall be connected by a flexible spacer
coupling (Woods, or equal as approved) to permit removal of pump shaft
without removing motor. Couplings shall be selected for the torque
required. Special care must be taken when selecting couplings for pumps
equipped with variable frequency drives. Exposed sections of pump
shafts, motor shafts and shaft couplings shall be protected by 1.6 mm.
sheet metal guards.
K.
Seals shall be unbalanced as approved, with tungsten carbide stationary
seats. Bronze or stainless steel shaft sleeves shall be provided where
required.
L.
Pumps and/or pump sets shall be leveled with tapered steel wedges to
allow a minimum of 20 mm. of non-shrink grout between pump base and
inertia base or concrete pad. Grouting must be performed in accordance
with pump manufacturer’s recommendations.
IN-LINE CIRCULATING PUMPS
A.
Provide, where shown or specified, circulating pumps of the in-line
single stage, vertical split case design, of capacity as listed in the
schedule.
B.
All pumps and motors shall be the products of one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
C.
Each pump shall be all bronze construction. The pump internals shall be
capable of being serviced without disturbing piping connections.
D.
The impeller shall be of the enclosed type, hydraulically and dynamically
balanced and keyed to the shaft and secured with a locknut.
E.
Each pump shall have a mechanical seal, with a carbon seal ring and
Remite (or as approved) seat. A shaft sleeve shall be furnished under the
complete wetted area of the mechanical seal.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-66
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.16
F.
The bearing frame assembly shall be fitted with oil lubricated bronze
journal bearings and a hardened alloy steel shaft.
G.
The pump and motor shall be connected by a flexible coupling, capable
of absorbing torsional vibration. The motor shall be resiliently mounted
and shall be equipped with oil lubricated journal bearings.
H.
Pump brake horsepower at design speed shall, under no condition,
exceed the nominal motor horsepower.
I.
Each pump shall be factory tested, thoroughly cleaned, and painted with
one coat of machinery enamel prior to shipment.
J.
Each pump shall be guaranteed to circulate not less than the specified
quantity of water against the specified circulating head when operating
continuously without overheating the motor or bearings at an approved
point on its head capacity curve.
K.
Certified performance curves shall be submitted for each pump unit
before shipping from the factory.
L.
Each pump shall be mounted from the piping in which it is installed.
CONDENSATE PUMPS
A.
Provide, where indicated on the drawings, duplex condensate return
pumping units having capacities as listed in schedule on drawings. The
units shall be complete with cast iron condensate receiver, pumps,
motors and base, float switches, supports and other incidental items
necessary to complete the units. The units shall consist of the following
elements:
1.
A cast iron base with drip connection and all necessary tappings,
holes for foundation bolts, etc. -- arranged to support the receiver
and the motors and to keep the entire equipment aligned.
2.
A receiver of cast iron of approved design, with all necessary
tappings and glass water gauge.
3.
Two close-coupled pumps of approved pattern and construction
with the pump inlets piped to the receiver, and with the motors
securely supported on the baseplate.
4.
An approved cleanable strainer at the inlet connection to the
receiver. Note that the receiver inlet size shall be not less than
one pipe size smaller than the connecting piping shown on the
drawings. Check and ball valves shall be provided at each pump
discharge.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-67
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
5.
2.17
Fully automatic controls shall be provided for each pump motor
consisting of a float in the receiving tank, a float switch, on-offautomatic switch, combination starter as hereinafter specified.
Control equipment shall be factory mounted and wired on the
units. Control equipment shall be arranged so that if one pump
fails to carry the load, then the second pump shall be
automatically started, and both pumps shall operate
simultaneously. A switch shall be provided for manually
selecting the leading pump.
CENTRIFUGAL REFRIGERATION MACHINES
A.
General
1.
Furnish, as described in this Specification, centrifugal
refrigeration machines of the hermetic or open type, complete
with all accessories to satisfy the capacity and performance
requirements as scheduled, in accordance with the latest version
of ARI Standard 550.
2.
Each centrifugal refrigeration machine shall consist of an
assembly which shall include as its main elements a water
chiller, a refrigeration condenser, a rotating drive line and a
centrifugal compressor.
3.
Furnish, for installation by others, differential pressure switches
with field adjustable time delay (0-30 seconds) piped across the
water inlet and outlet of each machine to protect against chilled
water "no flow" and condenser water “no flow”. Set point range
of differential pressure switches shall not exceed 150% of the
pressure drop through the condenser or evaporator. Paddle-type
flow switches shall not be acceptable.
4.
Refrigerant
5.
B.
a.
Non-CFC refrigerant for the vapor
refrigeration cycle shall be R-134a.
compression
b.
A complete charge of approved non-CFC refrigerant and
of an approved compatible lubricating oil shall be
provided for each machine.
Refrigeration machine working pressure shall be as scheduled.
Compressor
1.
Compressor rotor shall be statically and dynamically balanced
after fabrication and tested to a minimum of 10 percent
overspeed. Each rotor shall be constructed of materials not
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-68
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
subject to corrosion when in contact with the refrigerant and
water.
C.
2.
The compressor casing shall be of fine grain cast iron or other
appropriate rigid material and shall be suitably divided to permit
the easy removal of the rotor shaft. The casing joint shall be
provided with gaskets of proper material to prevent inward or
outward leakage.
3.
The compressor shall be completely assembled at the factory and
shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with ASME
standards, either before or after assembly of shaft and rotor.
After assembly, the compressor shall be re-tested with a mixture
of refrigerant and air, the casing, joints and connections being
tested with a Halide torch.
4.
Capacity Control: Shall be obtained by means of variable inlet
vanes, automatically controlled, at the impeller inlet and shall
provide continuously varying capacity from 15 to 100 percent
without hot gas bypass, per ARI Standard 550. Guide vanes
shall be air foil shaped, stainless steel or nonferrous alloy,
supported by high quality, heat-treated stainless steel or
nonferrous alloy shafts. Positive seal shall be used at points
where vane operating mechanism passes through the compressor
casing to automatically protect against leakage of air or
refrigerant during operating and nonoperating periods. Provide
external electric valve operator and linkage.
5.
Refrigerant Flow Control: Refrigerant flow to the evaporator
shall be controlled by means of a fixed orifice, float valve or
turbine to improve part load efficiency. Float valve and turbine
shall be field serviceable.
Lubrication System
1.
Lubrication system shall be forced circulation type, completely
piped and wired with all components necessary to assure positive
oil supply on start-up, normal operation, shutdown, and power
failure, including oil pump, gravity fed oil reservoir, cooler,
filter, pressure and temperature sensors, sight ports, heater,
motor controller and controls.
2.
An externally mounted, 15 micron, replaceable cartridge oil filter
equipped with service valves shall be provided.
3.
Oil cooler shall be refrigerant or chilled water cooled,
completely factory piped.
4.
An automatic oil return system shall recover any oil that has
migrated to the evaporator.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-69
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
E.
5.
All oil piping shall be completely factory installed and tested.
6.
Oil pump shall be factory wired to a separate starter, configured
to be served by a separate electrical circuit at 415 volts, 3 phase,
50 hertz.
Refrigeration Evaporator
1.
Evaporator shall be shell-and-tube flooded type with marine
boxes, constructed of welded steel and shall be designed for the
circulation of the quantity of water scheduled. The total water
side pressure drop from inlet to outlets (including bolt-on type
marine water boxes) shall not exceed that scheduled.
2.
Evaporator tubes shall be made of copper. They shall have
integral fins and shall not be less than No. 20 BWG nor less than
14 mm. inside diameter and have a minimum wall thickness of .8
mm. at the root of the fin. They shall be rolled into grooved
holes in the tube sheet, and shall be removable without affecting
the strength or durability of the tube sheet or causing any leakage
at adjacent tubes. Water velocity in the tubes shall not exceed 3
meters per second.
3.
Tube sheets shall be of carbon steel and welded to the shell of
the evaporator.
4.
Sufficient intermediate tube sheets shall be provided to prevent
tube vibration and in no case should these tube supports be
spaced at greater intervals than 1,500 mm.
5.
An approved primary relief valve or rupture disc as required by
Code with a secondary pressure regulating valve (to prevent
complete loss of refrigerant charge upon rupture of the primary
device) suitable for the attachment of vent piping shall be
provided.
Refrigeration Condenser
1.
Condenser shall be shell-and-tube type with bolt on marine water
boxes. Condenser shall be constructed of welded steel for the
circulation of the quantity of water scheduled. The total water
side pressure drop from the inlet to the outlet (including bolt-on
type marine water boxes) shall not exceed that scheduled.
2.
Condenser shall be constructed in a similar manner as specified
for evaporator with regard to the shell, tubes, tube sheets,
intermediate tube sheet supports and nozzles. Water velocity in
the tubes shall not exceed 3 meters per second.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-70
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
F.
G.
3.
Suitable baffles shall be provided to prevent direct impingement
of the refrigerant gases upon the tubes and to distribute the gas
uniformly over the length of the condenser. For chillers utilizing
low pressure refrigerant, a suitable carbon steel baffle sheet shall
be provided for the segregation and collection of the
noncondensable gases for purging and at this location approved
thickness materials shall be provided to prevent corrosion of the
condenser shell. A connection shall be provided at the proper
location for the removing of noncondensable gases and water
vapor through purge and recovery units.
4.
Provide suitable means to prevent entrained liquid from entering
the compressor, and suitable means for uniformly distributing
the liquid refrigerant. Provide float valve housing and float box
or fixed orifice, approved type rupture disc or relief valve
suitable for attachment of vent piping (in accordance with
applicable codes).
Marine Water Boxes
1.
Provide marine type water boxes with removable end caps for
both the condenser/subcooler and the evaporator.
2.
Boxes shall have a separable removable (bolt-on) cover so that
the entire tube sheet can be exposed for cleaning without
disturbing the piping connections. (Removable end caps shall be
provided so that the entire tube sheet shall be exposed for
cleaning.) Removable cover shall be fitted with approved means
for easily securing removal rigging.
3.
Main piping (nozzle) connections shall be grooved (mechanical
connector type).
4.
A valved drain and vent connection (minimum 25 meters, with
hose connections) shall be furnished on each marine water box
(removable end cap).
5.
Nozzle arrangements shall be as indicated on the drawings.
Rotating Compressor Drive
1.
Electric Motor Drive
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Compressor shall be driven by a constant speed motor.
Manufacturer shall submit details of horsepower rating
and starting characteristics and shall coordinate motor
selection with driven apparatus and starter manufacturer.
15000-71
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b.
Motor shall be synchronous or induction type, wired for
solid state, starting, 415 volts 3 phase, 3 wire or 4 wire
(as indicated on the drawings), 50 hertz. Induction type
motors shall be provided with power factor correction to
maintain a minimum power factor of 0.87.
c.
Motor for "open" compressor drive configuration (i.e.,
not hermetic) shall be open drip-proof type.
d.
Motor for "hermetic" compressor drive configuration
shall be refrigerant cooled, squirrel cage type.
e.
Motor Starter
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Starter shall be solid state starter with closed
transition, fusible overcurrent motor protection
and circuit interrupter (circuit breaker less
overload tripping coils). Each starter shall be
provided with an ammeter to measure each
phase leg.
Overload protection shall be
provided in each phase leg.
A control
transformer with 240 volt secondary tap shall be
provided with sufficient capacity for all machine
controls and interlocks. Starter shall be enclosed
in neatly finished ventilated cabinet of heavy
steel plate (NEMA Type I), in accordance with
NEMA requirements. All chillers, including
starters, shall be capable of automatic restart
after an electrical power failure or momentary
electrical power loss.
Chillers shall
automatically initiate starting sequence within
60 seconds after emergency electrical power or
normal electrical power has been energized.
2)
Each motor starter assembly shall be rated
65,000 A.I.C.
3)
Each main bus in each chiller starter shall have
current transformers, potential transformer,
current and voltage test blocks, kilowatt-hour
meter with demand register, elapsed time meter,
and pulse transmitter and transducer for energy
consumption monitoring by a building
management system (BMS).
4)
Individual digital meter readouts shall be
provided on the chiller starter (or chiller control
panel) using true rms measurements accurate to
15000-72
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1% for functions as described hereinabove and
as follows:
2.
H.
a)
A.C. input voltage, each phase (line-toline).
b)
Input current to each phase.
c)
Input kw/kva.
d)
Elapsed time using a meter which
records 0 to 100,000 hours.
5)
Lugs shall be suitable for copper conductors.
6)
Unit Mounted Starter: If unit-mounted starters
are provided, they shall be factory wired
between the starter and compressor drive motor,
and between the starter and all other unitmounted electrically driven components.
Drive Train Accessories
a.
Provide drive train accessories (e.g., speed increaser
gears and couplings) as required. Accessories shall have
sufficient capacity to transmit maximum compressor
load under all operating conditions with vibration not to
exceed 1 mil.
b.
Gears: Designed and manufactured in accordance with
the latest American Gear Manufacturers Association
(AGMA) Standards, helical type continuously lubricated
with filter oil and pressure-lubricated bearings.
Temperature rise shall not exceed 21°C. above ambient
at full load.
c.
All of the compressor and motor bearings (including
high speed, low speed, and thrust bearings) shall have
factory installed temperature sensors installed in the oil
return lines to monitor bearing temperatures.
Controls
1.
The chillers shall be controlled by a dedicated microprocessorbased controller, supplied with each chiller by the chiller
manufacturer. The controller shall be factory packaged and all
required control components shall be tested for reliable
equipment operation. The controller shall be battery-backed to
provide protection of configured settings during power failures.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-73
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
The control system shall be a complete system for stand-alone
chiller control and shall include controls to safely and efficiently
operate the chiller, and shall provide control of chiller operation
and monitoring of chiller modules, sensors, actuators, relays and
switches.
3.
The control system shall monitor all components in order to
verify the proper operation of each.
a.
As a minimum, the control system shall monitor the
following safeties:
1)
Motor starting and running time between
compressor/motor starts.
2)
Low chilled water temperature.
3)
Low evaporator refrigerant temperature.
4)
High condenser refrigerant pressure.
5)
Evaporator water flow status.
6)
Condenser water flow status.
7)
Low oil pressure.
8)
Low oil temperature.
9)
High oil temperature.
10)
High motor winding temperatures.
11)
Sensor fault and proper operation of unit
controls.
b.
If any oil temperature (as indicated by oil temperature
sensors) reaches or exceeds a set value, the chiller
controller shall shut down the chiller, display the
diagnostic and the alarm on the front of the panel.
c.
The control system shall incorporate advanced motor
protection to safeguard the motor throughout the starting
and running cycles from the adverse effects of:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Phase loss (each phase).
2)
Phase imbalance and severe phase imbalance.
15000-74
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
4.
3)
Phase reversal and loss of phase reversal
protection.
4)
Over/under voltage.
5)
Motor overload.
6)
Motor overload protection incorrectly set.
7)
Momentary power loss protection with auto
restart consisting of three-phase current sensing
devices that monitor the status of the current.
8)
Starter contactor fault protection.
9)
Starter transition failure.
Alternately, the advanced motor protection system may
be furnished integral to the motor starter.
The front of the control panel shall be capable of displaying the
following in clear language, without the use of codes, look-up
tables, or gauges:
a.
Entering and leaving evaporator water temperature.
b.
Entering and leaving condenser water temperature.
c.
Compressor motor winding temperature.
d.
Saturated evaporator
temperature.
e.
Evaporator and condenser refrigerant pressure.
f.
Oil temperature.
g.
Oil tank pressure.
h.
Oil pump discharge pressure.
i.
Differential oil pressure.
j.
Compressor motor starts and running hours.
k.
Compressor motor current, by phase.
l.
Compressor motor percent RLA.
m.
Chilled water set point and set point source.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-75
and
condenser
refrigerant
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
5.
n.
Electrical current limit set point and set point source.
o.
Current chiller operating mode.
p.
Chiller diagnostics including a time and date of
occurrence (minimum 5 historical diagnostics stored in
nonvolatile chiller panel memory).
q.
Bearing oil temperatures.
r.
Discharge temperature (compressor).
s.
Compressor motor kw and voltage, by phase.
t.
For machines which utilize low pressure refrigerant:
1)
Purge compressor suction temperature.
2)
Purge pumpout rate.
3)
Purge pumpout time last or current cycle.
4)
Total purge pumpout time.
The chiller control system shall:
a.
Provide evaporator freeze protection and low limit
control. This control shall be used to avoid low
evaporator refrigerant temperature tripouts during
critical periods of chiller operation. The control shall
take progressively more aggressive load limiting action
in response to the severity of the rate of change and the
actual value of the evaporator refrigerant temperature. A
clear language diagnostic message, reflecting the
operating status, shall be automatically displayed at the
front panel whenever this control is in effect, and if the
condition persists, a limit warning alarm relay shall
energize to indicate this condition accordingly.
b.
Chiller controls shall be integrated into the BMS system
to provide, as a minimum, the control and monitoring
functions listed below. The chiller manufacturer shall be
responsible for technical coordination with the BMS
manufacturer to ensure proper integration between the
chiller and the BMS system.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Remote start/stop. (Dry contact input signal.)
2)
Reset of chilled water temperature (4-20 mA or
0-10V d.c. input signal).
15000-76
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
I.
3)
Provide an alarm relay output that shall energize
whenever a fault requiring manual reset is
detected by the panel.
4)
Provide an analog output signal that shall
indicate the Compressor Motor Percent RLA.
5)
Status messages as follows:
a)
Chiller ready to start.
output signal.)
(Dry contact
b)
Chiller operating. (Dry contact output
signal.)
c)
Chiller shutdown on safety (manual
reset required). (Dry contact output
signal.)
c.
Break-glass Station Interface: The chiller controller
shall be capable of accepting a digital input signal (dry
contact) from emergency stop break-glass stations,
furnished, installed and wired by the Automatic
Temperature Controls Subcontractor. Upon activation
of the break-glass station (contact opening), the chiller
shall stop.
d.
Be capable of independently invoking password
protection of the entire display and keypad, operator
settings (e.g., chilled water set point), machine
configuration settings, and service startup settings.
e.
Provide an RS 232 or RS 485 port to output all system
operating data to the BMS system.
Miscellaneous Water and Refrigerant Piping: Each machine shall be
provided with a water and/or refrigerant supply manifold as required,
together with a system of piping between the manifold and the various
oil coolers, water jackets, etc. Water for these coolers shall be provided
from the chilled water circuit. All coolers shall be suitable for operating
at the same pressure as the evaporators. The supply manifold shall be
complete, with the required needle type valves to regulate the flow of
water or refrigerant to the various services.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-77
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
J.
Acoustical Requirements
1.
K.
Primary Mover Acoustical Performance
a.
Motor for refrigeration machines, when installed per
plans and specifications, shall operate with noise levels
not exceeding 90 dBA, with all refrigeration machines
operating.
b.
Noise levels shall be determined in accordance with
IEEE Standard No. 85 Test Procedure for Airborne
Noise Measurements on Rotating Electric Equipment.
2.
Refrigeration Machine Gear Train Acoustical Performance: The
gear train assembly (between motor drive and compressor) when
operating at the refrigeration machine rated capacity per plans
and specifications and tested in accordance with AGMA 295-02
shall have noise levels not exceeding 90 dBA, with all
refrigeration machines operating.
3.
Refrigeration Machine Acoustical Performance: The maximum
permissible noise levels under design operating conditions, when
measured in accordance with ARI Standard 575-73 specified
methods and qualifications shall not exceed 90 dBA, with all
refrigeration machines operating.
Accessories
1.
Refrigerant Pumpout/Storage System
a.
Provide
self-contained,
packaged
refrigerant
pumpout/storage system(s) to handle 120% of the entire
installed charge of one chiller, consisting of a refrigerant
compressor with oil separator, storage receiver, water
cooled condenser, filter drier and all necessary valves
and hoses to remove and replace the refrigerant. All
necessary controls and safety devices shall be a
permanent part of the system. A minimum of two
systems shall be provided in cases where more than one
chiller is installed (50% capacity each).
b.
System(s) shall be suitable in all respect for the
refrigerant being provided. Storage vessel(s) shall be
provided with an ASME Code cleanout port, approved
pressure cutoff and relief valve, designed and stamped in
accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
c.
Vessel(s) shall be horizontal or vertical, as indicated on
the drawings.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-78
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
Refrigerant Monitor: Furnish for installation by others two (2)
UL approved refrigerant sensors for each machine, complete
with local alarm panel and alarm klaxon(s), all as specified
hereinafter in accordance with the requirements of the latest
version of ASHRAE Standard 15.
a.
b.
Acceptable Models
1)
Mine Safety Appliances, Model "Chillgard IR."
2)
Or UL approved manufacturer's standard.
Alternate Monitors
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Alternate sensors shall be approved prior to bid
and meet the following criteria:
a)
Monitor shall be compound specific
with a measurement and display range
0-1000 ppm.
b)
The monitor must be calibrated for the
specified refrigerant.
c)
The display accuracy shall be ±1 ppm.
d)
Three factory-set alarm levels shall be
provided, each with a front panel light
and a latching binary contact closure for
the control of remote devices.
e)
An analog output corresponding to the
unit display is required for connection to
the building automation or other
recording equipment.
f)
A means to automatically rezero the
instrument must be included.
g)
Regular maintenance of the unit shall be
limited to recalibration once per year
and monthly confirmation of clean air
source for recalibration.
h)
Ambient temperature operating range
shall be 4°C. to 40°C.
i)
UL approved device.
15000-79
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
L.
M.
N.
Codes and Standards: Materials and workmanship as well as all work in
connection with the furnishing and installing of this equipment shall
comply with all requirements of the latest issues of all applicable British
standards as well as the following Codes and Standards:
1.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section VIII, Division
1.
2.
ANSI - American National Standards Institute.
3.
ARI Standard 550: Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
for Centrifugal and Rotary Screw Water Chillers.
4.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories.
5.
ASHRAE 15: Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
6.
NEC: National Electric Code.
Inspection and Startup Service
1.
Provide a competent, factory service representative (including all
travel expenses and accommodations) for final inspection and
startup of each centrifugal refrigeration unit.
2.
After the installation of the refrigeration machines is complete,
perform a thorough inspection of each refrigeration machine,
including all controls and electrical and piping connections.
Report deficiencies in writing to the Engineer's Representative
and the Consulting Engineer.
3.
Start up each refrigeration machine in the presence of the
Engineer's operating personnel and verify the correct operation
of all safety devices, operating controls, and auxiliary
equipment.
4.
The manufacturer shall add the appropriate labor hours to assist
the
Engineer’s Commissioning Agent in demonstrating
integrated startup procedures. A test plan shall be submitted to
the manufacturer’s chiller startup agency four (4) weeks prior to
scheduled startup for comments and suggestions.
Field Performance Test
1.
After each refrigeration unit has been started and run
satisfactorily, perform tests to verify efficiency, and the ability to
provide rated output. Submit certified report of test data to the
Engineer's Representative and the Consulting Engineer. The
guarantee period shall begin upon completion of the above to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-80
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
Provide all instrumentation required for the performance of the
tests.
O.
Factory Performance Test: After each centrifugal chiller has been
assembled at the factory, the chiller manufacturer shall operate each
machine for as long as necessary to perform all tests necessary under
ARI Standard 550 specified conditions to verify machine efficiency and
the ability to provide the scheduled output. All tests shall be witnessed
by the Engineer and/or his representative. Submit certified report of test
data to the Engineer and Consulting Engineer for approval.
P.
Instruction of Operating Personnel
Q.
1.
Provide a minimum of 40 hours of operating and maintenance
instruction for ten building operators, with personal on-the-job
instruction by factory trained engineers representing the
refrigeration machine manufacturer. All travel expenses and
accommodations shall be included. This instruction shall be
scheduled at time(s) convenient to the Engineer's personnel.
Instruction shall cover all equipment and systems provided under
this Section. The number of hours is a minimum requirement;
where additional hours are specified in other paragraphs of this
Section, those hours shall be additive to the minimum above.
Instruction shall be comprised of both classroom type and actual
hands-on operating experience. Submit an outline of the
instruction program and instruction manual to the Engineer for
his approval at least two weeks prior to the proposed start date of
the instruction sessions. The Engineer may videotape all
instruction sessions for purposes of future training. Provide a
review and written critique of Engineer's videotape within one
month after completion of the instruction sessions and receipt of
the Engineer's videotapes. The critique shall correct all
mistakes and clarify all outstanding questions which arise during
the sessions.
2.
Furnish four (4) bound copies of complete operating and
maintenance instructions, including lubricating charts, project
specific wiring diagrams, spare parts list.
Service
1.
For the duration of the guarantee period, provide all required
service at no additional cost. Service shall include parts and
labor and shall be available through an attended telephone
number on a 24 hour a day basis with a guaranteed response time
as follows:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-81
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
a.
Telephone contact of qualified technician within four (4)
hours.
b.
Qualified technician on site within twelve (12) hours.
Include as part of the bid package, a preventative maintenance
contract to begin on the date of expiration of the free service
period.
R.
2.18
Alternates
1.
State the amount to be ADDED to the Base Contract to provide
evaporator and condenser tubes of nominal wall thickness of
.035 inch in lieu of the specified wall thickness and indicate any
resultant changes in refrigeration machine performance.
2.
State the amount to be ADDED to the Base Contract to provide
evaporator and condenser tubes of 90/10 cupronickel in lieu of
the specified copper tubes and indicate any resultant changes in
refrigeration machine performance.
3.
State the amount to be DEDUCTED from the Base Contract to
provide an alternative means for a permanent pumpout and
refrigeration storage system for chiller servicing in lieu of that
specified. The alternative system must consist of a storage
vessel(s) designed and stamped in accordance with ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code.
INDUCED DRAFT COOLING TOWERS
A.
Furnish and install stainless steel and fiberglass-reinforced polyester
(FRP) cooling towers in location as shown on the drawings. Cooling
tower capacity and performance shall be as shown in the schedule on the
drawings. This Subcontractor shall examine the plans and note the
relation of all building structures to the cooling tower, and the cooling
tower shall be guaranteed to perform as per schedule requirements with
the understanding that the building structure in relation to the cooling
tower shall be as shown on the drawings. Maximum drift loss from the
tower shall not exceed 2/10 of 1%.
B.
The tower shall be of the induced draft type with all stainless steel frame,
except as otherwise specified herein, 2.75 mm., No. 316 stainless steel
basins, and stainless steel sumps, fiberglass-reinforced polyester (FRP)
casing panels and inlet louvers, polyvinyl chloride fill, eliminators,
stainless steel distribution basin covers, and stainless steel fan discharge
extension rings. Fan discharge rings for each cell shall be extended as
shown on the plans to align with the top of the architectural roof grating
and shall be supported by cooling tower and shall not require any
external supports. The cooling tower manufacturer shall provide a basin
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-82
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
cleaning piping system and equipment as specified herein to effectively
control sludge buildup for the basin configuration of the towers furnished
for this project. The overall dimensions and operating weights
(including 150 mm. of water in the pan) shall not exceed that shown on
the drawings. Each cell shall include a single hot water bottom
connection as shown on the plans.
C.
The cooling tower shall be louvered on two sides. The frame shall be
constructed entirely of structural stainless steel capable of withstanding
the wind load of 145 kg/sq.m. in any direction.
D.
The fill and eliminators shall be polyvinyl chloride. Fill shall rest on
structural stainless steel.
E.
The casing walls of the tower shall be constructed of fiberglassreinforced polyester (FRP).
F.
The louvers shall be constructed of fiberglass-reinforced polyester (FRP)
or polyvinyl chloride integral with fill. The supports for the louvered
blades shall be fabricated of stainless steel plate not less than 3.5 mm.
G.
A substantial stainless steel railing shall be provided all around the
periphery of the cooling tower louver face side platform and access
platforms. Stainless steel ladders, with cage, extending to roof deck of
building structure or to the metal walkway around the towers, shall be
provided. Entire installation shall be in accordance with OSHA
requirements. Provide stainless steel bar grating internal walkway
extending from one end wall access door to the other end wall. The
walkway shall be supported by a stainless steel framework, and the top
of the grating shall be above the cold water basin overflow level. An
internal ladder shall extend upward from the plenum walkway to an
electrical bar grating platform convenient to the care and maintenance of
the tower's mechanical equipment. The platform shall be surrounded by
a sturdy handrail and kneerail system. All required rigging gear for the
removal and replacement of the motor and gear reducer shall be provided
in the interior of the cooling tower.
H.
Fans shall be manufacturer's standard of stainless steel or monel metal or
cast aluminum. Allowable tip speed shall not exceed 64 m./s. Each fan
shall be driven through a right angle, double reduction, spiral bevel and
helical gear reducer with an American Gear Manufacturers Association
Class II rating, at fan horsepower requirements. Special provisions shall
be made to prevent entrance of moisture into gear box, and for its
elimination from oil system. Each fan discharge shall be provided with
approved stainless steel mesh guard, and there shall be permanent arrows
showing the direction of fan rotation. There shall be furnished and
installed beneath each gear box, a stainless steel pan to catch oil leaks,
and each such pan shall be drained to the roof. Valves for the oil fill and
drain lines shall be located at the gear box and a length (at least 300
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-83
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
mm.) of wire-shielded flexible pipe shall be installed between the valve
and the remainder of the pipe run. An unvalved vent line and an oil level
gauge line with oil level gauge shall be extended from the gear box
connection to the fan deck. The gauge line should also have a flexible
connection at gear box. All lines shall be properly supported with
noncorrosive hangers or stands and the pipe or tubing shall be
noncorrosive.
I.
TEFC motors suitable for inverter duty shall be provided. Motor shall
have a nameplate rating in excess of the required input to the gears.
Starters shall be furnished by this Subcontractor and installed and wired
by the Electrical Subcontractor. Each cooling tower cell shall be
furnished with a weatherproof vibration cutoff switch with time delay
relay and alarm relays. Alarm shall be wired to the remote alarm panel
and as described in Section, "Automatic Temperature Controls".
J.
The distribution system shall include all necessary piping which shall be
of stainless steel. Nozzles in distribution basin shall be polypropylene.
K.
The basin shall be at least 250 mm. high, built of 2.75 mm. No. 316
stainless steel with all joints and connections welded. The basin shall
contain a brass make-up float assembly (one per cell) to which the
Plumbing Subcontractor shall connect piping for control of cooling
tower water makeup. Basin shall be provided with sump arrangements
as indicated on the drawings. Sumps to be fabricated of the same
material and construction, properly braced as to the balance of the basin.
Provide No. 304 stainless steel anticavitation plate and screen for each
sump.
L.
This Subcontractor shall furnish shop drawings showing the size and
location of all holes through the dunnage steel. All such holes shall be
fabricated from the information on these drawings by the Structural Steel
Subcontractor provided he receives these drawings in sufficient time to
permit fabrication. Where the drawings are not forwarded to him in
time, this Subcontractor shall cut all the required holes at his expense.
M.
Cooling Tower Painting and Corrosion Protection: All ferrous material,
structural steel, iron work, etc., used for the support or construction of
the tower or any part of or accessory of the tower, and installed at any
location wherein it is completely or partially within the tower shall be hot
dipped galvanized after fabrication. Only the gear reducer and motor
need not be so treated. All bolts, nuts, and all other hardware shall be of
stainless steel. All galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A123-47 Standard Specification for zinc (hot galvanized) coating on
structural steel shapes, plates and bars, and standard specifications for
hot dipped zinc coated iron and steel products as prepared by the
American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association, Inc.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-84
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
N.
Steel supports as shown on architectural and structural drawings shall be
provided under Specifications of other Trades, and any changes
(including any engineering and/or architectural fees required for
checking of same) required in this steel work to suit the tower furnished
under this Section shall be made by the Subcontractor at his expense.
O.
Vibration isolation shall be as described in Article entitled "Foundations
and Vibration Isolation incorporating Seismic Restraints".
P.
An acceptance test, in Engineer's presence, shall be made within one
after installation. Test shall be conducted in accordance with the
Acceptance Test Procedure for Mechanical Draft Towers of the ASME
Power Test Code PTC-23 (latest edition) or the Cooling Tower Institute,
except that ambient wet bulb temperature shall be measured not less than
15 meters from the air intake louvers and the average wind velocity
during the test shall not exceed 16 km/h. Should the tower fail to
perform in accordance with the guarantee conditions, the Subcontractor
shall elect to do one of the following:
1.
Make the necessary alterations to the design of the cooling tower
to correct the tower deficiency. Include all travel expenses and
accommodations for the manufacturer’s representatives.
2.
Furnish the additional tower capacity to correct the tower
deficiency.
3.
Any costs (due to cutting, patching, the removal and replacement
or alteration in any way of any existing building structure or
equipment, etc.) which may be incurred by the then requisite
alteration, etc., shall be borne completely by this Subcontractor.
Q.
Submit performance curves for the tower, which shall show leaving
water temperatures from the tower for the design temperature range and
for temperature ranges corresponding to 80%, 60%, 40% and 20% of the
design temperature range for wet bulb temperatures of 24°C., 23°C.,
22°C., 21°C., 18°C., 15°C., 13°C., 10°C. and 4°C., for design waterflow
and for 65% of design waterflow.
R.
Submit octave band sound power levels at distances of 1.5 m. and 15 m.
from the tower inlet and discharge.
S.
Alternate Price: State the amount to be ADDED to the Base Contract to
guarantee all materials and workmanship for a period of five (5) years
from the date of Engineer’s acceptance.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-85
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.19
CONDENSER WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM
A.
Provide a complete system of filters, pumps, valves, piping, etc., as
required to maintain cleanliness in the condenser water system.
Equipment shall be installed on a "side-stream" basis, with the capacity
to filter the volume of water in the condenser water system
approximately 24 times in a 24-hour period. Provide one package for
every 2 cells; a total of 2 packages shall be provided.
B.
Equipment
1.
Units shall be Model HMF-42, as manufactured by Process
Efficiency Products, Inc., or as approved. Filter system shall
consist of a vessel with a single permanent media (sand),
prefilter with removable basket, recirculating pump, two brass
three-way directional valves for flow control. The components
shall be fully assembled, tested and adjusted at the
manufacturer's plant, and mounted on a channel iron base.
Backflush controls shall be automatic and arranged for system
water. Components shall be as follows:
a.
Filter Tank: ASTM-A7 carbon steel with epoxy lining
applied to all interior surfaces to control interior
corrosion of the vessel and protective painting applied to
the exterior, 685 kPa maximum operating pressure,
access manhole and port, with bolted covers provided on
the top and side of the tank. Schedule 80 PVC
underdrain and overdrain system. Provide automatic air
vent, manual vent valve, pressure gauges and a full
structural steel skirt for tank support.
b.
Valve System: Dual tandem mounted brass with chrome
ball internals actuated by an electric actuator with its
operation initiated by a pressure differential switch.
c.
Electrical Controls: NEMA-3R rainproof enclosure,
with door interlock, overload and short circuit
protection, control circuit transformer and motor switch
or contacts. A pushbutton shall be provided for manual
backwash initiation, preset backwash timer for backwash
duration, adjustable pressure switch installed between
pump and filter, set to activate backwash function on a
rise in pressure of 55 kPa above pressure developed with
a clean filter, motorized valve actuator to position flow
valves for backwash and backwash lockout for multiple
units.
Lockout circuit shall include time delay
adjustable to 10 minutes to prevent a second unit from
backwashing until the backwash reservoir has drained.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-86
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
Pump: Closed coupled, cast iron body, centrifugal type,
with bronze open faced impeller, mechanical seal and
supplied complete with basket type prestrainer with
removable ABS core and clear cover for easy inspection.
1)
2.
3.
Pump Motor: 3.75 kw, TEFC, 415 volt, 3 phase,
50 hertz motor.
e.
Filter Media: Silica sand, all round grain, Unigran 85
filter media supported on a base of Unifill 475, as
furnished by PEP, or as approved, capable of removing
90% by volume of suspended solids 10 microns and
larger.
f.
Equipment Piping:
Filter shall be provided with
necessary face piping and valves mounted on unit before
shipping. Piping shall be rigid Schedule 80 PVC pipe,
conforming to ASTM-D-1784, Grade 1 with threaded
fittings conforming to ASTM-F-437. Joints shall be
made with teflon tape applied to male threads. Face
piping shall be 75 mm. ips with flange connections to
equipment and valves.
Piping
a.
Provide supply and return piping to connect the filtration
equipment and the cooling tower pan. Perforated supply
and return piping shall be installed in the pan to
duplicate, as much as possible, the normal flow across
the pan or basin. Pipe shall have equally spaced 6 mm.
holes along the entire length of piping in the pan to give
a jet action designed to flush dirt and debris towards the
suction piping. The number of perforations and physical
arrangement of the pipes shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations for the filtration
equipment and cooling tower selected.
b.
Piping shall be rigid, Schedule 80 PVC pipe, conforming
to ASTM-D-1784, Grade 1 with threaded fittings
conforming to ASTM-F-437. Joints shall be made with
teflon tape applied to male threads.
Surge Tanks: Provide a cross-linked high density polyethylene
tank to store backwash water until it can be slowly discharged to
the sanitary drainage system. Tank shall be 1,150 mm. diameter
x 2,225 mm. high, with a capacity of 2,080 liters. Nalgene
Model 41319, or as approved.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-87
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.20
a.
Tank shall be supplied with 75 mm. backwash
connection, 75 mm. overflow and 50 mm. drain
connection with ball valve piped to funnel drain.
b.
Provide a B/W Control Co. E-3 probe holder and PVC
coated electrodes in tank to lock out the backwash circuit
until tank is drained. It shall work in conjunction with a
Model 1500G relay.
COOLING COILS AND HEAT RECOVERY COILS
A.
General
1.
Provide, where shown on the drawings, chilled water cooling
coils and heat recovery coils. All coils shall be manufactured by
one of the approved manufacturers listed in Article 2.01
“Approved Manufacturers.”
2.
All coils shall be of the continuous tube type and shall have
dimensions, number of rows, and capacities, as indicated in the
schedule.
3.
Each water coil shall be guaranteed to withstand the working
pressures shown in schedule on drawings, but not less than 1,200
kPa. All coils shall be guaranteed capable of the schedule
performance under the actual job conditions and all coil
performance ratings shall be certified by the American
Refrigeration Institute (ARI). Coils shall be provided with
positive means for completely draining and venting each coil.
Each drain and vent shall be piped and valved as shown on the
drawings. Each vent and drain outlet shall be fitted with a hoseend valve of the packless type and a pipe cap. Coils shall be
mounted in suitably flanged casings. In addition, provide "Pete's
plug" or as approved combination temperature/pressure port at
inlet and outlet to each coil and coil bank, complete with brass
chain and brass cap.
4.
Connections to coils shall be as shown on the detail drawings.
Automatic valves shall be provided for coils where shown and as
detailed or specified.
5.
Suitable supports as required to properly mount these coils shall
be furnished and erected under this Section of the Specifications.
All coil frames shall be reinforced so as to accommodate to coil
stacking arrangements as shown on plans.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-88
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
C.
2.21
Cooling Coils (Water)
1.
All cooling coils shall be continuous tube type, copper tubes,
aluminum fins, solder coated, with nonferrous headers and 304
stainless steel casings. Tubes shall be seamless copper, 16 mm.
o.d., 0.90 mm. wall thickness after attachment of fins. Fins shall
be .25 mm. thick. All cooling coils located in the air
conditioning supply system casing and/or supply air zone
ductwork shall be coated with a baked phenolic coating, similar
to Trane Technicoat 10-1, or as approved.
2.
A continuous horizontal stainless steel drip pan shall be provided
for each coil section in height and each such drip pan shall be
independently drained to a drain header at the bottom, as shown
on the drawings. Drip pans shall be stainless steel, Type 304.
3.
For all air conditioning supply systems, space only shall be
provided for future installation of eliminators. Drain pans shall
be sized and constructed now to be able to accommodate the
addition of the eliminators in the future.
Water Heat Recovery Coils: Coils shall be constructed of heavy gauge
seamless copper tubing, 16 mm. o.d., 0.63 mm. wall thickness, with 0.25
mm. thick aluminum fins. Tubes shall be expanded or joined in an
approved manner to steel headers and connections. Coils shall be
mounted in suitably flanged galvanized steel casings. All heat recovery
coils located in the air conditioning supply system casing and/or supply
air zone ductwork shall be coated with a baked phenolic coating, similar
to Trane Technicoat 10-1, or as approved.
ELECTRIC HEATING COILS
A.
Provide, where indicated on drawings, duct type electric air heating coils
of the finned tubular or open coil type. All electric heating coils shall be
manufactured by one of the approved manufacturers listed in Article 2.01
“Approved Manufacturers”.
B.
Electric duct heaters mounted in ductwork and variable volume boxes
shall have 80% nickel, 20% chromium open resistance coils insulated by
floating ceramic bushings and supported in an aluminized steel frame.
Electric duct heaters, mounted in fan casings, shall be finned tubular type
with 80% nickel, 20% chromium resistance wire centered on steel tube,
which is filled with granular magnesium oxide and copper plated steel
fin wrapped around the tube. Heater casing shall be flanged type for
installation in ductwork larger than 1,800 mm. in length or 750 mm. in
height and slip-in type for installation in ductwork up to and including
1,800 mm. in length or up to and including 750 mm. in height. Ceramic
bushings shall be recessed into embossed openings and staked into
supporting brackets spaced 90 mm. maximum center to center. Coils
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-89
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
shall be machine crimped into threaded terminals and insulated with
phenolic bushings. All terminal hardware shall be made of stainless
steel.
C.
All heaters shall be listed by the Underwriters Laboratories for zero
clearance to combustible surfaces and for use with central air
conditioning units.
D.
Each heater shall be provided with disc type automatic thermal cutouts
for primary protection and load carrying manual reset thermal cutouts for
secondary protection.
E.
Voltage, phase and number of heating stages shall be as indicated on
drawings. Three phase heaters shall have circuits equally balanced.
F.
Duct heaters shall be rated at 48 amps maximum in accordance with
National Electrical Code requirements. One set of line terminals shall be
furnished for each circuit unless heater draws less than 48 amps total.
G.
All heaters shall be tested dielectrically at 2000 volts before shipment.
H.
Heaters shall have the following items built in and prewired at factory:
I.
2.22
1.
Built-in magnetic contactors, factory prewired to terminal strips
for line and control connections in the field. Contactors shall be
UL approved for a minimum of 100,000 cycles of operation and
one contactor shall be furnished for each heating circuit.
2.
Control transformer, 240 volts, fused.
3.
Airflow switch.
4.
Unfused disconnect switch.
5.
Pressure-electric switches.
Built-in fuses shall be factory wired to each circuit to protect all
ungrounded conductors.
FACTORY ASSEMBLED SUPPLY AND RETURN FAN UNITS
A.
Furnish and install, where shown on the Contract Drawings, required
factory assembled supply and return fan units. Each such unit shall
include within an integral casing a fan unit, heat recovery coils, cooling
coils (supply fan units only), and filters, all of which shall comply with
the Specifications for these particular items in Articles "Centrifugal
Fans", “Motors”, "Cooling Coils and Heat Recovery Coils" and “Filters”
as herein specified. Filters shall be furnished and installed as herein
specified and shall be furnished as part of the fan unit. Each unit shall
fulfill the requirements shown in the schedule on the Contract Drawings.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-90
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Each fan unit shall consist of DIDW fans, each internally spring mounted
in individual fan housings. Each unit shall include a welded heavy
structural frame for supporting the unit assembly and to which each
section shall be fastened. Cabinet casings shall be double-wall
construction with not less than 1.3 mm. galvanized steel outer panels and
1.0 mm. thick aluminum inner panels, and shall be arranged with
removable side panels. Each casing shall be lined (for thermal and
acoustic reasons) with 50 mm. thick, 96 kg/m3 density, mat-faced fiber
glass. The interior panels within the fan section shall be perforated
aluminum panels with a tedlar liner between the welded perforated
panels and the sound-absorbent material. Casing insulation shall have a
flame spread and smoke developed rating of less than or equal to 25 and
50 respectively. Insulation shall meet the "Erosion Test Method"
described in Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Publication No. 181.
C.
Each unit shall be assembled with a heavy angle iron frame construction.
Each unit shall include a heavy drain pan of not less than 2.75 mm.
stainless steel construction under the cooling coil section and precooling
heat recovery coil section, and galvanized steel/aluminum which shall
extend from the mixing box section up to and including the fan section.
The cooling coil drain pan shall have a drain connection. The cabinet
casing shall be double-wall construction with not less than 1.3 mm.
galvanized steel outer panels and 1.0 mm. thick aluminum inner panels
(Type 304 stainless steel inner panels at cooling coil section), arranged
with insulated access doors in side panels for each section. Three empty
coil sections shall be furnished as part of each supply fan unit, one
between the filter section and the cooling coil section, one between the
cooling coil section and the heat recovery coil section, and the other
between the heat recovery coil section and the fan section. Each such
empty coil section shall be furnished with an access door on either end to
permit ready and easy access to the unit. Provide an additional 1,500
mm. access section between the heat recovery coil section and the fan
section for units with electric heating coils.
D.
The fans are to be driven by V-belt drives equipped with belt guards, as
described under "Centrifugal Fans".
E.
Each fan motor shall be sized to drive its respective fan when fan is
operating at a speed (due to pulley adjustment) of 5% in excess of that
required to meet the fan performance, and when fan requires the
maximum power at this speed. No motor shall operate within the service
factor range.
F.
Fans shall be guaranteed to fulfill the specified requirements. Fans shall
not produce excessive noise as compared to units of like size and power
when used in conjunction with the specified vibration isolation. Fan
manufacturers shall furnish for approval for each fan certified sound
power ratings with an octave band analysis and also the volume-
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-91
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
pressure-horsepower characteristic curves from shutoff to free delivery.
Wheels shall have ample strength. They shall be statically and
dynamically balanced to avoid vibration, and shall have blades to secure
quiet efficient operation.
2.23
CENTRIFUGAL FANS
A.
Provide, as shown on the drawings, and connect up complete, all supply,
return, transfer and exhaust fans. All fans shall be of the nonoverloading
centrifugal fan type. Fan wheels shall have backwardly curved blades.
Fans shall be of type(s) indicated on the drawings.
B.
The capacities of the fans shall be in accordance with fan schedules as
shown. Fans shall have direction of rotation, discharge direction,
arrangement, to suit space conditions; unless otherwise directed, they
shall conform to the layouts shown on the drawings. Static pressures
listed in the fan schedules are exclusive of drive losses, inlet screens, and
variable or fixed inlet vane losses. All motor horsepowers and fan
selections shall be sized to deliver the design cfm as scheduled versus the
listed static pressure plus the additional static pressure required by the
fan manufacturer to compensate for the difference in static pressures
between the heating and cooling coils to be provided versus that
scheduled, the drive losses per AMCA, inlet screen losses, belt guards
and inlet vane losses per published data. Motor selections shall not be
based on operating within the service factor range. If the approved fan
manufacturer requires a larger motor horsepower than that scheduled, all
costs (mechanical and electrical) associated in making that change shall
be at no additional cost to the Owner. Prior to consideration of an
approval for substitution of any fan manufacturer for the manufacturer
scheduled on the drawings, submit the manufacturer's certified
performance curves for the main supply, return and exhaust air fans
showing the system plot from the scheduled design point down to a cfm
equal to 40% of design cfm at approximately 500 Pa water static
pressure. Certified performance curves shall also indicate the input
kilowatts to the motor at design point and 75%, 60%, 50% and 40% of
design cfm. This data shall be submitted as a prerequisite to
consideration of approval of a substitute fan manufacturer.
C.
Fan housing shall be rigidly built and braced. Where fan scroll is 480
mm. or more in width or where called for in schedule or shown on plans
for scrolls less than 480 mm. in width, on access door with frame and
gasket shall be provided. All access doors shall be so fabricated that the
inner surface is flush with the inside of the scroll. Raised frame doors of
the pan type shall be provided on all fans where insulation is required.
The doors shall be secured to the frame by hand-grip latches and shall be
provided with lift handles. Bolted doors are not acceptable except where
specifically noted in schedules.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-92
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
All fans operating against a total pressure of 925 Pa or greater shall be
equipped with heavy duty, self-aligning, double row, spherical roller
bearings with split pillow blocks, and shall be grease lubricated with
Zerk or Alemite fittings. Bearings for fans operating against a total
pressure less than 925 Pa w.g. shall be self-aligning, spherical, roller type
with split pillow blocks for grease lubrication with Zerk or Alemite
fittings. On all Class 1 fans, Arrangement No. 1 and No. 2 heavy duty
ball bearings may be furnished. All bearing casings shall be furnished
with drain plugs.
E.
All fans shall be guaranteed to fulfill the specified requirements. Fans
shall not produce excessive noise as compared to units of like size and
power when used in conjunction with the specified vibration isolation.
Fan manufacturers shall furnish for approval for each fan, certified sound
power ratings with an octave band analysis and also the volumepressure-horsepower characteristic curves from shutoff to free delivery.
Wheels shall have ample strength. They shall be statically and
dynamically balanced to avoid vibration and shall have blades to secure
quiet efficient operation.
F.
Fans, unless otherwise indicated, shall be belted to respective motors by
V-belt drives. Sheaves shall be cast iron. Motor sheaves shall be
adjustable type for 2-groove or less. Drives requiring 3-groove sheaves
shall have vari-pitch motor sheaves and companion type fan sheaves.
Belts shall have a rated capacity of not less than 150% of brake
horsepower. All V-belt drives for integral horsepower motors shall have
not less than two belts and shall have sufficient belt capacity to drive
fans with one belt broken. Sheave ratio shall be selected so that top fan
speed is not less than 105% and not more than 110% of rated fan speed.
Drives for fractional horsepower motors may have one belt rated at
200% motor kw. Drives for fans with motors 55 kw and larger may be
constant pitch type. If, to balance air in system, a fan speed other than
that provided should be required, necessary changes shall be made in Vbelt drive at no additional expense. Provide belt guards in accordance
with OSHA requirements for all sheaves and belts.
G.
Each fan motor shall be sized to drive its respective fan when fan is
operating at a speed (due to pulley adjustment) of 5% in excess of that
required to meet the fan performance, and when fan requires the
maximum power at this speed. No motor shall operate within the service
factor range.
H.
All fans shall carry the AMCA performance and construction seal.
I.
All fans shall be factory coated with one coat of primer and one coat of
machine enamel. The interior of all fans and all fan wheels shall be
painted as per manufacturer's standards.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-93
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.24
J.
All fans discharging directly up through roof shall be equipped with 35
mm. casing drains and piped with a shutoff gate valve to nearest floor
drain. Kitchen range hood exhaust shall be similarly equipped.
K.
All fans scheduled to be arranged as belted vent sets shall have overhung
wheels and motors mounted on a common base with the bearings. All
such belted vent sets shall be furnished with weatherproof motor
housings, where located outdoors.
L.
All fans shall be provided with galvanized steel inlet guard screens, built
in accordance with OSHA requirements. Inlet guard screens shall be of
such design that they shall not reduce the inlet area of fan beyond the
maximum reduction permitted by the fan manufacturer to guarantee the
fan performance.
M.
Submit shop drawings plotting current versus time curves for the fans
indicated. Curves shall cover the time period from fan rpm = 0 to fan
rpm = design fan rpm. Curves shall be based on the equipment to be
installed in the project. This information is required in order to verify
and coordinate the overcurrent protection devices in the combination
motor starters. Where reduced voltage starting is indicated to be
required, the current versus time curves shall include the recommended
transition time for optimum acceleration.
N.
Furnish to motor and motor starter manufacturers pertinent data, such as
moment of inertia of high inertia fans, to assure proper selection of
motors and starters.
AXIAL FLOW FANS
A.
Provide the required vaneaxial fans where shown on the drawings and of
the capacities and types as indicated in fan schedule.
B.
Fan rotor hub and blades shall be cast aluminum construction. Hub to be
cast of aluminum, heat treated, and blades shall be cast of aluminum
alloy. Fan blades shall be air foil shaped for maximum efficiency. A
blade angle indicator shall be provided to indicate blade position for
various pitch settings. Blade tip clearance to fan housing shall not
exceed 1.25 mm. for 900 mm. diameter or smaller fan rotor and 2.5 mm.
for all other sizes.
C.
Fan blades shall be automatically adjustable through a pitch range as
required by design and specification to vary volume and pressure
characteristics across this range.
D.
Where indicated on schedule, fan blades shall be controllable through a
pitch range of sufficient angularity to vary volume and pressure
characteristics across design range. Each blade must be index marked
for various pitch settings and shall be capable of stepless control across
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-94
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
the complete pitch range while the motor is operating at full speed. The
pitch of the blades in the controllable pitch rotor shall be varied by a
pneumatic actuator provided by the fan manufacturer. For accessibility,
the actuator and its associated positioner shall be mounted external to the
fan mounted on the fan casing. The actuator shall be controlled by a
signal from a remote controller, furnished and installed by others.
Controllable pitch mechanism shall be equipped with safety stop to
prevent blade pitch settings being increased beyond maximum design
setting and overloading motor. Periodic overhaul or routine maintenance
shall not require disassembly of the controllable pitch rotor assembly.
E.
To avoid the possibility of hysteresis and to assure a precise blade angle
setting for any given signal pressure, regardless of the direction of travel,
the pneumatic actuator must be of the double-acting air cylinder type
operating by air pressure in both directions. A spring return type
actuator shall not be permitted. The actuator shall be sized to operate on
a maximum supply pressure of 550 kPa and change the blade pitch range
by means of a 20-100 kPa control signal from the control panel through a
pilot positioner.
F.
Vaneaxial fans shall be direct motor driven as indicated on the drawings
and/or fan schedule as follows:
1.
Direct driven vaneaxial fans shall be Arrangement No. 4 with
motor inside the fan housing and fan rotor assembly attached
directly to motor shaft.
2.
The fan rotor shall be statically and dynamically balanced on fan
motor shaft.
3.
Motor shall be equipped with ball bearings AFBMA "PP", with
B10 life and Class "F" insulation. Motors shall be rated for 55°C.
rise over 40°C. ambient and shall be capable of operation at
95°C. rise. External copper grease leads for lubrication of motor
bearings, and to relieve excess grease pressure shall be provided
by the fan manufacturer. Motors shall be capable of operating at
the voltages specified in the schedules.
4.
Fan motors shall be NEMA standard,totally enclosed air over,
"C" face, flange mounted, squirrel cage induction, single speed,
single winding, continuous duty variable torque, and suitable for
operation in either vertical or horizontal or angular position.
5.
A conduit box shall be mounted on the exterior of fan casing and
lead wires from the motor conduit box shall be protected from
the air stream by being encased in an airtight metal conduit pipe.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-95
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.25
6.
Inlet bells with radius inlet screens shall be provided for all vane
axial fans. Bells may be aluminum, fiber glass or galvanized
steel.
7.
The fan rotor shall be whirl tested to 125% of maximum
operating speed and shall be statically and dynamically balanced
on the fan motor shaft to a maximum tolerance, guaranteed in
writing, of 1 mil double amplitude at design operating speed. In
lieu of whirl test, manufacturer may provide documented results
of x-ray test.
G.
All vaneaxial fans shall be provided with supports for horizontal or
vertical mounting, as shown on plans and shown in schedules.
Horizontal and vertical fan supports shall be provided by the fan
manufacturer and shall be securely bolted or welded to the housing of the
fan. Supports shall be braced with angle braces to prevent misalignment
and add structural rigidity.
H.
The fan manufacturer shall furnish published performance curves, and
such data is to be based on tests in accordance with AMCA Standard
210-74.
I.
The fan manufacturer shall furnish published sound power level data
based on tests conducted in accordance with AMCA standards. Such
data is to define sound power levels (PWL), re: 10-12 watts for each of
the eight frequency bands.
PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (CHILLED WATER)
A.
Provide factory assembled packaged chilled water air conditioning units,
with discharge airflow pattern as indicated on the drawings and of
capacity and sizes as indicated on the drawings. Packaged A/C unit shall
serve Electrical Rooms, Telephone Rooms, Mechanical Rooms, Elevator
Machine Rooms, etc.
B.
The packaged chilled water air conditioning system shall have the
following built-in components:
1.
All pipe shall be Type "L" copper. All pipe forming shall be tool
bent with proper bend radii to prevent tube flattening in the
curve. The chilled water piping shall be insulated with closed
cell thermal insulation. The chilled waterflow shall be controlled
by a 2-way valve (1,200 kPa working pressure) with 24 volt, low
voltage modulation motor, completely factory prewired. All
pipe connections shall be made at the bottom of the unit for ease
of field connection.
2.
Cooling Coil/Casing: Chilled water coil/casing shall be A-frame
configuration with aluminum fins, copper tube, galvanized steel
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-96
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
end plates, and stainless steel drain pan. The coil shall be raised
above the condensate drain pan. Coils shall be hydrostatically
tested to 2,065 kPa and shall deliver the scheduled capacities.
3.
The centrifugal fan shall be dynamically and statically balanced
and supported by self-aligning ball bearings designed for a
minimum of 200,000 hours life. They shall be arranged for pullthrough operation and be driven by an open dripproof motor,
with an adjustable motor base with locking assembly. The drive
package shall be two belt, variable pitch, sized for 200% above
the fan motor horsepower. Motor types shall be high efficiency
as specified under "Motors".
4.
Filter chambers shall be an integral part of the system. Filters
shall be 40% efficient as measured by ASHRAE's Standard 5276. The filters shall be 100 mm. deep with full depth pleats and
shall be serviceable from either end or top of the unit without the
use of ladders or special rigging.
5.
304 stainless steel condensate pan shall be furnished with drain
connection and trap both in front and to the rear of cooling coil
and piped to a common outlet. The pan shall be stainless steel
construction with nonferrous connections. The unit shall have a
factory installed bottom secondary watertight emergency drain
pan. An integral condensate pump shall be factory installed and
wired when noted on schedule.
6.
A solid state electronic control system shall be field
programmable, self-calibrating microprocessor controller board
with display to provide all system functions and alarm data
modules and shall contain no moving parts. The system shall be
provided in a factory wired electric control center. Both the
temperature and humidity controls shall have only one adjusting
and sensing point for the room conditions. The sensing elements
for dry bulb and humidity shall be located in the return air
stream. The electric control center and electronic control system
shall be serviceable by raising a hinged door on the front of the
unit. This panel shall be isolated from the conditioned air
stream. Each component circuit shall be individually fused.
Starters, contactors, and relays shall be controlled from a 24 volt
a.c. circuit. The control system shall consist of:
a.
Temperature Anticipation: Controller shall anticipate
and adjust to changing room conditions to minimize the
rate of change of temperature and energy consumption.
b.
On Board Operator Instructions: The factory mounted
display shall indicate a step-by-step troubleshooting
procedure for preselected alarm conditions. It shall also
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-97
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
provide built-in prompting instructions
configuration of the controller.
for
field
c.
Run Times: Controller shall store in memory, and
display on demand, the running hours of the motor
devices (blower and 2-way valves) and humidifier.
d.
Self-Diagnostics: Controller shall display both the
microprocessor control output signal and the mode of
operation that room conditions require. The system shall
self-check the microprocessor status.
e.
Restricted Program Access: The microprocessor shall
have restricted program access to prevent unauthorized
modification of system set points and the system
configuration options. The level of access shall be field
selectable.
f.
Easy Service: The microprocessor shall be mounted in
an aluminum enclosure inside the air conditioner and
shall be connected to all of the unit's wiring via a single
edge connector to allow easy installation and removal.
The microprocessor shall have individual microfuses for
each controller output to a system contactor.
g.
Remote Communication: The microprocessor shall have
an output for connection to a multicontroller or PC
computer for remote control and alarm.
h.
Primary/Secondary Operation: Each microprocessor
shall have a capability of switching to a secondary unit
upon any of the alarm signals.
i.
The control system shall monitor by means of factory
installed and calibrated equipment (audible alarm,
indicator lights, and silencer switch) the following
control conditions:
High Temperature
Loss of Supply Air
Dirty Filters
NOTE: For units with humidification, system shall also
monitor high humidity and low humidity.
j.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The complete system shall also include one set of
contacts which shall indicate if any of the above safeties
are in alarm for auxiliary alarm connections. The
sensing devices for these alarm conditions shall be field
15000-98
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
adjustable to meet the required design conditions of the
installation. Provide one set of contacts for remote
indication.
7.
An interlocking disconnect switch shall be provided for each unit
and shall be built-in as an integral part of the unit. The
disconnect switch shall be completely operable without opening
the cabinet and shall have exterior stainless steel trim for
appearance.
8.
The system shall have pilot indicator lights to indicate need to
change filters. Pilot indicator lights shall also indicate stages of
high return air temperature, dehumidification and humidification
cycles. Each system shall have lighted start/stop button mounted
on the front top access panel.
9.
Provide an adjustable 150 mm. floor stand to match each unit
specified and scheduled.
10.
All four sides of the unit shall have insulated panels with 32
kg./m.3 density fiber insulation and shall be quickly removable
for easy access to service the equipment. The unit is to be made
of tubular steel construction or of heliarc welded structural steel.
Units shall be painted to match the computer or the Computer
Room decor. Insulation shall be as listed under Article
"Insulation".
11.
Where indicated on Contract Drawings, those units to be
furnished with humidifiers shall be of a self-contained steam
generating type with a disposable cylinder constructed of high
temperature plastic and containing lattice electrodes. The unit
shall be designed to operate without chemical additives on
ordinary tap water, and shall have fully automatic, solid-state,
energy-saving control circuit to control the humidifier output and
automatically compensate for changing water conditions via
controlled flush and fill logic. The control system shall allow the
humidifier to operate with any water conditions without
changing electrode spacings or cylinders and still provide
maximum cylinder life. The humidification system shall require
no cleaning or maintenance during the cylinder life. The
humidification control system shall give the service personnel a
visual alert that the humidifier canister requires changing. The
steam shall be discharged into the evaporator coil air bypass
through a calibrated discharge tube designed to equally distribute
the steam into the air stream without condensation.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-99
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
12.
Where indicated on Contract Drawings, those units to be
furnished with electric reheat coils shall have electric resistance
heaters sized to offset the sensible cooling capacity in the
dehumidification mode and additional humidity due to outdoor
air supply to areas served. The reheat elements shall be of low
watt density, tubular finned construction with a noncorrosive
metal sheath. Each stage of electric reheat shall be three phase,
with the load on each leg of the three phase electrical system
identical to prevent the possibility of uneven phase balance. The
reheat elements shall be electrically and thermally protected in
accordance with UL requirements.
13.
The unit shall be designed so that the control system and
electrical circuitry can be serviced and/or checked while the
system is in operation without disturbing airflow and
performance.
14.
An excessive drop of voltage or power interruption shall
disconnect the system until power is restored. Upon return of
power, the unit shall automatically restart through an adjustable
time delay relay (0-2 minutes). The humidity and temperature
controller shall sense temperature in the return air stream of the
unit. The automatic temperature control panel shall consist of
sail switch, adjustable high return air thermostat and a filter
indicating flag. The control panel shall be prewired and tested.
15.
Unit shall be fully warranted for a period of five years.
16.
Shop Testing/Startup Supervision: All units shall be shop tested
for at least three hours with a record of pressures, temperatures,
air capacity and electric current and voltage listed and sent with
unit. Manufacturer shall provide the services of a direct factory
field engineer (not salesmen or agents), including all travel and
accommodations to supervise the starting, testing and checking
of all units, for a minimum period of three working days.
17.
Firestat: Firestat shall be provided, built in, to shut down
complete system in the event of a fire. A high temperature
return air alarm and silencing switch shall also be provided.
NOTE: Each unit shall be provided with a contactor which shall
be wired such that any alarm shall be transmitted to the building
automation system as a single alarm point.
18.
Unit shall be UL tested and listed and laboratory tested in
accordance with ASHRAE Standard 37-60 and ARI Standard
210-62.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-100
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.26
AIR FILTERS
A.
B.
C.
Filter Unit
1.
All filters shall have an Underwriters Laboratories Class I listing.
2.
Provide packaged or built-up combination frame and filter
assemblies to receive prefilters and final filters.
3.
Holding frames shall be minimum 1.6 mm. stainless steel
suitably designed to rigidly support prefilters and final filters and
shall be suitably sealed to prevent any air or dirt leakage between
individual frames or around and between any particular frame at
its prefilter or final filter. Frames shall be universal in design, so
that various types of filters may be utilized with only a change in
the type of retaining clip. There shall be a minimum of four (4)
retaining clips with a spring tension of at least 11 kg. installed
for each for high efficiency filter.
4.
Provide side service filter housings of stainless steel construction
with access doors on both sides and filter tracks to accommodate
both prefilters and final filters. The filter housing shall be fully
gasketed and employ an easily replaceable filter seal to ensure a
good seal in the direction of air flow. Leakage shall be
guaranteed not to exceed 125 Pa w.g. at 750 Pa w.g. pressure
differential.
5.
Filters and frame assemblies shall be the product of one of the
listed approved manufacturers. See Approved Manufacturers
Article 2.01 of this Specification.
6.
Filter efficiencies and rated capacities on atmospheric dust over
the life of the filter shall meet ASHRAE Standard 52-76
requirements.
Replaceable Construction Filters
1.
During construction provide prefilters of the throwaway type
upstream of final filters hereinbelow described.
2.
Prefilters shall 50 mm. thick, UL Class 2 long strand fiber glass
fiber media in a fiberboard casing with retaining grids front and
rear. Arrestance shall be greater than 70 percent. Initial
resistance shall not exceed 70 Pa at 2.5 m/s.
Permanent - Prefilters
1.
Provide 100 mm. thick, factory fabricated UL Class 2 pleated
prefilters with high lofted non-woven reinforced cotton and
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-101
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
synthetic media bonded to a heavy gauge metal backing. Media
shall have a minimum thickness of 4 mm. and a media weight of
.08 kg./sq.m. Total effective net media area shall be .74 sq.m. per
sq.m. of filter face area. There shall be a minimum of 13 pleats
per linear foot. Filter efficiency shall not be less than 25-30%
with a 5 micron particle efficiency of 95%
2.
D.
Prefilters shall have an initial resistance of not more than 52 Pa
with a final resistance of 125 Pa w.g.
High Efficiency Final Filters (Rigid Type)
1.
Provide factory fabricated rigid type filters consisting of high
lofted glass microfiber media with a pleated, bonded metal
backing and corner stabilizers in a galvanized metal enclosure
having either diagonal reinforcement or welded galvanized
faceguards.
2.
Glass fiber media shall be high density microfiber type having a
minimum of 1.3 sq.m. of media per sq.m. of filter face area.
3.
Final resistance may be up to 300 Pa w.g., initial resistance of
600 m. x 600 m. final filters shall be in accordance with the
following:
Efficiency
(at 1.0 micron)
Length
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
90 - 95%
300 mm.
945 l/s
170 Pa
E.
Draft Gauges: Provide a draft gauge across each group of roughing
prefilters and final filters to indicate the pressure drop across the
roughing prefilters and final filters. The gauges shall be legible to 25 Pa
of water pressure with a range of 0 to 750 pa.
F.
Sand Trap Louver (Sand Filter)
1.
Provide self-cleaning sand trap louvers at all outside air intake
plenums of sizes as shown on the drawings.
2.
Sand trap louvers shall be of mill finished aluminum
construction with galvanized wire bird screens. Louvers shall be
arranged with vertical opposing baffles with top and bottom
channels. Bottom channels shall be provided with sand drain
holes.
3.
Sand trap louver shall have a maximum resistance of 42 Pa at 1.3
m./s.
4.
Louver shall be Model AWSL-WS, as manufactured by
Troxtechnik, or as approved.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-102
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.27
SHEET METAL DUCTWORK
A.
All construction standards, figure numbers and details referred to are
from the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal &
Flexible)", Second Edition, 1995.
B.
Provide all ductwork, sheet metal flues, register boxes, air chambers,
dampers, and all auxiliary work of any kind necessary to make the
various air conditioning, ventilating and heating systems of the building
complete and ready for satisfactory operation.
C.
While the drawings shall be adhered to as closely as possible, the right is
reserved to vary the runs and sizes of ductwork and to make offsets,
where necessary, to accommodate conditions arising at the building.
D.
All ductwork shall be built with approved joints and seams smooth on
the inside and a neat finish on the outside. Duct joints shall be made
with laps in the direction of airflow; flanges shall not project into the air
stream. Ducts shall be adequately braced to prevent vibration; additional
bracing shall be provided where necessary.
E.
Exact dimensions of register boxes must await approval of grilles, and
exact locations shall be in accordance with architecturally reflected
ceiling plans and shall be submitted for approval; otherwise, any changes
directed after installation shall be made without additional cost. All
register boxes and other openings of the ductwork must be tightly closed
during construction to keep out rubbish.
F.
Whenever intermediate reinforcing angles are required on 500 Pa water
gauge and up (even if only on two [2] sides), they must be connected at
the corners.
G.
All angle irons required for any ductwork construction or support shall
be galvanized.
H.
Any ductwork passing through waterproof wall or roof construction shall
be provided with counterflashing.
I.
All ducts and/or plenums exposed to the weather (i.e., plenums which
discharge up through a roof and/or floors of outdoor intake plenums), or
as shown on the drawings, up to and including discharge caps, hoods,
elbows, etc., shall be built substantially as shown on the drawings, of
Type 304 stainless steel or aluminum properly braced and supported, and
secured to the building construction. Stainless steel or aluminum
ductwork shall be of type, thickness, and construction in conformance
with the requirements for 500 Pa water gauge, Class "A" sealed. The
bottom of all plenums which discharge up through a roof and/or floors of
outdoor intake plenums shall be of welded pan construction with a
minimum 500 Pa high lip.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-103
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
J.
Exposed and concealed ductwork connecting to Pantry hoods, equipment
discharging water vapors or serving areas with high vapor content (i.e.,
humidifiers, dishwashers, driers, showers etc.), and all other ductwork
where indicated, shall be built of Type 304 stainless steel in accordance
with the requirements for 500 Pa water gauge hereinbelow, and properly
braced and supported and secured to the building construction.
Horizontal ductwork shall be of pan construction with longitudinal seams
at the top. All transverse joints of such ducts shall be welded. Bracing
of ducts shall be as specified for galvanized iron ducts except that angles,
screws and hangers shall be of nonferrous steel. Ductwork shall be
watertight. Type 304 stainless steel ductwork shall be provided for a
minimum distance of 600 m. upstream of humidifier grid and a minimum
distance of 2,400 mm. downstream of humidifier grid.
K.
All gaskets and sealants shall comply with DW 144 Part 7 Section 27 or
DW 151 Section 12 as appropriate and must conform with NFPA
requirements of flame spread rating not to exceed 25 and smoke
developed rating not to exceed 50.
L.
Rectangular Duct Joinery and Fabrication
1.
Pittsburgh Lock seams shall be minimum 10 mm.
2.
The following longitudinal seams are not permitted:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Button Punch/Snap Lock (L-2)
Standing Seam (L-4)
Single Corner Seam (L-5)
The following transverse joints are not permitted:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Lap (T-4)
Reinforced S Slip (T-7)
Standing Seam (T-15)
Reinforced Standing Seam (T-16)
Pocket Lock (T-17)
Reinforced Pocket Lock (T-18 and T-19)
Capped Flange (T-20)
4.
Where manufactured transverse joints are used (SMACNA T25a, T-25b, i.e., Duct Mate, TDC, TDF, etc.), they shall be
submitted with the manufacturer's standards for construction and
installation and installed in accordance with those standards.
5.
Tie rod attachments shall be installed in accordance with Figures
1-2 and 1-3, except that attachments D, E and F shown in Figure
1-2 shall not be installed in the field. Only tie rod attachments
A, B, C and G shown in Figure 1-2 and all details shown in
Figure 1-3 are permitted on return air ductwork.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-104
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
6.
M.
N.
O.
All unlined duct shall be cross broken or beaded in accordance
with the requirements in Figure 1-8.
Rectangular Duct Fittings
1.
Branch connections shall be made with 45 degree flare
connections as shown in Figure 2-6, with complete metal-tometal contact, as noted.
2.
Full radius elbows shall be used in all ducts with air velocities in
excess of 10 m/s and wherever possible in all other ducts.
Radius elbows shall be Type RE-1, RE-3 or RE-5 as shown in
Figure 2-2.
3.
Where full radius elbows cannot be installed in high velocity
ducts (above 10 m/s) due to space restrictions, smaller radius
elbows utilizing turning vanes may be used, providing that
turning vanes are constructed in accordance with Figure 2-3.
Square elbows shall not be used.
4.
Where square elbows are used in low velocity ducts (below 10
m/s), single-thickness turning vanes shall be installed in
accordance with Figure 2-3. Vanes shall be installed through the
runner, with blades welded to the runner.
Round and Oval Duct Joinery and Fabrication
1.
Round oval ducts shall be: Spiral Seam (RL-1) or continuous
butt or lap welded (RL-4) as shown in Figure 3-1. Seam Types
RL-2 and RL-3 may be used in accordance with Class I sealing
requirements.
2.
Transverse joints shall be Beaded Sleeve Type Rt-1 or Van
Stone Type Rt-2 as shown in Figure 3-2.
Round and Oval Duct Fittings
1.
Round and oval duct branch connections to round, oval or
rectangular ducts shall be made with conical or bellmouth
connections as shown in Figure 2-6, 90 degree tee oval to round
taps or 45 degree laterals as shown in Figure 3-4 or conical
connections as shown in Figure 3-5.
2.
Round elbows shall be stamped, segmented or segmented
standing seam as shown in Figure 3-3. Segmented elbows shall
have a minimum of five segments.
3.
All changes from square to round or round to square must be
made with formed transition pieces. Transition angle shall be 15
degrees or less.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-105
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
P.
Q.
Supply Duct Construction Classifications
Basement, Auditorium, 5th Floor Administration and Education Wing
1.
All longitudinal seams shall be made with 10 mm. Pittsburgh.
2.
Headers and ductwork in Machine Rooms, distribution supply
air ductwork up to inlet of VAV and FP boxes, risers and takeoff
up to and including floor shutoff damper in the Education Wing,
1,000 Pa, Class "A" sealed (transverse joints and longitudinal
seams caulked) minimum .70 mm.
3.
The main supply headers and ductwork in the Machine Rooms
shall be constructed of two layers of galvanized steel sheets in a
panel construction with a minimum of 50 mm. thick, 48
kg./cu.m. density thermal insulation (similar to Owens Corning
"Duct Liner Board") sandwiched between. The outer layer shall
be minimum 1.6 mm., the inner layer perforated, minimum 1.0
mm. Panels shall be provided with integral capped and sealed
joints, suitable for continuous use out-of-doors. Refer to Article
"Acoustic Treatment" for additional requirements.
4.
Distribution headers on 1st and 2nd Floors of the Education
Wing from floor shutoff dampers to inlet to VAV/FP box shall
be 500 Pa Class "A" sealed (transverse joints, longitudinal seams
and branch connections caulked) minimum .70 mm.
5.
Ductwork downstream of box shall be 250 Pa Class "C" sealed
(transverse joints and branch connections only caulked)
minimum .55 mm.
Supply Duct Construction Classifications (Galleries, Atrium and Restaurant)
1.
Headers and ductwork in Machine Room, distribution ductwork,
risers and takeoff up to and including floor shutoff damper,
and/or slot air distribution dampers, 750 Pa, Class "A" sealed
(transverse joints and longitudinal seams caulked) minimum .70
mm.
2.
The main supply headers and ductwork in the Machine Rooms
shall be constructed of two layers of galvanized steel sheets in a
panel construction with a minimum of 50 mm. thick, 48
kg./cu.m. density thermal insulation (similar to Owens Corning
"Duct Liner Board") sandwiched between. The outer layer shall
be minimum 1.6 mm., the inner layer perforated, minimum 1.0
mm. Panels shall be provided with integral capped and sealed
joints, suitable for continuous use out-of-doors. Refer to Article
"Acoustic Treatment" for additional requirements.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-106
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3.
R.
S.
T.
Distribution headers on 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Floors of Galleries
from floor shutoff dampers to inlet to air distribution devices
shall be 500 Pa Class "A" sealed (transverse joints, longitudinal
seams and branch connections caulked) minimum .70 mm.
Field erected casings and plenums shall be constructed as follows:
1.
The suction and discharge of return fans and exhaust fans
(except Kitchen exhaust fans) shall be constructed in accordance
with 750 Pa water gauge load classification per Table 6-1.
2.
Casings for the supply fan systems from the outside air intake
ALD up to the system discharge shutoff damper shall be
constructed in accordance with 1,500 Pa water gauge load
classification per Table 6-1.
3.
Casings and/or plenums which have sheet metal floors shall be
constructed with additional bracing to support maintenance
personnel.
4.
Casings between louvers and automatic dampers shall be
constructed in accordance with 750 Pa water gauge load
classification per Table 6-1.
Return and Exhaust Duct Construction
1.
For local ducted return or exhaust systems (except kitchen
exhaust) 250 Pa Class "C" sealed.
2.
Return risers and exhaust risers, and distribution headers from
risers to inlet of return and exhaust fans, 500 Pa Class "A"
sealed.
Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct Construction
1.
Ducts shall be carbon steel with continuously welded
longitudinal seams and transverse joints. All branch duct
connections shall also be welded. Duct thickness shall conform
with the following:
Areas up to 1,000 sq.cm.
1.5 mm.
Areas 1,005 sq.cm. to 1,290 cm
1.9 mm.
Areas 1,295 sq.cm. to 1,645 sq.cm.
2.6 mm.
Areas greater than 1,645 sq.cm.
3. 4mm
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-107
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
U.
V.
2.
Kitchen hood exhaust ducts shall pitch upward in the direction of
airflow in accordance with the requirements of all governing
codes.
3.
All kitchen hood exhaust risers shall be provided with a drip
collector located at heel of the riser elbow.
4.
All branch connections to kitchen hood exhaust ducts shall be
located a minimum of 40 mm. above the bottom of the duct.
5.
Raised access doors shall be provided 6 meters on centers and at
all changes in direction. Access doors shall be 450 mm. by 450
mm. minimum except where limited by duct dimensions; in such
cases, the opening shall be large enough to permit cleaning.
However, the minimum horizontal dimension shall be 450 mm.
Access doors shall be located a minimum of 40 mm. above the
bottom of the duct.
Acoustically Lined Ducts
1.
Dimensions for acoustically lined ducts are clear inside
dimensions. Acoustic lining is to be attached with Type 2 or 3
weld pins as shown in Figure 2-20.
2.
The leading edge of all acoustical lining shall be protected with
metal nosing as shown in Detail "A" of Figure 2-19 and in
Figure 2-22.
3.
Hat sections as shown in Figure 2-21 shall be provided at all
automatic dampers, balancing dampers and turning vanes in high
velocity ducts (above 10 m/s).
Equipment Connections
1.
Inlet duct connections to air volume regulating devices (i.e.,
VAV boxes, fan powered boxes, constant volume regulators,
etc.) shall be made with hard duct with a minimum straight
length of 3 duct diameters, but not less than 900 mm. Flexible
ducts are not permitted.
2.
All branch ducts to diffusers are to be provided with balancing
(volume) dampers as shown in Figure 2-14. Dampers are to be
located near the branch duct take-offs as far as possible from the
drop to the diffuser.
3.
Round drops to diffusers shall be insulated and shall be made
with spin-in collars as shown in Figure 3-8, Figures D or E.
Square drops to diffusers shall be made with clinch connections.
All diffuser connections shall be gasketed and have a minimum
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-108
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
20 mm. overlap. Round duct shall have grooved seam, pipe lock
or flat lock longitudinal seams. The final connections to
diffusers may be made with 300 mm. of insulated flexible duct
(maximum offset 10 degrees). Insulation of flexible ducts shall
not be less than 20 mm. thick, 24 kg./m.3 density, faced on air
side of type approved by NFPA.
W.
Hangers and Supports
1.
All methods of attachment to the building structure shall be of
the type approved and described in Article "Hangers, Anchors,
Supports and Guides."
Methods of attachment must be
submitted to the Structural Engineer for approval. Expansion
nails, power and/or power actuated devices shall not be
permitted.
2.
Rectangular and flat oval ductwork shall be supported in
accordance with Table 4-1, except that wire shall not be used and
the maximum hanger spacing shall not exceed 2.4 meters.
3.
Round ducts shall be supported in accordance with Table 4-2,
except that wire shall not be used and the maximum hanger
spacing shall not exceed 3.0 meters.
4.
Where the width of the duct exceeds 1,200 mm., the hanger shall
be bent under bottom of ducts and fastened to bottom as well as
to sides.
5.
Additional hangers shall be provided for all acoustically lined
double wall ducts.
6.
Where ducts are stacked, they shall be independently supported
as above.
7.
Particular care shall be taken to support large and heavy
ductwork in a manner approved by the Engineer, including the
providing of supplementary steel, if required. Shop drawings,
indicating support methods, point loadings to the building
structure, and hanger locations shall be submitted to the
Structural Engineer for review sufficiently in advance of
concrete pouring schedules to permit evaluation, critique and any
necessary changes of hanging and support methods. If additional
hangers, inserts and/or supplemental steel are required, such
hangers, inserts and/or supplemental steel shall be provided at no
additional cost to the Owner.
8.
Where horizontal ducts are required to be enclosed in dry wall,
etc., such enclosures shall not be supported from the duct
hangers. Supports for such enclosures shall be provided by the
Trade responsible for the installation of those enclosures.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-109
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
X.
Y.
Fire Dampers/Fire Smoke Dampers
1.
Where fire dampers and/or fire smoke dampers are installed in
ducts constructed to SMACNA standards for pressures below
500 Pa water gauge and manufactured transverse joints are
utilized, the corner clips or corner bolts are to be eliminated and
plastic clips are to be installed -- not metal clips. If plastic clips
are not available, sleeves shall be minimum 1.6 mm. for ducts
having dimensions less than 600 mm. high and less than 900
mm. wide. For ducts having dimensions greater than 600 mm.
high or 900 mm. wide, sleeves shall be minimum 2.0 mm.
2.
Where fire dampers and/or combination fire/smoke dampers are
installed in ducts constructed to SMACNA standards for
pressures 500 Pa water gauge and greater, breakaway
connections shall not be used. Sleeves shall be minimum 1.6
mm. for ducts having dimensions less than 600 mm. high and
less than 900 mm. wide. For ducts having dimensions greater
than 600 mm. high or 900 mm. wide, sleeves shall be minimum
2.0 mm.
3.
Fire and/or fire smoke dampers shall be installed in accordance
with UL Standards 555 and 555S respectively.
Required Access Doors
1.
Provide access doors as specified in Article "Access Doors" to
permit inspection, operation and maintenance of all valves, coils,
controls, fire dampers, splitter dampers, backdraft dampers,
automatic dampers, filters, bearings or other apparatus concealed
behind the sheet metal work.
2.
Each sheet metal chamber shall be provided with access doors in
locations shown on the drawings. The doors shall be made with
inner and outer shells 50 mm. apart so that they may be properly
insulated and properly operated and shall not be smaller than 500
mm. wide x 1,500 mm. high. Door hardware shall be: Ventlok
No. 310 cast zinc door latches operable from both sides, or as
approved, two per door; Ferum Co. No. 245 extra heavy, zinc
plated, 150 mm. T hinges, or as approved, minimum two per
door. The doors shall be provided with rubber gaskets so as to
make them airtight. Provide reinforcing angles above and below
access door frames to stiffen casings. Doors at fan plenums must
be large enough to facilitate removal of motors but not less than
listed above. All access doors must open against the system
pressure.
3.
Provide access doors and frames where specified and shown on
plans. Minimum size 450 mm. x 450 mm.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-110
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.28
4.
Access doors in insulated ducts shall be double panel insulated
of not less than 1.0 mm. Access doors in uninsulated ducts may
be of single panel construction of not less than 1.3 mm.,
galvanized steel, and shall have sponge rubber gaskets around
their entire perimeter.
5.
Each access door shall be provided with retaining wires or
chains, a minimum of four window type latches to allow
complete removal.
ACCESS DOORS
A.
Provide access doors and frames to permit inspection, operation and
maintenance of all valves, controls, fire dampers, automatic control
dampers, filters, humidifiers, bearings, traps or other apparatus concealed
behind the sheet metal work shall be provided. All such doors in
insulated ducts shall be double panel insulated of not less than 1.0 mm.
Access doors in uninsulated ducts may be of single panel construction of
not less than 1.3 mm., galvanized, and shall have sponge rubber gaskets
around their entire perimeter.
B.
All access doors in ductwork shall be hung on separate frames on heavy
flat hinges and shall be secured in the closed position with Ventlok No.
100 cast zinc latch. A minimum of four heavy window-type latches shall
be provided, except on doors 450 mm. x 450 mm. and larger on high
velocity air systems where two latches per side shall be furnished. All
required gasketing shall be provided for all access doors to make them
airtight.
C.
In no case shall access to any items of equipment requiring inspection,
adjustment or servicing, require the removal of nuts, bolts, screws,
wingnuts, wedges, or any other screwed or loose device. It is the
intention of this Contract that all access doors shall be latched and made
airtight. Quantity of latches shall be as stated above and as required to
make for an airtight fitting and as approved.
D.
Access doors into ducts shall in general not be smaller than 450 mm. x
450 mm., except where duct sizes prohibit. In such cases, two access
doors are to be installed. Access doors shall be provided at all splitter
dampers, upstream and downstream of all electric strip heaters, at all fire
dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, damper
actuators, valves, and automatic and backdraft dampers, etc. Quantity of
access doors shall be determined by size and construction of fire dampers
and requirements for resetting damper linkage.
E.
Furnish buttons or tabs to job site for setting, as approved by Engineer,
to indicate location of valves, dampers or other equipment located above
removable type ceilings where access doors are not furnished.
F.
Access doors shall be constructed of the same material as the duct or
system in which they serve.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-111
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.29
ACCESS DOORS IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION
A.
Furnish access doors as required for all concealed valves, dampers,
variable and constant air volume boxes, controls, cleanouts and other
elements requiring access above ceilings or behind walls or as indicated
on the drawings. Coordinate the work and assume responsibility for the
accessibility of all valves, etc.
B.
Use the following type doors as manufactured by Karp Associates, Inc.
1.
In plaster ceilings, KARP DSC 210-PL.
2.
In 2 hour masonry enclosures (pipe or duct shafts), KARP KRP150FR.
3.
In nonrated masonry, KARP DSC-214M.
4.
In drywall construction, KARP DSC-214M.
5.
In drywall construction, 2 hour fire rating, KARP KRP-150FR.
C.
Door and frame shall be given a prime coat of corrosion-resistant paint at
the factory.
D.
Size access doors as indicated on the drawings, or as specified, but not
smaller than 400 mm. by 400 mm. Install all valves to fit within the limit
of the following size access doors; where two or less valves are located
with their bonnets within 300 mm. of the face of the door and all portions
of the valves are within the area defined by the opening in the door, 400
mm. x 400 mm. doors may be used. Where more than two valves are
served by a door and the bonnets are within 300 mm. of the face of the
door, the size of the door shall be increased so that all portions of the
valves are within the area defined by the opening in the door. Where the
bonnets of the valves are more than 300 mm. from the face of the door,
the doors shall have a minimum of 500 mm. x 500 mm. clear opening.
E.
Construction:
1.
General: Factory made, completely flush, heavy metal as
manufactured by Karp Associates, Inc.
2.
Frames: Welded, minimum 1.9 mm. steel, mitered corners
ground smooth, anchors.
3.
Doors: Minimum 1.9 mm. steel, heavy hinges flush with frame,
invisible when closed, wing type airplane catches; no bolts,
screws, nuts or other loose device required for opening of door.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-112
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.30
DAMPERS
A.
Fire dampers suitable for installation in dynamic systems shall be
installed in all ducts piercing fire-rated shafts, walls or floors. Fire
dampers shall be dynamically rated for closure against air flow in both
vertical and horizontal mounting configurations and shall be rated to
close against 2,000 Pa water gauge maximum, across closed damper.
Fire dampers shall meet the requirements of, and be manufactured in
accordance with, UL 555. All fire dampers shall meet all NFPA
requirements.
Dampers shall be installed in accordance with
manufacturer’s UL listing requirements. Heat responsive links shall
meet the requirements of, and be manufactured in accordance with, UL
33.
B.
Combination smoke/fire dampers suitable for installation in dynamic
systems shall be installed in all ducts piercing fire-rated shafts, walls or
floors. Combination smoke/fire dampers shall be dynamically rated for
closure against air flow in both vertical and horizontal mounting
configurations. Dampers shall be rated to close against 2,000 Pa water
gauge maximum, across closed damper. Combination smoke/fire
dampers shall meet the requirements of, and be manufactured in
accordance with, UL 555S for Class II leakage at 175°C. All
combination fire smoke dampers shall meet all NFPA requirements.
Dampers shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s UL listing
requirements. Heat responsive links shall meet the requirements of, and
be manufactured in accordance with, UL 33. Damper operators shall
meet the requirements of, and be manufactured in accordance with, UL
325 and/or UL 1004. Dampers and damper operators shall be furnished
by the Automatic Temperature Control Subcontractor and installed by
this Subcontractor. Size of damper and location of actuator shall be
coordinated with and approved for use with the Building Automation
System and/or Building Fire Alarm System.
C.
Volume dampers, as shown on the drawings and as required, shall be
installed in the various branches of the ductwork to be used in balancing
the system. Note that these dampers shall be separate and independent
from the registers hereinafter specified to be set behind supply and/or
return air grilles. Multiblade dampers shall be provided in large ducts.
Volume dampers shall be provided in all supply, return and exhaust
branch ductwork, and where indicated on the drawings.
D.
Volume dampers shall be of the quadrant type, of heavy construction,
pivoted to turn easily, and provided with approved operating and locking
devices, mounted on outside of the duct in an accessible place. Details
as directed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-113
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.31
E.
Backdraft dampers shall be self-operating, counterbalanced (adjustable)
type. Frames shall be 19 mm. x 100 mm. x 19 mm. galvanized channel
steel on all four sides. The blades shall be at least 2.75 mm. galvanized
steel and shall have blade brackets with tie bar of 30 mm. x 30 mm.
galvanized steel. The pivot rods shall be 12 mm. diameter cadmium
plated steel. All bearings for the pivot rods and for tie bar shall be of the
self-lubricating type. The blades shall have bulb type vinyl stripping on
edge for tight closing. Maximum blade length shall be 1,120 mm.;
multiple sections shall be used with the frame’s full height for stability.
Dampers shall have a maximum leakage of 1% of the design airflow
across such damper with the damper closed against 1,500 Pa w.g.
pressure across the face. Dampers shall be installed with suitable
reinforcing at wall to which they serve so as to maintain their integrity at
the design. The damper manufacturer shall review the fan systems and
static pressures to ensure that the construction of the damper is adequate,
that the dampers shall operate properly without fluttering, and shall open
and close under all system operating conditions.
F.
All dampers shall be constructed of the same material as the duct system
in which they are installed, and SHALL BE suitable for the same
pressure class and duct velocities.
G.
Dampers furnished by the Automatic Temperature Control
Subcontractor, as indicated on the drawings, in air inlet ducts, discharge
ducts, supply air ducts and/or plenums, of supply air fans, exhaust fans,
return air fans, etc., or as directed, shall be installed by this
Subcontractor. Damper banks consisting of multiple damper sections
shall have vertical intermediate 3.5 mm. galvanized steel stiffeners every
1,200 mm. as part of the damper assembly.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A.
Fan Flexible Connectors
1.
Fan connections, both at inlet and discharge, shall be made with
flexible material so as to prohibit the transfer of vibration from
fans to ductwork connecting thereto. Connections shall be made
of heavy glass fabric and double neoprene coated (type
"Ventglas") for conventional systems, except as otherwise
required by authorities having jurisdiction and except as
otherwise noted below.
2.
The flexible connections shall be approximately 150 mm. long
and held in place with heavy metal bands or double hemlock
securely attached to prevent any leakage at the connection
points.
3.
The flexible connections at the discharge ends of the fans for the
medium pressure air conditioning systems shall be type
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-114
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
"Ventglas" fiber glass, of lengths noted above and fastened as
above. It is the intent that these flexible connections shall
withstand the operating air pressure, shall not permit air leakage
and shall not transmit vibration.
4.
All materials shall be as manufactured by Ventafabrics and listed
and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for a Fire Hazard
Classification, as tested under ASTM, NFPA, or UL procedures,
not to exceed the following:
Flame Spread
Fuel Contributed
Smoke Developed
B.
Air Distribution Flexible Connectors
1.
Upstream Side of Fan-Powered Boxes and VAV Boxes: No
flexible duct connections shall be permitted upstream or
downstream of fan-powered boxes and VAV boxes. This
Subcontractor shall install a minimum of 900 mm. of straight
rigid duct or the equivalent of four (4) inlet diameters, whichever
is greater, to the inlet of each fan-powered boxes and VAV unit.
2.
All materials shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc., for a Fire Hazard Classification, as tested
under ASTM, NFPA, or UL procedures, not to exceed the
following:
Flame Spread
Fuel Contributed
Smoke Developed
2.32
25
50
50
25
50
50
GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS
A.
Provide, where shown on the drawings, all metal diffusers, grilles and
registers of sizes indicated or of equivalent areas as approved.
B.
All supply ceiling diffusers, unless otherwise noted on the drawings,
shall be Anemostat Type “Paragon,” PGD-B (square), CM-1P (round), or
as approved. Each supply air ceiling diffuser shall be furnished with air
directional control and air volume control devices. See drawings for
schedule of sizes. The method of attachment of the diffuser (supply and
return) to the ceiling system and the type of margin shall be compatible
with the type of ceiling system approved for installation on the job.
Coordinate with other Trades. All supply registers shall be of the double
deflection type with opposed blade dampers, with the damper operated
by a removable knob through lever and cam. Supply registers shall be
Anemostat Type S2HO, unless otherwise noted on drawings, or as
approved. Refer to diffuser schedules for exact types, sizes, etc.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-115
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
C.
Return and exhaust registers Anemostat “S3HOD” and grilles Anemostat
type S3HD, where called for on drawings, shall be of fixed single
deflection type with opposed blade dampers, with the damper operated
by a removable knob through lever and cam. Registers shall be as
scheduled on plans under grilles and registers, or as approved, with clips
and/or flange holes and screws (as required by architectural finishes) to
secure registers to ceiling construction and/or exposed ducts as required.
Face bars shall be inclined 30 degrees having not less than 86% free area.
Round return and exhaust registers shall be Anemostat “CM-1P”, or as
approved.
D.
Linear type ceiling/wall diffusers and grilles shall be Anemostat type
SLAD-75 (ceiling), type AL-1 (wall), where shown on drawings, shall be
of extruded aluminum construction with finish as indicated. They shall
be furnished with air volume pattern control devices and frames where
required. Volume dampers located in the branch duct serving the supply
plenum over the diffuser shall be operable through the face of the linear
diffuser which it serves.
E.
Extruded aluminum linear diffusers and grilles, complete with blank-off
sections and dampers, where required, shall be provided where indicated
on the drawings. Linear diffusers shall be provided with mounting
frames to match ceiling or wall, or as approved. Actual total lengths of
units shall be field verified. Active lengths shall be as indicated on the
drawings.
F.
All registers, grilles and diffusers shall be furnished with matte enamel
finish. Color shall be as selected and approved by the Consulting
Engineer.
G.
All grilles, registers and linear diffusers in plaster construction shall be
furnished with plaster frames. Plaster frames shall be properly identified
and turned over to the Contractor for installation.
H.
Each air supply outlet shall have the capacity as noted on the drawings
and shall be guaranteed to give the required throw with draftless
diffusion. Where manufacturer's recommendations require duct sizes
differing from those shown on the drawings, provide same at no
additional cost to the Owner. All registers and diffusers shall be
provided with directional and volume controls specified, and shall be of
such dimensions (including the accessory equipment) as to conform to
the building space conditions.
I.
All grilles, registers and diffusers located over showers or steamproducing appliances shall be aluminum covered with a coat of Eisenheis
epoxy paint.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-116
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
J.
A schedule and samples shall be prepared and submitted to the Engineer
showing the sizes and model numbers of all grilles, registers and
diffusers before they are ordered for installation.
K.
Acoustical Performance
1.
It is the intent of the Specification that the manufacturer shall
furnish units that shall permit attaining sound pressure levels in
spaces conforming to NCR-35 curves (except as noted
hereinbelow) as explained in 1984 and later issues of the
ASHRAE Guide.
Auditorium, Library, Prayer Room, Study Room
Lecture Rooms and Conference Rooms
NCR-30
Exhibition Galleries and
Private Offices
NCR-35
Atrium, Toilets, Storage
NCR-40
Open Office Space, Corridors
2.
Octave
Band
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NCR-40 to 45
Restaurant, Cafe
NCR-45
Kitchen, Food Preparation
NCR-50
The maximum permissible sound power levels for grilles,
registers and diffusers are as follows:
Mid-Frequency
(cps)
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
NCR-30
59
52
45
41
38
37
36
37
Max. PWL re: 10-12 Watts
NCR-35
NCR-40
NCR-45
62
66
68
56
60
63
49
54
58
46
51
56
43
48
53
42
47
52
41
46
51
42
47
52
NCR-50
70
66
62
61
58
57
56
57
3.
The terminal device manufacturer shall submit to the Consulting
Engineer's representative guaranteed sound power levels by
octave bands. This data submitted shall substantiate that the
equipment types and sizes operating as in an installed condition
per plans and specifications shall conform with the above.
Neither the manufacturer nor the specific unit selection shall be
approved until such data has been submitted.
4.
The terminal devices shall be tested in accordance with ADC
Standard 1062-R.3.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-117
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
5.
2.33
Should the Engineer desire that units as furnished under this
Section be checked for conformance to the above guarantee, the
cost of such test shall be paid for by the Owner. If the unit
furnished and subsequently tested does not conform to the above
guarantee, the cost of the test and the cost of any corrective
measures shall be at no additional expense to the Owner. The
testing, if required, shall be performed at manufacturer's factory
and observed by the Consulting Engineer.
VARIABLE AND CONSTANT VOLUME BOXES (DDC)
A.
Provide low terminal pressure units, as shown on the plans. Unit casings
shall be galvanized steel complying with ASHRAE and SMACNA
construction standards, with sandwiched thermal and sound attenuating
rigid insulation. Thermal and acoustic insulation material shall have a
flame spread and smoke developed rating of less than or equal to 25 and
50 respectively and shall comply with the requirements of NFPA
Bulletin 90A. Units shall be constructed in accordance with dimensional
constraints indicated on the drawings.
B.
Leakage through the unit casing shall be less than 3% of design volume
at 6 inch inlet pressure.
C.
All VAV and constant volume terminal units shall be of the distributed
direct digital control technology type. The direct digital controller
(DDC) and its associated wall mounted temperature sensor, power
supply communications ports, terminal strips, etc., shall be furnished to
the successful terminal unit manufacturer for factory installation and
testing at the terminal manufacturer's facility. The DDC unit and
appurtenances shall be furnished under another Section of the
Specifications.
D.
All final mounting, wiring, testing, etc., to make the terminal units
completely operational shall be the responsibility of the terminal unit
manufacturer.
All work associated with same shall be closely
coordinated with the Building Automation and Temperature Control
Subcontractor.
E.
The DDC controller and its associated power supply, transducers,
electric damper operator, etc., shall be neatly mounted within a separate
1.0 mm. sealed and gasketed galvanized sheet metal enclosure, mounted
directly to and supported from the terminal device to which it serves. All
external electrical connections to the DDC controller within the box shall
be terminated in two separate junction boxes (with removable covers),
i.e., one for power and one for signal communications. All wiring and
tubing shall be permanently labeled and color coded for ease of
identification. No access to within the enclosure shall be required for
installation, startup or operation of the terminal unit.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-118
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
F.
Terminal units shall be pressure independent and shall be capable of
reset of air volume within plus or minus 5% of required airflow (as
determined by the space temperature sensor) regardless of changes in
system air pressure. A multiple arm (minimum 4) flow traversing unit
shall be used and the means of sensing airflow shall be incorporated
within the unit and shall provide control signal pressure for the cfm to
the DDC controller. Separate differential pressure taps shall also be
provided for airflow measurement with a 0-250 Pa. Each terminal unit
shall be provided with a flow chart attached. Maximum and minimum
cfm setting shall be factory set but shall be capable of easy readjustment
in the field. Terminal units shall be capable of operating as described
above at inlet static pressures between 12.5 Pa and 1,500 Pa. Units shall
be selected to operate at a static pressure loss through the unit between
12.5 Pa and 62 Pa (maximum).
G.
Electronic actuator and accessories to operate the terminal unit between
maximum and minimum limits as determined by the space temperature
sensor and controller shall be provided by the DDC unit manufacturer,
installed and tested by the terminal unit manufacturer at the factory.
Minimum limit unless otherwise noted shall be to shutoff (maximum
leakage of 5% of design airflow with an inlet pressure of 1,500 Pa).
Actuator and all accessories shall be mounted in easily accessible
enclosure, completely wired, requiring only power. Space temperature
sensor and controller shall be furnished under the Automatic
Temperature Control Section of the Specifications. Terminal units shall
be normally open upon loss of control signal unless otherwise noted.
H.
This Subcontractor shall coordinate with the Automatic Temperature
Control Subcontractor regarding the quantity of power required per
VAV box and also as to the quality of the power (voltage limits, etc.). A
letter stating the above requirements shall be submitted by this
Subcontractor in conjunction with the shop drawings of the VAV boxes.
I.
Acoustical Performance: VAV unit design and selection shall result in
space sound pressure levels conforming to an NCR-35 curve (except as
noted hereinbelow) as defined in 1984 and later editions of ASHRAE
Guide. Low pressure ductwork downstream of VAV units shall be
acoustically lined of sufficient length to achieve the required criteria but
not less than the lengths scheduled on the drawings.
Auditorium, Library, Prayer Room, Study Room
Lecture Rooms and Conference Rooms
NCR-30
Exhibition Galleries and
Private Offices
NCR-35
Atrium, Toilets, Storage
NCR-40
Open Office Space, Corridors
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-119
NCR-40 to 45
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
J.
Octave
Band
Restaurant, Cafe
NCR-45
Kitchen, Food Preparation
NCR-50
The maximum discharge permissible sound power levels measured at the
terminal outlets of VAV units, based on a maximum inlet static pressure
of 500 Pa and 100% design flow, in octave bands for the NCR curves,
are as follows:
MidFrequency
(cps)
Max. PWL re: 10-12 Watts
NCR-30
NCR-35
NCR-40
NCR-45
NCR-50+
1
63
59
62
66
68
70
2
125
52
56
60
63
66
3
250
45
49
54
58
62
4
500
41
46
51
56
61
5
1000
38
43
48
53
58
6
2000
37
42
47
52
57
7
4000
36
41
46
51
56
8
8000
37
42
47
52
57
K.
Radiated Noise from VAV Units
1.
Octave
Band
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MidFrequency
(cps)
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
Where VAV units are located in ceiling plenum over occupied
spaces, the maximum permissible radiated sound power levels in
octave bands when operated in an installed condition per plans
and Specifications, based on a maximum inlet static pressure of
500 Pa and 100% design flow, shall be as follows:
NCR-30
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
69
66
57
55
52
51
61
60
Max. PWL re: 10-12 Watts
NCR-35 NCR-40 NCR-45
72
70
61
60
57
56
66
65
76
74
65
64
62
60
70
70
15000-120
79
77
68
68
67
65
75
75
NCR-50+
82
80
71
72
72
70
80
80
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
2.34
The manufacturer shall submit to the Consulting Engineer
guaranteed radiated sound power levels in octave bands, and
shall substantiate that the equipment operating in an installed
condition in accordance with plans and Specifications shall
conform with those described above. Radiated sound ratings
shall be without allowance for ceiling absorption.
L.
The VAV unit manufacturer shall submit guaranteed sound power level
ratings by octave bands. These ratings shall list the unit sound power
generation with the VAV unit installed within the test chamber. The
sound power generation shall be listed for an upstream pressure of 750
Pa, 500 Pa, 250 Pa and minimum water gauge with a downstream
pressure of 0.0 Pa. Neither the manufacturer nor the specific unit
selection shall be approved until such data has been submitted.
M.
Sound power shall be measured in accordance with ADC (Air Diffusion
Council) Standard 1062-R.3.
N.
Should the Engineer desire that units as furnished under this Section be
checked for conformance to the above performance, the cost of such test
shall be paid for by the Engineer provided that the test proves that the
unit furnished does conform. If the unit as furnished and subsequently
tested does not conform, the cost of the test and of any corrective
measures shall be at no additional expense to the Engineer. The testing,
if required, shall be performed at the manufacturer's factory and observed
by the Consulting Engineer.
O.
Unit ratings shall be tested in accordance with current ADC Test Code
Standards.
P.
Shop Testing/Startup Supervision: All units shall be shop tested for
pressures, temperatures and flow capacities as scheduled, with test and
calibration results shipped with each unit. The unit manufacturer shall
provide the services of direct factory personnel to supervise the
installation, testing, checking, balancing and final calibration of each
unit, for not less than ten working days.
VOLUME CONTROL REGULATORS (DDC)
A.
Volume regulators shall be provided where shown on the drawings.
Regulators shall be provided with multi-point sensor and maintain
constant flow within plus or minus 5% of specified or set value for a
minimum pressure of 0.10 inch water gauge. A calibration chart shall be
furnished for field volume adjustment. Valves, consisting of multiple
sections, where possible, shall be factory assembled.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-121
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Regulators shall be furnished by the manufacturer with automatic digital
electronic controller, actuator, control transformer and unit-mounted
thermostat (if required) for installation under this Section.
C.
Regulators shall be as manufactured by Titus, Type DQCV, or as
approved.
D.
Direct Digital Control (DDC) Type
1.
All volume control regulators shall be of the distributed direct
digital control technology type. The direct digital controller
(DDC) and its associated power supply communications ports,
terminal strips, etc., shall be furnished to the successful regulator
manufacturer for factory installation and testing at the regulator
manufacturer's facility. The DDC unit and appurtenances shall
be furnished by the Automatic Temperature Control
Subcontractor.
2.
All final mounting, wiring, testing, etc., to make the regulator
units completely operational shall be the responsibility of the
regulator manufacturer. All work associated with same shall be
closely coordinated with the Building Automation and
Temperature Control Subcontractor.
3.
The DDC controller and its associated power supply,
transducers, electric damper operator, etc., shall be neatly
mounted within a separate 20 gauge sealed and gasketed
galvanized sheet metal enclosure, mounted directly to and
supported from the regulator it serves. All external electrical
connections to the DDC controller within the box shall be
terminated in two separate junction boxes (with removable
covers), i.e., one for power and one for signal communications.
All wiring and tubing shall be permanently labeled and color
coded for ease of identification. No access to within the
enclosure shall be required for installation, startup or operation
of the regulator.
4.
Regulator shall be pressure independent. A multiple arm
(minimum 4) flow traversing flow sensor shall be used and the
means of sensing airflow shall be incorporated within the
regulator and shall provide control signal pressure for the cfm to
the DDC controller. Flow sensor shall be of the multi-point,
averaging, ring or cross type. Bar or single point sensing type is
not acceptable. Separate differential pressure taps shall also be
provided for airflow measurement with a 0-1 inch gauge. Each
regulator shall be provided with a flow chart attached. Cfm
setting shall be factory set but shall be capable of easy
readjustment in the field. Regulator shall be capable of
operating as described above at inlet static pressures between .05
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-122
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
inch and 6 inch water gauge. Regulator shall be selected to
operate at a static pressure loss through the unit between .05 and
.25 inch water gauge (maximum).
E.
5.
Electronic actuator and accessories to operate the regulator and
controller shall be provided by the DDC unit manufacturer,
installed and tested by the regulator manufacturer at the factory.
Actuator and all accessories shall be mounted in easily
accessible enclosure, completely wired, requiring only power.
Regulator shall be normally open upon loss of control signal
unless otherwise noted.
6.
This
Subcontractor shall coordinate with the Automatic
Temperature Control Subcontractor regarding the quantity of
power required per regulator and also as to the quality of the
power (voltage limits, etc.).
A letter stating the above
requirements shall be submitted by this Subcontractor in
conjunction with the shop drawings of the regulator.
Regulator Acoustical Performance
1.
It is the intent of the Specification that the manufacturer shall
furnish units that shall permit attaining sound pressure levels in
spaces conforming to NC-40 curve (except as noted
hereinbelow) as explained in 1984 and later issues of the
ASHRAE Guide:
Mechanical Equipment Rooms,
Service Areas and Loading Dock
2.
NC-55
The maximum permissible sound power level for regulators is as
follows:
SOUND POWER LEVELS
Maximum Sound Power Levels in dB re: 10-12 Watts
Octave Band Center Frequency (Hertz)
Regulator
Size
24 X 24
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
65
63
64
66
68
67
65
3.
The regulator manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer's
representative guaranteed sound power levels by octave bands.
Sound power level data submitted shall substantiate that the
equipment types and sizes operating as in an installed condition
as per plans and specifications shall conform with the acoustical
performance described above. Neither the manufacturer nor the
specific unit selection shall be approved until such data has been
submitted.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-123
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.35
4.
The regulators shall be tested in accordance with ADC (Air
Diffusion Council) Standard 1062-R.3. Sound power ratings
shall be listed for an upstream pressure of 2 inches water gauge
upstream pressures and a downstream pressure of 1.0 inch water
gauge.
5.
Should the Engineer desire that units as furnished under this
Section be checked for conformance to the above performance,
the cost of such test shall be paid for by the manufacturer. If the
unit as furnished and subsequently tested does not conform, the
cost of the test and of any corrective measures shall be at no
additional expense to the Owner.
ACOUSTIC TREATMENT
A.
Where shown on the drawings and specified hereinbelow, supply
ductwork and return and exhaust ductwork shall be installed with 50 mm.
thick acoustic lining. Such acoustic lining shall be 40 kg./m3 density
mat-face duct liner of a type approved by the NFPA. Acoustic lining
shall be the products of one of the approved manufacturers listed in
Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”. Dimensions of lined ducts
shown on drawings are the inside dimensions of the duct after the lining
has been installed. Stapling method of attachment shall not be permitted.
Mat-faced duct liner shall be adhered by a fire retardant adhesive such as
Benjamin Foster 81-99, or as approved. All abutting edges of acoustic
lining shall be caulked, and all exposed edges of acoustic lining shall be
installed with sheet metal nosings.
B.
All acoustic lining in all supply air systems, including inside the fanpowered boxes and VAV boxes and ducts, shall be faced with a duct
liner facing, suitable for use in an air handling system. Material as
installed shall have a flame spread and fuel construction rating equal to
or less than 25 and 50, respectively, and shall be similar to "Toughskin"
as manufactured by Manville, or as approved.
C.
All round or rectangular ductwork of supply and return ductwork within
the Mechanical Equipment Rooms where called for on the drawings,
and/or as stated hereinafter, shall be lined with 50 mm. thick, 40 kg./m3
density, sound absorption material. The sound absorption material shall
be faced with a galvanized perforated metal facing having the same
dimensions as the unlined ductwork connecting to the lined section of the
ductwork. A Tedlar liner between the perforated liner and the acoustic
absorbent material shall be provided throughout the double-wall
ductwork. The perforated metal shall be .70 mm. gauge and have one of
the following perforation patterns, or approved equal:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-124
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Open Area
3 mm. round holes on 5 mm. staggered centers
3 mm. round holes on 6 mm. staggered centers
3 mm. round holes on 6 mm. staggered centers
2 mm. round holes on 4 mm. staggered centers
1.5 mm. round holes on 3 mm. staggered centers
29%
29%
23%
29%
22.5%
D.
All acoustic lining and sound absorber materials shall have a flame
spread and smoke developed rating of less than or equal to 25 and 50
respectively.
E.
All pipe sleeves and duct openings penetrating floor slabs, partitions,
walls, etc., shall be packed with mineral wool and sealed with
nonhardening mastic.
F.
Factory Built Sound Traps
1.
Prefabricated duct silencers shall be constructed of all
incombustible materials and shall be the standard product of an
approved manufacturer. The shell of the silencer shall be at least
1.0 mm. galvanized steel sheet and shall be leakproof when
subjected to a differential pressure of 42 kPa.
2.
Pressure drop shall be not greater than shown in the sound trap
schedule. Total system pressure before and after the sound traps
shall be measured after the traps are installed. Should the
pressure drop be greater than specified or scheduled, replace the
traps and/or modify the entrance or discharge aerodynamic flow
to achieve the specified results. Make all corrective measures at
no additional cost to the Owner.
3.
All sound traps shall, in addition to the other provisions of this
Article, be furnished with a Tedlar liner between the welded
perforated liner and the acoustic absorbent material within.
Liner and assembly shall have a flame spread and smoke
developed rating of less than or equal to 25 and 50, respectively.
4.
The sound traps shall provide the following net insertion ratings
under design airflow velocities as scheduled on the drawings.
The ratings shall be determined by the duct to reverberant room
test method.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-125
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Dynamic Net Insertion Loss (dB)
Band Width
Center Freq. (cps)
Sound Trap Types
A
B
C
Bands
2
3
4
5
6
125
250
500
1000
2000
5.
Bands
7
14
20
22
14
7
11
14
14
12
12
21
23
22
16
The maximum self-generated noise by the above sound trap
types shall not exceed the following sound power levels at face
velocities of 10 m/s.
Sound Power Level dB re: 10-12 Watts
Band Width
Center Freq. (cps)
Sound Trap Types
AB
CD
2
3
4
5
6
6.
5
9
13
13
10
D
125
250
500
1000
2000
45
48
49
50
54
50
54
56
56
59
Vaneaxial fan cone/diffuser silencers shall be factory
prefabricated and constructed from 1.3 mm. galvanized steel
(minimum) exterior and 1.3 mm. perforated galvanized steel
(minimum) interior. The center cone shall be constructed of 1.3
mm. perforated steel (minimum) with 23% open area. All
acoustical filler materials shall comply with this Specification
Section and the interior center cone shall be the same diameter as
the fan hub.
a.
Minimum dynamic insertion loss shall be as follows:
Bands
Band Width
Center Freq. (cps)
Dynamic Insertion Loss (dB)
Cone/Diffuser Silencer
2
3
4
5
6
125
250
500
1000
2000
11
17
18
16
12
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-126
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
7.
2.36
Certification: Submit certified test data of pressure drop and
insertion loss ratings for a 600x600 cross-section rectangular trap
or 600 mm. diameter conical trap. The certification data for both
pressure drop and insertion loss shall be based upon tests of the
same trap for both measurements. The certifying laboratory
shall be open to inspection and/or test of sound traps upon
request of the Consulting Engineer.
INSULATION
A.
Provide insulation systems for all piping, ductwork and equipment using
an installer approved by the insulation manufacturer. Execute the work
in accordance with the best practice and workmanship of the Trade and
the requirements of this Section of the Specifications.
B.
Insulation materials and adhesives shall be products of one of the
approved manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved
Manufacturers”.
C.
Quality Assurance: Insulation materials shall comply with BS476.
D.
Fire and Smoke Hazard Rating
1.
All thermal and acoustical insulation jackets, facings, membrane,
adhesives, mastics, coatings and accessory materials shall be
tested in compliance with the latest versions of BS4735-Class Q,
BS476, ASTM E-84 and NFPA 255. All materials shall be listed
and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for a fire hazard
classification, as not to exceed the following:
Flame Spread
Fuel Contributed
Smoke Developed
E.
25
50
50
2.
The rating for insulation with factory applied jackets or facings
shall be on a composite basis of insulation, jacket or facing, and
the adhesive used to adhere the jacket or facing to the insulation.
3.
Shipping containers for insulation and accessory materials shall
be labeled to indicate conformance to the fire hazard
classification.
4.
Submittals of insulation and accessory materials shall include a
written certification that the material being submitted for
approval meets the above criteria and shall include the required
Materials Safety Data Sheets.
Before applying insulation, all surfaces shall be free of dust, grease and
foreign matter. Insulation shall not be applied to any piping, ductwork or
equipment until required pressure testing has been completed and the
system approved for tightness.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-127
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
F.
Insulation jackets, facings, vapor barriers and finishes on ducts and
piping handling cold water shall be continuous and sealed through floor
and wall sleeves, hangers, supports and attachments.
G.
Pipe Insulation
1.
Material
a.
Fiber glass, molded, one-piece insulation with
white Kraft, fiber glass reinforced, aluminum foil
laminated, All-Service Jacket (ASJ). Pipe insulation
shall be capable of continuous service at a pipe
temperature of 232°C. without oxidation or burnout of
binders or the development of odors or smoke by any
constituent of the material. Physical characteristics shall
be as follows:
Minimum Density
Thermal Conductivity
Jacket Vapor Permeability
Jacket Puncture Resistance
b.
2.
65 kg./cu.m.
0.034 w./mk at 24°C.
0.02 perms.
50 units (Beach).
Calcium silicate pipe insulation shall be composed of
asbestos-free hydrous calcium silicate for use on systems
operating up to 649°C. Insulation shall be preformed
half-sections (two-piece) secured with 15 mm. wide, .50
mm. aluminum bands or 2 mm. wire 300 mm. on
centers. Insulation shall be covered with a .40 mm.
aluminum jacket with factory-applied moisture barrier,
secured in place with .50 mm. aluminum bands 300 mm.
on centers. Physical characteristics shall be as follows:
Average (Dry) Density:
240 kg./cu.m.
Thermal Conductivity:
0.066 w./mk at 24°C.
Insulation Thickness
Service
Pipe Size
Temp
Thickness
Emergency Generator
and Diesel Fire Pump
All
540°C
100 mm.
Calcium Silicate
Exhaust Piping and
Muffler
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-128
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Service
Pipe Size
Temp
Low Pressure Steam, All
Steam Condensate,
Supply and Return
Risers, Mains and
Branches
150 mm. and under
200 mm. and over
Thickness
50 mm.
232°C.
75 mm.
Fiber glass
Condenser Water Supply and Return
(Exposed on Roof and
Exposed Within
Building, Except in
MER)
Chilled Water and Heat
Recovery - Supply and
Return
Fresh Water Makeup
50 mm.
150 mm. and under
200 mm. and over
75 mm. fiber
glass
All
25 mm.
Fiber glass
Condensation Drains Risers, Mains and
Branches
3.
All
25 mm.
Fiber glass
Installation of Insulation
a.
Pipe insulation sections firmly butted together at all
joints with jacket laps and joint butt strips pulled tight
and smooth. Longitudinal joints, a minimum of 50 mm.
overlap. Butt joint strips a minimum of 75 mm. wide.
b.
Fittings insulated with premolded polyisocyanuratic
rigid closed cell foam, fitting covers for the sizes
manufactured. For other types and sizes, fittings
insulated with radially mitered segments of pipe
covering secured in place with 2 mm. copper plated,
annealed steel wire. Molded fitting covers suitable for
same service temperature as pipe insulation.
c.
Valves insulated over the bonnet with cut and built-up
sections of pipe insulation. Voids and irregular spaces
between pipe insulation section bore and valve body
filled with in-situ polyisocyanurate chemical system
furnished by the pipe insulation manufacturer and
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-129
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
installation instructions (suitable for same service
temperature as pipe insulation) wired to valve body.
d.
Flanges insulated with built-up sleeves of pipe covering
overlapping adjacent pipe insulation.
e.
Insulation for fittings, valves, flanges, and accessories,
same thickness as adjacent pipe insulation.
f.
Valves, strainers, expansion joints and other specialties
requiring periodic servicing or inspection shall be
provided with insulation covers, removable and
replaceable without damaging insulation, vapor barriers
or finishes. Insulation on valves shall be extended over
the bonnets.
g.
Hot Service Piping
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Insulation jacket laps and joint butt strips stapled
on 4 inch centers with flare type staples and
secured with aluminum bands on 18 inch centers
with one band over each joint butt strip.
2)
Voids around fittings, valves and at flanges,
filled with insulation and covered with
premolded thermoplastic covers.
Cold Service Piping
1)
Insulation jacket laps and joint butt strip sealed
with lap sealing adhesive. At all fittings, valves,
etc., and at intervals of every 5 sections of
straight run pipe insulation, apply a vapor barrier
coating, 1.6 mm. thick, to all butt joints and on
the bore of the pipe insulation for a minimum of
50 mm. from the joint. Position insulation and
press firmly into place making certain that a
complete unbroken seal is obtained.
2)
Voids around fittings, valves and at flanges,
filled with in-situ polyisocyanurate chemical
system furnished by the pipe insulation
manufacturer and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and
covered with premolded thermoplastic covers.
3)
Apply a 200 g/m2 woven glass cloth cover over
the entire system, painted with two (2) coats of
approved sealant.
15000-130
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
4.
Protection of Insulation
a.
Insulation on hot pipes 100 mm. and larger shall be
protected from hangers, guides and rollers by pipe
protection saddles welded to the pipe, and filled with
pipe insulation or insulating cement. Saddles shall not
be welded to the pipe hanger or support.
b.
Insulation on hot pipes smaller than 100 mm. shall be
supported on factory assembled thermal protection
shields.
c.
Insulation on cold pipes shall be protected from hangers,
guides and rollers by a 180 degree galvanized steel
shield on the outside of the insulation and vapor barrier.
A half-section of waterproof, calcium silicate, high
density insulation of the same thickness as the pipe
insulation, and full length of the shield, shall be used to
support weight of the pipe at the shield. Factory
assembled thermal protection shields may also be used.
Pipe Size
40 mm. to 65 mm.
75 mm. to 150 mm.
200 mm. to 250 mm.
300 mm. and over
Shield Length
250 mm.
300 mm.
400 mm.
550 mm.
d.
Pipe protection shields may be factory assembled
thermal protection shields as manufactured by one of the
approved manufacturers. See Approved Manufacturers
Article 2.01 of this Specification.
e.
Piping Exposed to Weather and Exposed Within the
Building: Insulated water piping, insulated emergency
generator and diesel fire pump combustion exhaust pipes
exposed outside of building and where exposed within
the building shall be covered with 11 gauge polished
aluminum jacket.
f.
Piping Penetrating Floors and Walls: Insulation on cold
service piping shall be continuous through the
penetrations of walls, partitions, floor slabs, etc. The
space between piping and/or insulation and the sleeve
shall be packed with an approved fire resistive material.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-131
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
H.
Insulation for Sheet Metal Work
1.
Materials and Finishes
Built-up air supply apparatus
chambers, outside air intake
and ducts between connections
to louvers and/or gratings up
to lined casings and built-up
spill and exhaust plenums and
ducts between louvers and/or
gratings and automatic louver
dampers (ALD’s).
50 mm. thick, 96 kg./cu.m. density, fiber glass,
rigid insulation board with white Kraft, fiber glass
reinforced, aluminum foil laminate, All-Service
Jacket (ASJ). Adhere to outside of chambers
and/or ducts with weld pins and speed washers
spaced on 300 mm. centers maximum, but not
more than 75 mm. from insulation joints and/or
corners. Minimum of two rows of pins per side of
duct. Seal all joints with 100 mm. wide ASJ tape.
Seal all punctures and pin penetrations with
approved vapor barrier coating. Where stiffening
angles are larger than 50 mm., insulation thickness
shall match size of angle. Apply a 200 g/m2
canvas cover over the entire system adhered
between two coats of approved fungicidal
protective fire resistant lagging adhesive.
Exposed
rectangular
air
conditioning supply ductwork
and return ductwork within all
Mechanical Equipment Rooms
and exposed in all other
spaces.
Same as above.
Rectangular air conditioning
supply duct risers and return
duct risers within shafts
50 mm. thick, 48 kg./cu.m. density fiber glass
rigid insulation board factory applied foil faced,
scrim reinforced, Kraft vapor barrier (FSK) and 50
mm. flange. Wrap insulation tightly on duct and
firmly butt all joints with 50 mm. flange overlap
on circumferential joints. Adhere to duct with 2/3
coverage of approved adhesive applied in 100
mm. wide bands, 200 mm. on centers. Seal all
joints and seams with minimum 75 mm. wide FSK
tape applied with same adhesive. Additionally,
support insulation on the bottom side of
rectangular ducts over 900 mm. wide with a single
row of weld pins and speed washers. Clip off pins
flush with facing and seal all pin punctures and
breaks in vapor barrier with FSK tape and
adhesive. Apply a 200 g./m2 canvas cover over
the entire system adhered between two coats of
approved fungicidal protective fire resistant
lagging adhesive.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-132
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Concealed rectangular and
round air conditioning supply
ducts and return ducts on all
floors except Mechanical
Equipment Rooms and where
exposed
Same as above.
All low pressure supply air
ductwork, both upstream and
downstream of VAV boxes
and fan-powered boxes where
concealed
Same as above.
NOTE:
All supply air ductwork and return air ductwork shall be insulated in its
entirety, except where internal acoustic lining is provided.
All exhaust air ducts
Uninsulated except where internal acoustic
treatment is required by the drawings or
specifications.
Kitchen hood exhaust ducts
and
fans,
from
hood
connection
to
system
discharge at exterior wall or
roof opening.
2 layers of 25 mm. thick asbestos-free, calcium
silicate block insulation. Apply blocks to ducts
with edges tightly butted, joints of adjacent layers
are to be staggered and secured with 2 mm. gauge
galvanized, annealed steel wire, or 15 mm. x 4.0
mm. galvanized steel bands on 300 mm. centers
maximum. Point all joints on each layer with
insulating cement. Anchor wires or bands to studs
welded to duct. For concealed and exposed ducts,
stretch 25 mm. hexagonal galvanized, wire mesh
over block insulation, with edges of mesh tied
together and secured to weld studs. Reinforce all
corners with corner bead secured to attachment
wires and wire mesh. Finish with a 25 mm. thick
coat of insulating cement troweled to a smooth,
hard finish.
2.
All vapor barriers shall be completely sealed against moisture
penetration.
3.
Wherever external duct insulation is specified and internal
acoustic treatment of equivalent insulating effect is also required
(by drawings or specifications) for the same location, the
external insulation may be omitted.
4.
All duct sleeves and openings penetrating floor slabs, partitions,
walls, etc., shall be packed for full depth of penetration with
approved fire resistive material and sealed with nonhardening
mastic.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-133
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
I.
Equipment Insulation
1.
Material and Finishes
Air Conditioning Axial
Flow Return Fans
50 mm. thick, 100 kg./cu.m. density,
fiber glass, rigid insulation board with
white Kraft, fiber glass reinforced,
aluminum foil laminate, All-Service
Jacket (ASJ). Adhere to duct with weld
pins and speed washers spaced on 300
mm. centers maximum. Pins spaced not
more than 75 mm. from insulation joints
and from corners of duct. Minimum of
two rows of pins per side of duct. Seal
all joints with 100 mm. wide ASJ butt
strips adhered with approved adhesive.
Seal all punctures and pin penetrations
with approved vapor barrier coating.
Where stiffening angles are larger than
50 mm., insulation thickness shall match
size of angle.
Chillers, Chilled
Water and Heat Recovery Water
Expansion Tanks
50 mm. thick, 100 kg./cu.m. density,
rigid board fiber glass insulation with
ASJ. Cut, score and miter insulation to
fit contour of equipment and secure with
weld pins and speed washers on 300 mm.
centers maximum. Pins shall not be
more than 75 mm. from insulation joints
or corners. Seal all joints with 100 mm.
wide ASJ strips adhered with approved
adhesive. Entire insulation jacket shall
be sealed to maintain vapor barrier, see
“Removable Head Insulation”
Chilled Water Pumps
50 mm. thick, 50 k.g/cu.m. density,
unfaced Fiberglas rigid board insulation
applied to the inside of 1.0 mm. thick
aluminum sheet metal housing with
approved adhesive and secured with
weld pins and speed washers. Details as
described
herein
below
under
"Removable Head Insulation".
2.
Weld pins shall be clipped flush to insulation surface. On cold
service equipment, pin penetration shall be sealed with vapor
barrier coating.
3.
Removable Head Insulation: Removable insulation jackets shall
be provided for all equipment such as chillers, chilled water, etc.,
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-134
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
and all other equipment which requires access to internal parts
for servicing and maintenance. The removable insulated covers
shall consist of an appropriately shaped, 1.31 mm. thick
aluminum sheet metal housing lined with 50 kg/cu.m. density
fiber glass insulation board. The insulation shall be carefully cut
to fit contour of the inside of the housing and shall be adhered to
the sheet metal with adhesive weld pins, speed washers and
adhesive. All seams and joints in the sheet metal shall be
soldered, or welded to form a vapor-tight enclosure. The
enclosure shall be split and flanged so that removal of the
insulated housing shall permit convenient access to seals,
bearings and casing. A bolted and gasketed flanged joint shall
be provided for convenient removal. Lifting eyes or handles
shall be furnished to facilitate removal. A soft seal shall be
installed at point of shaft entry into the insulated enclosure.
Submit details of removable, insulated enclosures prior to
proceeding with their assembly.
2.37
FOUNDATIONS, VIBRATION ISOLATION
INCORPORATING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A.
All equipment, piping, etc., shall be mounted on or suspended from
approved foundations and supports, all as specified herein, as shown on
the drawings, or as required.
B.
All equipment, whether isolated or not, shall be bolted to structure to
allow for minimum 0.5 “g” of acceleration. Bolt points and diameter of
inserts shall be submitted and verified as part of the Subcontractor's
submission for each piece of equipment and certified by a licensed Civil
or Structural Engineer.
1.
2.
Seismically restrain all piping and ductwork with center bracing
or Type II restraining system in accordance with SMACNA
guidelines to comply with 1997 Uniform Building Code (UBC)
as outlined below:
a.
Piping to be braced at 12 m. intervals and at turns of
more than 4 feet.
b.
Ductwork to be braced every 9 m. and at every turn and
duct run ends.
c.
Piping to be restrained as per 1997 UBC.
d.
Ductwork to be restrained as per 1997 UBC.
Seismic restraints are not required for the following:
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Gas piping less than 25 mm. internal diameter.
15000-135
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b.
Piping in Mechanical Equipment Rooms that is less than
30 mm. internal diameter.
c.
All other piping and electrical conduit less than 60 mm.
internal diameter.
d.
All rectangular ducts less than 0.50 sq./m. in crosssectional area.
e.
All round ducts less than 700 mm. in diameter.
f.
All piping suspended by individual hangers 250 mm. in
length or less from the top of the pipe to the bottom of
the structural support for the hanger.
g.
All ducts suspended by hangers 250 mm. or less in
length from the top of the duct to the bottom of the
structural support for the hanger.
3.
Chimneys and stacks passing through floors are to be bolted at
each floor level or secured above and below each floor with riser
clamps.
4.
Chimneys and stacks running horizontally to be braced every 9
m. with Type II restraining system.
5.
Where base anchoring is insufficient to resist seismic forces,
supplementary restraining such as Seismic Restraint System
Type II shall be used above system's center of gravity to suitably
resist "g" force levels. Vertically mounted tanks may require this
additional restraint.
6.
For overhead supported equipment, overstress of the building
structure must not occur. Bracing can occur from:
a.
Flanges of structural beams.
b.
Upper or lower truss chords in bar joist construction at
the panel points.
c.
Cast-in-place inserts or drilled and shielded inserts in
concrete structures.
7.
All structurally suspended overhead equipment isolated or
unisolated shall be four-point independently braced with Type II
seismic restraining system.
8.
Install Seismic Restraining System Type II: Taut for overhead
suspended unisolated equipment, piping or ductwork, and slack
with 12 mm. cable deflection for isolated systems.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-136
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
C.
All concrete foundations and supports and required reinforcing therefor
shall be furnished and installed under another Contract. However, this
Subcontractor shall furnish shop drawings showing adequate concrete
reinforcing steel details and templates for all concrete foundations and
supports, and all required hanger bolts and other appurtenances necessary
for the proper installation of his equipment. Although the Contractor
shall complete all concrete work, all such work shall be shown in detail
on the shop drawings, prepared by this Subcontractor, which drawings
shall be submitted to the Consulting Engineer showing the complete
details of all foundations including necessary concrete and steel work,
vibration isolation devices, seismic restraints, etc.
D.
All floor-mounted equipment shall be erected on 100 mm. high concrete
pads over the complete floor area of the equipment unless specified to
the contrary herein. Wherever hereinafter vibration eliminating devices
and/or concrete inertia blocks are specified, these items shall, in all cases,
be in turn mounted upon 4 inch high concrete pads unless specified to the
contrary herein.
E.
The vibration isolation systems shall be guaranteed to have the deflection
indicated on the schedule on the drawings. Mounting systems and
components of the isolation mounting shall not be resonant with any of
the forcing frequencies of supported equipment or piping. Mounting
sizes shall be determined by the mounting manufacturer, and the sizes
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
F.
All mounting systems including seismic restraints exposed to weather
and other corrosive environments shall be protected with factory
corrosion resistance. All metal parts of mountings (except springs and
hardware) to be hot dip galvanized. Springs shall be cadmium plated and
neoprene coated. Nuts and bolts shall be cadmium plated.
G.
Where supplementary steel is required to support piping, the
supplementary steel shall be designed to provide a maximum deflection
of 2.0 mm. at the midspan under the supported load. The piping shall be
rigidly supported from the supplementary steel and the supplementary
steel isolated from the building structure by means of isolators as
described in paragraphs entitled "Support of Piping.”
H.
Where steel spring isolation systems are described in the following
specifications, the mounting assemblies shall utilize bare springs with the
spring diameter not less than 0.8 of the loaded operating height of the
spring. Each spring isolator shall be designed and installed so that the
ends of the spring remain parallel. The spring specified minimum
deflection from loaded operating height shall be 50% of the rated
deflection. The maximum motion of any resiliently supported equipment
at startup or shutdown shall be 8 mm. Approved lateral restraints shall
be provided as required to limit motions in excess of 8 mm.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-137
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
I.
J.
Where neoprene-in-shear isolation systems are described in the following
specifications, the mounting assemblies shall utilize bare neoprene
elements with unit type design molded in oil resistant neoprene. The
neoprene shall be compounded to meet the following:
1.
Not greater than 70 durometer.
2.
Minimum tensile strength of 13,800 kPa.
3.
Minimum elongation of 300%.
4.
Maximum compression at 25% of original deflection.
Vibration isolation equipment submittal drawings shall include the
following information:
1.
Isolation mounting deflections.
2.
Spring diameters, compressed spring heights at rated load; solid
spring heights, where steel spring isolation mountings are used.
3.
Equipment operating speed.
4.
Maximum motion at fan flexible connections.
5.
Drawings, as required, to show the number and location of
seismic restraints for each equipment, specific details of
restraints, including anchor bolts for mountings and maximum
load (static plus dynamic) expected at each restraint or snubbing
device and showing that fastening devices for the seismic
restraints are capable of maintaining equipment in a captive
position when subjected to external forces of 0.5 “g” in any
direction.
K.
During equipment installation, floor supported spring isolation bases
shall be set on 50 mm. high spacers between the isolation base and the
housekeeping pad. After all connections (pipe, dust, and conduit), have
been made to the equipment and the system filled, the normal operating
equipment load shall be removed without change of equipment elevation
or transfer of stress to the equipment.
L.
Mountings incorporating vertical limit stops shall be furnished and
installed with 8 mm. spacers. The mounting shall serve as blocking
during installation. Mountings shall be adjusted and spacers removed
after equipment achieves normal operating loads.
M.
Each seismic restraint, snubbing device or isolation mounting
incorporating seismic restraint shall be installed and/or adjusted to
provide the minimum operating clearance in all directions to permit the
operation of the equipment without objectionable noise or vibration to
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-138
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
any part of the building structure. The operating clearance for equipment
seismic restraints shall not be greater than 8 mm.
N.
Equipment seismic restraints or snubbing devices and vibration isolation
systems mounting shall be the product of one manufacturer. The
following vibration control manufacturers shall be approved provided
mounting systems are in strict accordance with the design intent as
specified herein:
Mason Industries, Inc., Hauppauge, NY
Amber Booth, Houston, TX
O.
Floor Mounting of Centrifugal Fans - Mounting Type I
1.
Each such fan and driving motor shall be mounted on an integral
one-piece structural base, reinforced as necessary, to prevent
flexure of the base at startup and during operation of the fan.
The unitized structural mounting base for the fan and motor shall
include motor slide rails. The structural frame shall be drilled
and tapped to receive the fan and motor so that the frame shall
act as a template.
2.
The structural steel integral base shall be supported on steel
spring mountings. These mountings shall be positioned in
accordance with the weight distribution to ensure adequate
deflection and vibration isolation. Housing or snubbing devices
shall not be used to contain the isolator springs.
3.
Isolator types shall be the following or as approved:
Type SLF
4.
P.
-
M.I.I.
Mounting system shall incorporate seismic restraint Type I.
Floor Mounting of Centrifugal Fans - Mounting Type II
1.
Each such fan and motor shall be mounted on a reinforced spring
supported concrete foundation. The foundation shall be poured
within structural perimeter frame set on roofing paper. The
structural perimeter frame, complete with motor slide rails,
height saving spring mounting brackets, springs and equipment
anchor bolt templates shall be provided by the vibration isolation
control vendor. Spring supports shall be located under the
brackets and shall incorporate a neoprene acoustical pad and
leveling adjustment to raise the entire isolation base 50 mm.
above the foundation pad.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-139
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
Motor Size
Minimum Inertia Block
Thickness Required
Up to 37 kw
45 to 55 kw
75 kw and greater
200 mm.
250 mm.
300 mm.
3.
Mounting assemblies shall be the following or as approved:
Structural Steel
Perimeter Form
Wood Perimeter Form
Type KSL
Type KIPWF
4.
Q.
Reinforced concrete inertia base thickness shall be in accordance
with the following schedule:
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Floor Mounting of Fans - Mounting Type III
1.
This equipment shall be mounted exactly as described under
Mounting Type I, except that mountings shall be neoprene-inshear and the following, or as approved:
Type ND
2.
R.
-
M.I.I.
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Mounting of Factory Assembled Fans,
Tubular Fans and Belted Vent Sets - Mounting Type IV
1.
Each such equipment shall be mounted on neoprene-in-shear
isolators. Mountings shall be the following, or as approved:
Type ND
2.
S.
- M.I.I.
-
M.I.I.
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Mounting of Factory Assembled Fans - Mounting Type V
1.
This equipment shall be mounted directly on stable bare steel
spring isolators, except that where the units to be mounted are
furnished with internal structural frames and external lugs (both
of suitable strength and rigidity), or without any severe
overhangs, no additional structural frame need be furnished and
installed beneath the unit. In any event, the motor shall be
integrally mounted to the unit and shall be mounted on slide
rails.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-140
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
Isolator mounting types shall be the following, or as approved:
Type SLF
3.
T.
-
M.I.I.
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Mounting of Ceiling Supported Factory
Assembled Fans, Axial Flow Fans, Tubular
Fans and Belted Vent Sets - Mounting Type VI
1.
All such units shall be hung by means of vibration isolation
hangers consisting of a steel housing or retainer incorporating a
steel spring and neoprene isolators.
2.
If the equipment to be mounted is not furnished with integral
structural frames and external mounting lugs (both of suitable
strength and rigidity), approved structural sub-base shall be
installed in the field, which shall support the equipment to be
hung and to which shall be attached the hangers.
All such equipment shall be supported by a rigid structural frame
from the structure above to capture the equipment laterally under
seismic forces.
3.
Isolators shall be the following, or as approved:
Type DNHS
U.
-
M.I.I.
4.
Resilient diagonal restraining isolators shall be provided as
required to limit horizontal motion to 8 mm. maximum under fan
operating conditions.
5.
Seismic Restraints Type II shall be provided to hold captive the
equipment for lateral movements.
Mounting of Ceiling Supported Factory
Assembled Fans, Axial Flow Fans, Tubular
Fans and Belted Vent Sets - Mounting Type VII
1.
This equipment shall be mounted exactly as described under
Mounting Type VI except that mountings shall be the following,
or as approved:
Type HD
-
M.I.I.
2.
Resilient diagonal restraining isolators shall be provided as
required to limit horizontal motion to 8 mm. maximum under fan
operating conditions.
3.
Seismic Restraints Type II shall be provided to hold captive the
equipment for lateral movements.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-141
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
V.
Mounting of Centrifugal Pumps (Greater than 2.2 kw) - Mounting Type VIII
1.
Each pump with its driving motor shall be bolted and grouted to
a spring supported concrete inertia base reinforced as required.
2.
Each concrete base (rectangular or "T" shape for horizontally
split pumps) shall include supports and base elbows for the
suction and discharge connections. Base elbows shall be bolted
and grouted to the concrete foundation.
3.
Reinforced concrete inertia base thickness shall be in accordance
with the following schedule:
Motor Size
Minimum Inertia Block
Thickness Required
4.0 kw to 11 kw
18.5 kw to 37 kw
45 kw to 75 kw
Greater than 75 kw
150 mm.
200 mm.
250 mm.
300 mm.
4.
The spring supported reinforced concrete inertia foundation shall
be poured within structural perimeter frame of the required
thickness indicated in the above schedule. The structural
perimeter frame shall be equipped with height saving brackets
and stable bare spring isolators having spring diameters no less
than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load.
The mountings shall provide minimum static deflection of 25
mm. The structural perimeter frame, mounting templates,
reinforcing bars, height saving brackets and spring system shall
be provided as an assembly by vibration control vendor. There
shall be a minimum of 50 mm. operating clearance between the
pump inertia base and the foundation pad.
5.
Vertical piping loads including water, strainers, and valves
between the pump base elbow supports and the suction and
discharge header piping shall be supported by the pump base
spring isolators without stress or strain to the pump casing.
6.
Provide suitable and adequate space between suction and
discharge valves and the pump to permit the future installation of
flexible stainless steel braided metal hose connectors capable of
accepting the operating working pressures with a burst pressure
of not less than four times the operating pressure.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-142
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
7.
8.
W.
Mounting assemblies shall be the following, or as approved:
Structural Steel
Perimeter Form
Wood Perimeter Form
Type KSL
Type KIPWF
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Mounting of Centrifugal Pumps (2.2 kw or less) - Mounting Type IX
1.
Pumps 2.2 kw or less shall be bolted and grouted to rubber-inshear supported reinforced concrete inertia blocks that are a
minimum of 150 mm. thick. Rubber-in-shear isolators shall
provide a minimum static deflection of 10 mm. and shall be
protected against corrosion.
2.
Mountings shall be the following, or as approved:
Type ND
X.
- M.I.I.
3.
Provide base elbow supports and structural perimeter frames and
reinforcement as described for Mounting Type VIII.
4.
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Mounting of Refrigeration Machines, Mounting Type X
1.
Each refrigeration machine (cooler, condenser, compressor and
motor) shall be installed on an integral one-piece steel rigid
structural frame which shall be installed on spring supported
mountings. Each spring mounting shall be bare and stable and
shall provide a minimum static deflection of 25 mm. All spring
mountings shall provide a leveling device, neoprene acoustical
pad and built-in vertical stop to prevent spring extension when
equipment is removed from the base or drained. Mountings shall
be the following, or as approved:
Type SLR
2.
Y.
- M.I.I.
-
M.I.I.
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Mounting of Miscellaneous
Packaged Chilled Water Units - Mounting Type XI
1.
Resiliently floor support units on the following, or as approved,
mountings providing a minimum static deflection of 10 mm.:
Type ND
2.
- M.I.I.
Resiliently suspend units with the following, or as approved,
mounting types providing a minimum static deflection of 10 mm.
Type HD
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
- M.I.I.
15000-143
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Z.
Support of Piping and Diesel Exhaust Flue Piping - Mounting Type XII
1.
The following water piping, fuel oil piping and diesel exhaust
flue piping shall be resiliently supported:
a.
All piping and diesel exhaust flue piping in Equipment
Rooms.
b.
Piping and diesel exhaust flue piping within 20 m. of
connected rotating equipment.
c.
All piping and diesel exhaust flue piping where exposed
on the roof.
2.
All other piping shall be rigidly supported and provided with
approved seismic restraints to maintain the piping in a captive
attitude without excessive motion.
3.
All piping seismic restraints shall be installed with a maximum
spacing conforming to the hanger rod spacing schedule as
hereinbefore specified, or as required to limit transmitted forces
to the building structure to acceptable limits.
4.
Resilient diagonal mountings or other approved devices shall be
provided as required to limit piping motion due to equipment
startup or shutdown, to a maximum of 8 mm.
5.
Isolators for water piping and fuel oil shall be resiliently spring
and neoprene supported with mountings providing a minimum
static deflection of 30 mm.
6.
Isolators for all other piping and diesel exhaust flue piping shall
be supported by means of neoprene-in-shear mountings
providing a minimum static deflection of 10 mm.
7.
Where supplementary steel is required to support piping, the
supplementary steel shall be sized so that maximum deflection
between supports does not exceed 2 mm. and shall be resiliently
supported from the building structure with mountings as
described in the preceding two paragraphs. Supported piping
from the supplementary steel shall be rigidly supported.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-144
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
8.
Positioning type hanger rod isolators shall be provided for diesel
exhaust flue piping and for all piping greater than 300 mm.
diameter and all supplementary steel supports. Positioning type
hanger rod isolators shall be the following, or as approved:
Type PDNHS - M.I.I.
9.
All other water piping and fuel oil piping hanger rod isolators
shall be the following, or as approved:
Type DNHS
10.
Floor supported water piping and fuel oil piping shall be
mounted on the following, or as approved:
Type SSLR
AA.
- M.I.I.
- M.I.I.
Piping and Diesel Exhaust Flue Anchors,
Guides and Supports - Mounting Type XIII
1.
Pipe and diesel exhaust flue guides, anchors and supports in all
risers, and piping anchors in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or
occupied spaces shall be isolated from the building structure
such that there shall be no direct metal-to-metal contact of the
piping and the diesel exhaust fluewith the building structure.
2.
Piping and Diesel Exhaust Flue Guides
a.
Steel guides shall be welded to the pipe at a maximum
spacing of 60 degrees. The outside diameter of the
opposing guide bars shall be smaller than the inside
diameter of the pipe riser clamp in accordance with
standard field construction practice. Each end of the
pipe anchor shall be rigidly attached to an all-directional
pipe anchor isolation mounting, which in turn shall be
rigidly fastened to the steel framing within the shaft, in
an approved manner.
b.
The all-directional pipe anchor isolation mountings shall
consist of a telescoping arrangement of two sizes of steel
tubing separated by a minimum of 12 mm. thick heavy
duty neoprene and canvas duck isolation pad. Vertical
restraints shall be provided by similar material arranged
to prevent vertical travel in either direction. The
allowable load on the isolation material shall not exceed
3,445 kPa.
c.
Mountings shall be Type ADA - M.I.I., or as approved.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-145
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
3.
4.
Low temperature and high temperature piping guides
shall be constructed with a 360 degrees, 3.4 mm. metal
sleeve around the piping. The thermal insulation
requirements for the piping shall be provided between
the piping and the sleeve. Heavy duty neoprene and
canvas duck isolation pad of thickness equal to thermal
insulation requirements shall space the metal sleeve
away from the piping with urethane or other suitable
thermal insulation provided in the voids between the
pipe sleeve and isolation pad material. The metal sleeve
outside diameter shall be smaller than the pipe riser
clamp inside diameter in accordance with field
construction practice. The pipe riser clamp shall be
rigidly attached to the steel framing within the shaft.
Anchors
a.
The pipe riser clamp at anchor points shall be welded to
the pipe and to pairs of vertical acoustical pipe anchor
mountings which in turn, shall be rigidly fastened to the
steel framing in the pipe shaft.
b.
The acoustical pipe anchor mountings shall be capable
of safely accepting loads developed by the installed
piping and shall consist of a bolted assembly of steel
plates with laminations of 12 mm. thick heavy duty
neoprene and canvas duck isolation material. A heat
shield shall be provided as required. The isolation
material loading shall not exceed 3,445 kPa.
c.
Acoustical pipe anchor mountings shall be Type VPA Mason Industries, Inc., or as approved.
Supports
a.
Piping supports within shafts shall be provided with
suitable bearing plates and two layers of 8 mm. thick
ribbed or waffled neoprene pad loaded for 345 kPa
maximum. The isolation pads shall be separated with 8
mm. steel plate.
b.
The isolation pads shall be the following, or as
approved:
Type W
c.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
-
M.I.I.
Piping isolation supports at the base of risers shall be
two layers of 12 mm. thick heavy duty neoprene and
canvas duck isolation pad separated by 8 mm. thick steel
15000-146
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
plate. Suitable bearing plates sized to provide a pad
loading of 3,445 kPa maximum shall be provided. The
stanchion between the pipe and isolation support shall be
welded to the pipe and welded or bolted to the isolation
support. The isolation support shall be bolted to the
floor slab with resilient sleeves and washers.
d.
5.
BB.
CC.
All pipe support resilient materials shall be Type HL M.I.I., or as approved.
Piping Penetrations of Shafts, Floor Slab and/or Partitions:
There shall be no direct contact of piping with shaft walls, floor
slabs and/or partition. All uninsulated piping shall be sleeved
with one inch fiber glass the full depth of the penetration.
Mounting of Control Air Compressor - Mounting Type XIV
1.
This equipment shall be mounted as described for Mounting
Type VIII.
2.
Mounting system shall incorporate Seismic Restraint Type I.
Air Compressor Flexible Connectors - Mounting Type XV
1.
Flexible stainless steel metal pipe connectors shall be installed in
two planes 90 degrees to each other in the discharge piping from
the compressor. Flexible connectors shall have a minimum burst
pressure of four times the operating pressure. Pipe sizes through
50 mm. i.d. shall be furnished with hex male nipple fittings and
pipe sizes 60 mm. i.d. and larger shall be furnished with fixed
steel flanges both sides. Connectors shall be the following, or as
approved:
Type BSS
DD.
- M.I.I.
Mounting of Cooling Tower - Mounting Type XVI
1.
Each cooling tower shall be resiliently isolated from the building
structure by means of bare, stable spring isolators provided
between suitable framed grillage and dunnage steel. Spring
mounting design shall incorporate a leveling device, neoprene
acoustical pad, vertical limit stops to prevent elongation when
water is removed from the basin and lateral restraints to safely
accept a shear load of two times the supported load without
failure. Spring mountings shall provide a minimum static
deflection of 100 mm. and shall be adjusted to operate freely
with a minimum operating clearance of 12 mm. in all directions.
All mountings shall be hot dip galvanized (or other approved
corrosion protection). Mountings shall provide seismic restraint
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-147
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
in all directions. Mountings shall be capable of withstanding 45
m/s wind loads without failure.
2.
The mountings shall serve as blocking during the erection of the
towers. After the tower basins have been filled with water, the
Subcontractor shall adjust spring mountings to carry the tower
and water load resiliently.
3.
Mountings shall be the following, or as approved:
Type SSLR
EE.
2.38
- M.I.I.
Mounting of Emergency Generator - Mounting Type XVII: Each unit
shall be installed on spring supported mountings. Each spring mounting
shall be bare and stable and shall provide a minimum static deflection of
25 mm. All spring mountings shall incorporate a leveling device,
neoprene acoustical pad and built-in vertical stop to prevent spring
extension when equipment is removed from the base or cooler and
condensers drained.
Spring mountings shall be Type SLR as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc., Type KW as manufactured by
Vibration Eliminator, or as approved.
SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A.
All seismic restraints shall be capable of safely accepting one-half "g"
external forces without failure and shall maintain all equipment, piping,
ductwork, etc., in a captive position. Seismic restraints shall not short
circuit isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or noise, and
shall be provided on all equipment as scheduled on drawings.
Calculations by registered Civil or Structural Engineer shall be submitted
to verify snubber capacities for each piece of equipment.
B.
Equipment mounted on springs does not require additional seismic
restraints providing that the spring mountings:
1.
Comply with general characteristics of spring isolators.
2.
Have vertical limit stops and are capable of supporting
equipment at fixed elevation during equipment erection.
3.
Incorporate seismic snubbing restraint in all directions at
specified acceleration loadings.
4.
Acceptable seismic spring mountings are:
Type SSLR
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
-
15000-148
M.I.I.
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
C.
Seismic Restraint Types
1.
2.
Seismic Restraint Type I
a.
Each corner or side seismic restraint shall incorporate
minimum 16 mm. thick pad limit stops. Restraints shall
be made of plate, structural members or square metal
tubing in a welded assembly, incorporating resilient
pads. Angle bumpers are not acceptable. System to be
field bolted to deck with 1 g acceleration capacity.
b.
Seismic spring mountings as described above are an
acceptable alternative providing all seismic loading
requirements are met.
c.
Mason Industries Type Z-1011, Type Z-1225, or as
approved.
Seismic Restraint Type II: Metal cable type with approved end
fastening devices to equipment and structure. System to be field
bolted to deck or overhead structural members or deck with
aircraft cable and clamps as per SMACNA guidelines.
D.
Furnish and install as shown, or as approved, all necessary supports for
equipment furnished under this Section. To meet the varying conditions
in each case, these supports shall consist of pipestands, steel angle or
strap hangers, saddles, brackets, etc., as shown, or as approved. All such
supports shall have substantial flanges bolted to floor construction;
hangers shall be supported from the framing as described hereinabove.
Supports shall be properly located with reference to any supporting pads,
legs, etc., of the equipment carried and must be of such number and so
distributed as not to bring any undue strains to the equipment. All details
shall be as approved.
E.
Provide suitable brackets, pipestands, piers or other supports for all
various float traps, receivers, etc. Also provide suitable supports for all
tempering stacks, air filters, mixing and control dampers, etc., securely
clamped to steel beams, column or bearing walls. All details of this
work shall be as shown on the drawings, or as approved.
F.
Guarantee that the work, as installed under this Section of the
Specifications, shall not result in the transmission of objectionable noise
or vibration to any occupied parts of the building, and take full
responsibility for any necessary modifications of this equipment, or of
the foundations and supports for the same, necessary to secure this result.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-149
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.39
WORK IN CONNECTION WITH EMERGENCY
GENERATOR AND FUEL OIL SYSTEM
A.
Emergency generator and diesel fire pump, flexible connectors and
silencers shall be provided under the Electrical Section and Plumbing
Section of the Specifications, respectively. The work to be performed
under this Section shall include all work associated with the installation
monoxide exhaust system, flexible connectors, generator silencers, the
fuel oil system, including all piping, valves and pipe specialties, tank,
and tank accessories, the ventilation air system, automatic dampers, etc.
as shown on drawings and specified.
B.
All products specified herein shall be manufactured by one of the
approved manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”
C.
Exhaust flue piping shall be attached to the building structure in such a
manner as to prevent any vibrations from the generator being transmitted
to the building and to allow for the thermal growth of the generator
silencer and the flue pipe without exerting any forces due to such thermal
movement on the building structure. Submit method of supporting the
silencer and flue piping which shall be as recommended by the generator
manufacturer. Submit weights and reactions of the silencers and flue
piping for review by the Structural Engineers.
D.
The exhaust flexible connection(s), exhaust silencer(s), and exhaust
piping arrangement shall be installed in accordance with the successful
engine/generator and fire pump manufacturer's installation drawings.
The engine-generator manufacturer shall furnish a detailed piping
installation drawing. If, as a result of a different arrangement of pipe
sizes, equipment, sizes and/or quantities of engine-generator sets or fire
pump made by the successful engine-generator or fire pump
manufacturer, there are any additional costs incurred, all changes
required shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
E.
Engine exhaust piping and silencers shall be insulated in its entirety and
protected from the weather in accordance with Article entitled
"Insulation".
F.
Subcontractor shall provide sufficient fuel oil for the initial testing and
starting up of the emergency generator.
G.
Fuel Oil Storage Tanks
1.
Provide two (2) all welded horizontal fuel oil main storage tanks,
each having a capacity of 37,850 liters, and one (1) all-welded
horizontal fuel oil storage day tank having a capacity of 1,040
liters, suitable for installation inside the building. Tank shall be
constructed of not less than 7 mm. thick Class A steel, in strict
accordance with Underwriters Laboratories specification. All
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-150
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
heads and shell rings shall be of 8mm. thick one-plate
construction. Tanks 1,850 mm. to 3,050 mm. in diameter shall
have 8 mm. thick shell rings and 10 mm. thick heads, tanks
larger than 3,050 mm. in diameter shall have 10 mm. thick shells
and heads and angle ring stiffening. Plates shall be gauged and
inspected by a UL representative before fabrication.
2.
Each tank shall be lap welded continuously on the outside, and
may be tack welded on the inside in accordance with UL
specifications for same. Prior to painting, tank shall be pressure
tested against leakage of not less than 35 kPa nor more than 50
kPa.
3.
Each tank shall be furnished with suitable saddles welded to the
tank designed to continuously support the tank along the full
length of the saddle base.
4.
Both the interior and exterior surfaces of tank(s) shall be sand
blasted after fabrication to remove rust and scale to a near white
blast in accordance with Specification SSPC-SP10 prior to
factory applying paint. Tank(s) shall be internally coated with
one coat of epoxy primer to a dry film thickness of 1.5 mils with
two top coats of epoxy to a dry film thickness of 2.0 mils per
coat, cured under controlled conditions, and be suitable for use
with No. 2 fuel oil as intended. Coating shall be Carboline 187
system or as specified. Paint exterior of tank(s) and the
supporting frame(s) with two coats of red oxide paint, and
suitably prepare for final field finish painting.
5.
Provide tank(s) with 600 mm. diameter gasketed combination
hinged manhole cover and emergency vent, integral internal
ladder (painted in accordance with the above) and exterior ladder
extending from the top of the tank down to the floor. Furnish
each above ground tank with an exterior ladder with OSHA
approved safety cage. The exterior ladder shall terminate at the
top of tank to a continuous platform at the top of the tank. The
platform shall be constructed of galvanized grating and be
completely enclosed with OSHA approved safety railing.
Platform shall be such that all tappings into the top of the tank
are completely accessible from within the railed area. All piping
connection fittings, manways and covers and structural
accessories, including ladders, saddles, platforms, railings,
support frames, etc., shall be furnished complete by the tank
manufacturer.
6.
The main fuel oil storage tanks shall be furnished with fuel oil
level switches with dry contacts for remote alarm indication of
tank high level, low level, or extreme low level at the master fuel
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-151
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
oil system control cabinet. The day tank shall be furnished with
four level switches to provide the following functions:
7.
H.
a.
Extreme High Level: Alarms at emergency generator
control cabinet and via dry contact from the emergency
generator control cabinet alarms at the master fuel oil
control cabinet, closes fill solenoid valve to day tank.
b.
Normal Level: Closes solenoid fill valve and stops
pumps if the generator is off.
c.
Low Level: Opens solenoid fill valve and starts pumps
if not running.
d.
Extreme Low Level: Alarms at emergency generator
control cabinet and via dry contact from the emergency
generator control cabinet alarms at the master fuel oil
control cabinet.
Provide a competent, factory service representative for final
inspection of the fuel oil storage tank after installation is
complete to perform a thorough inspection of the fuel oil storage
tank(s), including all piping connections. Report deficiencies in
writing to the Engineer's Representative and the Consultant.
Tank Gauging System: Furnish a master fuel oil system control cabinet
to provide continuous indication of fuel oil level in each fuel oil tank,
manual fuel oil transfer pump control, fuel oil system alarm monitoring,
water level alarm and tank status. The fuel oil control cabinet shall be
free standing, constructed of 3 mm. steel continuous seam welded
construction. The cabinet shall have two (2) full length, fully gasketed
rear doors constructed of 2 mm. steel with 3 point latch and locking
handle and three (3) lifting eyebolts. All internal components shall be
mounted on removable perforated subplates. Cabinet finish shall be
prime coated and painted as follows: exterior: Chemical resistant
textured gray enamel; interior: white baked enamel; subplates: white
baked enamel. The cabinet shall be factory wired and tested. All cabinet
mounted devices shall be prewired to terminal strips for connection to
field mounted devices. Cabinet mounted devices and field mounted
devices shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1.
Cabinet-Mounted Devices
a.
Digital Tank Gauge/Leak Monitoring Instrument
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Leak monitoring instrument shall be a remote
reading microprocessor based tank gauge with
integral audible alarm and adjustable alarm set
points. Instrument shall be designed for use
with single or double wall and vaulted fuel oil
storage tanks with all grades of fuel oil. Visual
15000-152
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
display shall be 20 mm. digital characters with
Arabic messages for leak detection, tank
overfill, and low liquid level. Calibration shall
be non-volatile. Power interruption shall not
necessitate recalibration. Door-mounted devices
shall include tank volume content, alarm
displays, operational pushbutton and audible
alarms.
2.
a)
Instrument housing shall be 200 mm.
wide x 250 mm. high x 100 mm. deep.
Instrument shall provide 4-20 mA
output, indicating actual volumetric
quantity and relay contact (SPDT)
indicating alarm. Power requirement
shall be 240VAC.
b)
Digital tank gauge/leak monitoring
instrument shall be as manufactured by
Preferred Instrument, Model TG-EL-D3.
b.
One (1) programmable logic controller (PLC) as
manufactured by G.E. Fanuc or Engineer approved
equal.
c.
Two (2) pump-hand-off-auto selector switches.
d.
One (1) lead pump selector switch.
e.
All necessary alarm lights, alarm horn, lamp test
pushbutton, alarm silence pushbutton, 0-30 minute
(adjustable timer to reenergize the alarm horn after
actuation of the silence pushbutton, including circulation
alarm beacon light, indicating status lights, circuit
breakers, relays, motor starters, etc. to provide all
required control status and alarm functions as indicated
in Table "A".
Field-Mounted Devices
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Provide one (1) leak sensor each for the Diesel Fire
Pump Room, day tank basin, main fuel oil tank vault,
and Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room. Leak sensor shall be
intrinsically safe and shall be capable of detecting the
presence of oil or water. Sensor shall indicate either
water or oil detection and send a signal to the leak
monitoring instrument. Leak sensor shall contain a
magnetic test switch for manual testing. Sensor shall be
15000-153
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
water- and oil-tight. Leak sensors shall be equal to
Preferred Instruments Model HD-A1.
b.
Provide five (5) leak sensors for outer pipe containment.
Switch wiring shall be protected in a heavy duty cast
aluminum NEMA-4 watertight enclosure. Electrical
rating shall be 8 VA pilot duty. Switch action shall be
SPST N.C./N.O. Leak sensors shall be equal to
Preferred Instruments Model RBS.
c.
All leak sensors shall be intrinsically safe, have
continuous electronic checking, fail-safe to an alarm
condition and have indicating transmitters with test
switches to exercise the sensors and check the
instrument response. Test systems that bypass the
sensors or relay only on electronic simulation are
unacceptable.
d.
Water Detection: Provide and install a single point
capacitance level switch in each fuel oil tank to detect
presence of water. The assembly shall consist of an
integral mounting between a weighted TFE coated
flexible probe and a NEMA 4X enclosure. Probe length
shall be coordinated with tank size and shall be field
adjusted to alarm at a level of water 500 mm. above the
bottom of the fuel oil tank. Unit shall operate on a 240
VAC input.
TABLE "A"
Alarm No.
Alarm Description
1
2
3
4
5
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - High Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 2 - High Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 1 - Low Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 2 - Low Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 1 - Extreme
Low Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 2 - Extreme
Low Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank - Extreme High
Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank - Extreme Low Level
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1 - Malfunction
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2 - Malfunction
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 Supply/Return
Solenoid Valve Misaligned
6
7
8
9
10
11
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-154
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Alarm No.
Alarm Description
12
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 Supply/Return
Solenoid Valve Misaligned
Emergency Generator No. 1 - Supply
Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 1 - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 2 - Supply
Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 2 - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 3 - Supply
Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 3 - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Diesel Fire Pump Isolation Valve
Closed
Diesel Fire Pump Day Tank - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Firematic Valve Closed (Transfer Pump
Room)
Firematic Valve Closed (Generator
Room)
Firematic Valve Closed (Diesel Fire
Pump Room)
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1 - Inlet/Discharge
Valves Closed
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2 - Inlet/Discharge
Valves Closed
Fuel Oil System - Isolation Valves
Misaligned
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1 - Relief Valve
Actuation
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2 - Relief Valve
Actuation
Duplex Strainer - Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1
- High Differential
Duplex Strainer - Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2
- High Differential
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Base of Riser)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Pump Room) (Two Required)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Generator Room)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-155
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Alarm No.
Alarm Description
34
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Fire Pump Room)
Fill Sump - Tank High Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank Vault - Leak
Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room - Leak
Diesel Fire Pump Room - Leak
Fuel Oil Day Tank Basin - Leak
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - High Water
Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - High Water
Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank - High Water Level
PLC - Education Wing Roof (Emergency
Generator Room) - Malfunction
PLC - Basement (Fuel Oil Pump Room)
- Malfunction
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
3.
All alarms listed in Table "A" shall be retransmitted to the DDC
system via dry contact outputs originating from the master or
remote fuel oil system control cabinet PLC. Instantaneous tank
level readings shall also be monitored at the DDC system via
interface with the cabinet PLC via a N.O. bus protocol.
4.
In addition, each panel shall have pilot lights indicating each
alarm listed in Table "A", as well as a five (5) digit display of
each tank content level. The indicating lights shall be activated
from PLC digital outputs.
5.
Provide a remote fill alarm with both audible and visible alarms,
alarm silence and test push buttons, mounted in the wallmounted fill spill box enclosure. The audible alarm shall be a
100 mm. 90 dB bell which is automatically silenced after 90
seconds or immediately silenced after activation of the alarm
silence push button. There shall be a separate visual alarm for
each fuel oil storage tank. The visual alarm shall be a red
protruding lens which is visible in direct sunlight for 180º. The
visual alarm shall flash continuously until the fuel oil level goes
below the alarm set point.
6.
Furnish a remote fuel oil annunciator cabinet to provide the
identical control, monitoring and alarm function provided by the
master fuel oil system control cabinet. The remote fuel oil
annunciator cabinet shall be constructed identical to the master
fuel oil system control cabinet and contain the same components.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-156
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
I.
7.
The master fuel oil system control cabinet PLC and the remote
fuel oil annunciator cabinet PLC shall be interconnected via a
communications cable which shall be run in conduit.
8.
The master fuel oil system control cabinet shall be located in the
Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room. The remote fuel oil system
control cabinet shall be located in the Emergency Generator
Room.
Automatic Tank Selection System: Provide a PLC based automatic tank
selection system to provide automatic selection of the "in service" tank
from the two main tanks.
1.
2.
Panel-mounted components shall include:
a.
Two electronic tank gauges as hereinbefore specified.
b.
Three-position Tank Selector Switch for selection of
Tank 1, Tank 2, or Automatic Tank Selection.
c.
Lead Tank Selector Switch, to select Tank 1 or Tank 2,
to be used first.
d.
Logic to provide automatic selection of tank based on
tank level and to operate the multiport tank selector
valve in the supply and return lines to each tank.
e.
Audible and visual alarm of tank leak, tank high level,
tank low level and extreme low level.
f.
Relay contacts to operate the Tank Overfill Alarm Panel.
g.
Relay contacts to forward tank alarms to the building
automation system.
Tank Selection Sequence of Operation
a.
In the "Automatic Tank Selection" mode, the multiport
valve shall be positioned to open the supply and return
for the lead tank and close the supply and return to the
lag tank tank.
b.
Should the level of oil in the lead tank fall below the low
alarm set point, an alarm shall sound and the multiport
valve shall be repositioned for the lag tank.
c.
At no time shall all of the supply and return ports be
closed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-157
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
When both tanks are at the low level alarm set point or
below, a relay contact shall close and an alarm shall
sound.
e.
If tank selection is performed manually, the logic shall
provide overlap between tanks any time the tank
selection is changed to prevent operation without a
supply and return path for oil at all times.
f.
Logic shall continuously check that the supply and
return valves on the pumps are open. Should any valve
fail to maintain the correct position an alarm light shall
light and the alarm shall sound. Alarm contacts shall be
available for the connection of remote alarms.
J.
Fuel Oil Tank Accessories: Provide for each of the main fuel oil tanks, a
100 mm. “Preferred Utilities” Model No. 2-4, or as approved, lock-type
in-wall spill fill box, 60 mm. vent hood and 50 mm. stick gauge box of
approved type, see drawings for locations. Provide a 40 mm. vent hood
and 50 mm. stick gauge box of approved type for the fuel oil day tank.
Spill box shall be equipped with overfill alarms and level indication for
each tank. Fill connections for each tank shall be equipped with an
adaptor fitting with spring loaded check valve suitable for use with
"Kamvalok" type hose coupler.
K.
Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps: Fuel oil transfer pumps shall be as scheduled
and as shown on plans. The pump set shall be duplex, rotary screw,
positive displacement type (refer to Article "Duplex Fuel Oil Pumps").
Pump set shall be resiliently mounted on a substantial steel base,
prepiped with separate suction lines (flanged) and common discharge
line (flanged), and shall include but not be limited to the following:
Pressure gauges on suction (compound type on suction) and discharge,
relief valve on each pump discharge piped back to pump suction, ball
valves and duplex canister strainers on each pump suction and separate
ball valve and check valve on discharge of each pump. The pump set
shall be furnished with a completely prewired electrical control system
with all components including all required starters, surface mounted
Lead/Lag selector switches and Hand/Off/Auto switches for each pump,
indicator lights, control transformers, pressure interlocks, lead/lag
alternator, auxiliary contacts for remote start/stop, etc., all components
shall be installed within an approved NEMA type enclosure mounted on
the base.
L.
All horizontal fuel oil piping between the Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room
and the Generator Room, and the Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room and
Diesel Fire Pump Room, shall be run within welded black steel outer
piping and the entire installation covered with a two-hour fire rated
enclosure.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-158
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
M.
Central Fuel Oil Filtration and Dewatering System
1.
Furnish and install a factory assembled and tested system to
continuously filter and de-water the stored No. 2 diesel fuel,
monitor the integrity of the main fuel transfer pump set suction
piping, periodically test the flow control and fuel transfer
system, and automatic injection of fuel stabilizing additive. The
system shall filter and treat the contents of two (2) 37,850 liter
main storage tank(s). The entire contents of one main tank shall
be circulated every 16 hours of system operating time. The
integrity of the suction piping to the main fuel transfer pump and
the operation of the main fuel transfer set shall be checked at
least once every 24 hours. In addition, the fuel in the generator
supply manifold shall be circulated and exchanged regularly with
the treated and filtered oil from the main storage tanks.
a.
2.
Water removed from the fuel shall be stored in a
corrosion proof double wall container until disposal can
be arranged.
Fuel quality monitoring control and annunciation system shall be
integrated with the main oil transfer pump control system
contained in one NEMA 12 cabinet. The control system cabinet
shall contain (as a minimum) the following devices:
a.
A Programable Logic Controller (PLC) to control and
annunciation system functions as described herein to
monitor the performance of the fuel maintenance system
and to alert operating personnel of excessive fuel
contamination, loss of pump prime for the main transfer
systems, failure of the main transfer system to prove
flow daily, dirty filter cartridge, or filled water storage
reservoir.
Provide annunciator panel for remote
mounting to duplicate all status and alarm information.
b.
System main disconnect.
c.
Combination circuit breaker/motor starter for circulating
pump motor.
d.
Contactor for the water transfer pump.
e.
Selector switches for the following:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Hand/Off/Auto switch for the main circulating
pump.
2)
Auto/Off switch for the water transfer pump.
15000-159
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
f.
3)
Cycle duration selector switch.
4)
Auto/Off switch for the chemical additive pump.
Pushbuttons for the following:
1)
Fuel Maintenance Cycle Start Pushbutton.
2)
Fuel Maintenance Cycle Cancel Pushbutton.
3)
Lamp Test.
4)
Alarm Acknowledge.
5)
Alarm Silence.
g.
Alarm Horn.
h.
Indicating lights for:
i.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Circulating pump run.
2)
Additive pump run.
3)
Water removal pump run.
The following alarm points shall sound the alarm horn
and illuminate an alarm indicating light which shall
remain lit until the alarm is acknowledged and cleared:
1)
Failure during Flow Test.
2)
Excess Water in Fuel Alarm.
3)
Water Storage Tank Full Alarm.
4)
Strainer Dirty Alarm.
5)
Filter Dirty Alarm.
6)
Leakage into System Drip Pan Alarm.
7)
Leakage into Water Secondary Containment
Alarm.
8)
Loss of Flow, Filtration Cycle.
9)
Additive Tank Empty.
15000-160
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3.
j.
An automatic tank selection system as herein described
above shall be included to sequence the tank in service
based on individual tank level signals. The system shall
also rotate tanks for filtration and dewatering.
k.
The fuel monitoring and tank selection system shall be
fabricated as an integral part of the main fuel transfer
system and the controls described herein fully integrated
with the control system for the fuel transfer and supply
manifold flow management system.
All of the components shall be factory mounted on a 6 mm. thick
structural steel base with integral 150 mm. high steel
containment lip, seam welded to the steel base to form a leaktight pan. Base shall extend beyond any fitting, valve, pump or
strainer to assure that a fuel leak from any component, fitting, or
packing in the system shall be contained within the pan. The
same steel base and containment pan shall be used to support the
fuel transfer pumping and straining system described elsewhere
in this Specification.
a.
Furnish a liquid detector to provide an audible and visual
alarm should any liquid accumulate within the pan.
b.
The Subcontractor shall grout the base in place at time
of installation to minimize the generation of noise by the
pumps.
c.
Suction from the fuel maintenance system shall extend
to the lowest point of the storage tank(s) so that any
water accumulating from leakage, contaminated fuel
delivery, or condensation shall be drawn into the filter
and dewatering system.
A separate suction pipe
terminating approximately 150 mm. above the low point
of the tank shall be used as the inlet to the fuel oil
transfer pumps to eliminate the possibility of drawing
water or sediment into the engine fuel system.
d.
Fuel entering the maintenance system shall pass through
a suction line sized cast iron body duplex strainer with a
bronze plug type selector valve and 100 mesh stainless
steel wire cloth baskets to remove large particles and
foreign matter from the fuel. A single swing handle
shall make one basket active and isolate the other so that
the inactive basket may be inspected and cleaned
without shutting down the system. The unit shall be
rated for the system operating oil pressure.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-161
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
e.
f.
Fuel leaving the duplex strainer shall enter a sealed filter
and dewatering unit housed in a rugged, epoxy coated
steel enclosure with removable gasketed cover, and
fitted with an integral water containment sump and
electronic water detector.
1)
Fuel shall first pass through a turbine type water
separation unit to remove large water droplets
prior to passing through a resin impregnated
cellulose water coalescing element designed to
remove suspended water from the fuel. Water
removed by the separator and coalescing
element shall flow to the temporary water
holding sump.
2)
The moisture content of the exiting fuel shall br
reduced to less than 10 ppm.
3)
After the water removal stages, the fuel shall
pass through a polishing filter with a 96%
removal efficiency for particles larger than 2
microns.
4)
The water and solids removal elements shall be
field replaceable without special tools. The
filter unit enclosure shall be fitted with a
removable top cover and nitrile "O" ring seal.
The unit shall be supplied with all elements
installed and four complete sets of replacement
filter cartridges.
5)
A differential pressure indicator shall be
installed around the filter unit to provide a visual
indication of filter element condition.
A
differential pressure switch shall be installed to
provide an alarm when the filter elements
require replacement.
The fuel maintenance system shall be provided with an
oil circulating pump. The pump shall be capable of
pumping .65 l/s per hour of diesel fuel through the
filtration and dewatering system.
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Oil pump shall be positive displacement type
with cast iron body, precision milled and ground
ductile iron rotor and idler gear, self-adjusting
Buna-N mechanical ring seal, and ball bearing
drive shaft support coupled via flexible coupling
to a NEMA frame, three-phase, open dripproof
motor.
15000-162
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
Motor and pump shall be precision aligned and
mounted to a structural steel channel base, and
installed on the common baseplate via synthetic
rubber vibration isolators. Electrical and piping
connections shall be flexible to minimize noise
and vibration transmission into the building
system.
g.
Provide a relief valve for each pump piped to the
common return line back to the main tanks. Relief
valves shall be constructed with 20 bar bronze body,
adjustable spring and stainless steel ball sized to pass the
full flow of the pump without overloading the pump
drive motor.
h.
Provide flow sensors in the pump discharge to signal
failure of the system.
i.
All water removed from fuel shall be pumped
automatically from the filter housing sump to a holding
tank. A bronze body gear pump with carbon bushings,
stainless steel shafts, and Teflon mechanical seal shall be
furnished to pump water to the holding tank. Pump
capacity shall exceed the water removal rating of the
coalescing unit.
j.
1)
The water transfer pump shall be mounted and
piped with vibration isolators similar to those
utilized for the oil pumps.
2)
Provide an electrically operated valve between
the sump and the water transfer pump to prevent
leakage of water into the fuel, or fuel into the
water holding tank, when the system is idle.
Holding tank shall be centrifugally cast fiber glass
reinforced isophalic polyester resin and shall have a
capacity of not less than 75 liters. Tank shall be
equipped with a high level switch to sound an alarm,
light a light and shut down the fuel maintenance system
until the tank is emptied.
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The holding tank shall be fully enclosed in a
secondary containment vessel of equal
construction and furnished with a fill pipe for
connection to the fuel maintenance system, a
vent tapping, high level switch, and dip tube to
allow periodic withdrawal of the waste water for
disposal.
15000-163
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
k.
A welded steel chemical additive holding tank be sized
to hold a minimum of five years supply of fuel
stabilizing additive, as recommended for this installation
by the additive manufacturer.
1)
l.
m.
n.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Tank shall be manually filled with fuel stabilizer
additives every five years or whenever the main
tank(s) are refilled.
A positive displacement cast iron metering pump with
stainless steel trim, Teflon diaphragm and totally
enclosed 1/3 hp motor shall inject additive into the oil
while the oil is circulating in order to ensure complete
mixing.
1)
Output of pump shall be adjustable from 0% to
100% of capacity to trim the amount of additive
delivered during each operating cycle.
2)
Control system shall automatically operate the
metering pump during each filtration cycle to
maintain an effective level of fuel stabilizer in
the main tank(s).
Piping in the fuel oil fuel maintenance system shall be as
follows:
1)
Fuel piping shall be standard weight malleable
iron with screwed fittings.
2)
Water piping shall be copper with hard soldered
sweat fittings or threaded brass pipe and fittings.
3)
All other piping shall be suitable for the fluids
handled. Nonmetallic tubing or hose is not
permitted.
Furnish valves where shown on the drawings, and where
required for the operation of the system and to allow any
component to be removed without draining the entire
system.
1)
Shutoff valves shall be class 150 bronze body
ball valves with stainless steel balls and Teflon
seats.
2)
Check valves shall be "Y" construction, swing
type bronze body with regrindable metal to
metal seal.
15000-164
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
o.
Furnish liquid filled, 100 mm. diameter gauges, with
built-in pulsation dampener and stainless steel case at the
inlet and discharge of each filter or pump.
1)
Unless otherwise noted, all gauges for the fuel
maintenance system shall be compound type
with 100 kPa vacuum to 1.0 bar pressure range
to accommodate low operating pressures.
p.
Operation of the fuel maintenance system shall be
adjustable to coincide with the schedule of the operating
and maintenance staff of the facility, so that any alarm
conditions generated by the system may be
acknowledged and attended to at once.
q.
A solid-state water detector in the water sump of the
filter enclosure shall cause a solenoid to open and the
pump in the discharge of the water sump to operate,
transferring the accumulated water to the holding tank.
r.
If the water transfer pump cannot keep up with the
amount of water being removed, an alarm shall sound
and a light shall light indicating that this has occurred,
the oil circulating pumps shall shut down until the water
can be cleared from the sump. Water shall not be
returned from the system to the oil storage tank(s).
s.
The alarm light shall require a manual reset action to
extinguish so that the alarm shall remain visible until the
system returns to normal operation when the water is
cleared.
t.
To prevent fuel degradation, the additive feed pump
shall operate during circulating pump operation when
required to maintain an effective level of fuel stabilizer
in the fuel storage tank.
u.
If the integrity of the suction piping to the main transfer
pumps is proven, the day tank replenishment and level
management test shall begin. At the completion of the
test the PLC controller shall simulate a "generator run"
signal to call the main transfer pumps into operation
resulting in recirculation of fuel between the tank(s) and
the generator supply manifold so that the contents of the
manifold are replenished with clean fuel.
v.
A check timer shall start to verify fuel flow to the
generator supply manifold, if system has failed its flow
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-165
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
test cycle within the check time period an alarm shall
annunciate at the control panel.
w.
2.40
This test shall be automatically suspended if any alarm
conditions are logged during the preceding phases of the
fuel maintenance and system test cycle.
DUPLEX FUEL OIL PUMPS
A.
Provide, where shown on the drawings, fuel oil pumps. Pumps to be
complete with all equipment hereinafter specified, mounted, piped and
wired by Subcontractor in field on a steel stand ready for oil suction,
discharge and electrical connections. The unit shall be complete with the
following equipment:
1.
Pumps shall be positive displacement gear type units, suitable for
No. 2 fuel oil piping. Shop drawings must make a statement to
this fact. Fuel oil pump motors shall be 415 volt, 3 phase, 50
hertz, and shall operate at a maximum speed of 1800 rpm.
2.
One (1) screwed duplex strainer for the suction side of pump.
Strainers shall be similar to Preferred Instruments No. 50
standard cast iron body, or as approved. Strainer shall have onepiece cast iron body ASTM A-48-58, Class 30, hydrostatically
tested at 20 bar, and suitable for 15 bar service.
3.
Provide two (2) fuel oil pump relief valves, piped from the pump
discharge piping to the return pipe leading to the storage tanks.
Each valve shall be similar to Bailey No. 118, or as approved,
with an adjustable range of 5 to 15 bar, set at 7 bar. In addition,
provide two (2) 3-wire resistance temperature detectors to
monitor transfer pump relief valve temperature.
4.
Provide two (2) 40 mm. dial compound gauges to be placed on
suction and discharge sides of suction strainer (see drawings).
Each gauge shall be similar to Ashcroft, 2 bar and 100 kPa
vacuum, or as approved.
5.
Provide one (1) dial pressure gauge to be placed on discharge
side of pumps (see drawings). Gauge shall be similar to
Ashcroft, 0-20 bar, or as approved.
6.
Provide solenoid valves to interlock fuel oil flow to emergency
generators and/or diesel fire pump day tank.
7.
Provide in the common discharge pipe of each duplex pump set,
a flow switch to prove flow upon pump activation. If flow is not
proven within 20 seconds of pump activation, a “no-flow” alarm
shall be transmitted to the master fuel oil system control cabinet.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-166
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
C.
Motor Starters
1.
Provide motor starters and control packages for each duplex fuel
oil pump set, in NEMA enclosures. The control package shall
include control transformer, pressure interlocks, automatic
alternator, lead/lag controls, selector switches, auxilliary contacts
for remote start stop and all indicator lights.
2.
Provide On/Off switches and Hand-Off-Automatic switch for
each oil pump.
3.
A wiring diagram shall be mounted on the Fuel Oil Transfer
Pump Room wall.
4.
Perform necessary wiring and provide necessary components to
interlock operation of fuel oil pump with emergency generator
start contacts and diesel fire pump day tank level contacts.
Wiring between the emergency generator/emergency generator
control panel shall be furnished and installed under the Electrical
Section of the Specifications.
Piping and Valves
1.
All fuel oil piping shall be of the sizes noted on the drawings and
as scheduled elsewhere. All oil side gate valves, as noted, shall
be similar to Jenkins, or as approved. Ball valves shall be
equipped with stainless steel ball and stem. Globe valves shall
be similar to Jenkins, or as approved. Vertical ball check valves
for discharge side of each fuel oil pump shall be constructed of
bronze with steel ball and shall be similar to Lunkenheimer, or as
approved.
2.
All piping, valves and fittings shall be in accordance with the
drawings and shall be field fabricated.
NOTE:
2.41
Fuel oil piping arrangement shall have pressure loop, servicing
each emergency generator. Supply line to each generator shall
originate from pressurized side of supply loop, and return line
from each generator shall be connected to return loop piped back
to the main fuel oil storage tank(s).
MOTORS
A.
All motors and accessories shall comply in all respects with NEMA,
ANSI, IEEE and NEC Standards, all applicable Codes and the
requirements of local authorities. Motors shall be manufactured by one
of the approved manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved
Manufacturers”.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-167
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Furnish and install all electric motors driving heating, ventilating and air
conditioning equipment. Motors shall be “high-efficiency” of sizes and
types as specified, of the proper power and speed to suit the specified
makes of equipment. If other than the specified makes of equipment are
accepted, the proper adjustment of motor horsepower, motor speed,
wiring, motor disconnect and starter sizing must be included without
additional cost. Drawings and data sheets shall be submitted for
approval before the equipment is purchased.
C.
All motors .37 kw and larger shall operate on 415 volt, 3 phase, 50 hertz,
alternating current, except as otherwise noted. All motors smaller than
.37 kw shall operate on 240 volt, single phase, 50 hertz, alternating
current, except as otherwise noted.
D.
Motors driving vaneaxial fans and pumps shall be direct connected;
motors driving centrifugal fans shall be belt connected. All motors shall
be suitable for the use intended i.e. with variable speed (variable
frequency/voltage) drives cycled start/stop and/or constant speed as
scheduled. Motors used in variable speed applications shall be designed
to operate under variable torque load (or as specified) from maximum
rated speed down to 10% of rated speed. Motors shall be designed to
operate continuously at any point in the speed range. Any deviation
from this requirement shall be noted and submitted with bid.
E.
In general, except as otherwise specified, all motors shall be open
dripproof squirrel-cage induction type, guaranteed to fulfill the specified
requirements without producing any sound audible outside of Machine
Rooms. Motors shall be constructed in accordance with the following:
1.
NEMA Class "B", with Class "B" or "F" nonhygroscopic
insulation.
2.
Motors rated for continuous duty shall operate with a 1.15
service factor at 40°C. ambient temperature. Motor temperature
ratings shall conform to NEMA Standard MG-1-12.42.
3.
The motor conduit box shall be cast iron, diagonally split with
threaded hole for conduit.
4.
Motors shall be of cast iron construction. Aluminum frames are
not acceptable.
5.
Each motor shall have a stainless steel nameplate containing the
following minimum information:
Manufacturer
Type
Model
Horsepower
Service Factor
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
rpm
Voltage/Phase/Frequency
Enclosure Type
Frame Size
15000-168
UL Label
Connection Diagram
Motor Efficiency
Full-Load Current
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
6.
All belt-connected motors shall be provided with adjustable
bases and set screws to maintain proper belt tension and
alignment. Provide proper belt guards meeting all OSHA
requirements.
F.
Motors shall be fitted with extra heavy duty bearings and seals with a
minimum B10 life of 100,000 hours (rated at continuous duty). Bearings
shall be fitted with Zerk or Alemite lubrication fittings and excess
lubrication drains. Where motors are concealed or as specified
elsewhere, the grease fittings and lubrication drains shall be extended to
the outside of the respective housing of the unit for ease of service.
G.
Motors shall have the following guaranteed minimum efficiencies when
tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 112 Test Mounted Method B:
The spread between the specified minimum efficiency and the nominal
efficiency shall not exceed the values listed in NEMA Standard MG-112.536.
KW
HP
.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
150
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
H.
Nominal Minimum
Efficiencies (%) @ 1750 rpm
Driproof Type
TEFC Type
84.0
86.5
86.5
86.5
86.5
88.5
88.5
90.2
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.1
94.1
82.5
82.5
82.5
84.0
85.5
87.5
88.5
88.5
90.2
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
94.10
94.5
Coordinate motor with the torque and inertia load of the equipment
served, and the inrush characteristics of the motor with the starter
selection, so that all items furnished constitute a properly related
package. No motor shall operate in the service factor range.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-169
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.42
I.
All motors shall be sized to have sufficient starting torque to be able to
accelerate the driven load from zero rpm to design speed rpm within 6
seconds maximum. Submit substantiating calculations.
J.
Motor shall be adequately protected against water and dirt damage until
operational.
K.
Extra Stock: Provide one (1) spare motor for each type, size and
capacity scheduled for air handling units, fans, pumps, cooling towers,
etc. Obtain receipt from Engineer that spare motors have been received.
VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A.
Variable Speed Motor Controller
1.
Variable speed motor controllers and starters shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the National Electrical Code
all applicable local code requirements and ANSI, FS, IEEE,
NEMA and UL standards.
2.
Variable motor controllers shall be manufactured by one of the
approved manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved
Manufacturers”.
3.
Controllers shall be designed to withstand the following service
conditions:
4.
a.
Elevation: To 1,000 meters altitude without derating.
b.
Ambient Temperature: 0°C. to 40°C.
c.
Relative Humidity: To 95% noncondensing.
d.
Input Voltage: 415 VAC, ±10%, 3-phase, 50 Hertz, ±2
Hz.
e.
Output Voltages: 0 to 415 VAC, 3-phase 3 to 50 Hz.
The variable speed motor drives shall consist of a fully digital
(front end) adjustable frequency, variable torque, a.c. motor
controller performance matched to a high efficiency motor. The
controller manufacturer shall assume responsibility for matching
motor and adjustable frequency controller characteristics to each
other and to the requirements of the driven load. The controller
must be able to safely vary the speed of the motor while allowing
the motor to meet the requirements of the attached fan or pump
speed torque curve as dictated by the system static and dynamic
requirements at the shaft of the motor. The selection of the
controller/motor combination must result in acoustically
compatible performance without objectionable motor noise.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-170
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Costs associated with field adjustment and/or modifications of
the controller to eliminate objectionable motor noise shall be
borne by the controller manufacturer.
5.
Enclosures shall be NEMA 1. All controllers and associated
auxiliaries shall be mounted within enclosures, suitable for floor,
rack, or motor control center mounting without modification of
the enclosure.
6.
Power terminations shall consist of pressure type copper feeder
cable terminals for top or bottom entrance, with wire way space
suitable to meet the applicable Codes. All exit/entrance
conditions must be coordinated with the Plans and the Installing
Subcontractor. Ground lugs shall be provided for incoming and
outgoing ground connections. All internal power wiring, control
wiring, bus bars and associated components shall be copper.
7.
Enclosure doors shall be key-locked with interlock provisions to
prevent unauthorized opening of the door with the disconnect
circuit breaker in the on position.
8.
The enclosure shall provide adequate conduit space and wire
ways and/or troughs in accordance with all applicable code
requirements.
9.
Field wiring of the adjustable frequency motor controllers and
motors shall be limited to power supply connections to the
controller, power output wiring from controller to the motor,
grounding connections, and signal wiring and single phase
interlock control wiring that is required for connection to devices
for the remote control of motor speed and system operation from
the building central control system. Field installed power, signal
and control wiring shall be provided under another Section of the
Specifications.
10.
A built-in digital keypad shall be provided for adjustment of all
internal drive functions.
11.
The controller shall include, as a minimum, the following
features and functions:
a.
A.C. incoming line circuit breaker with an interlocked,
padlockable handle mechanism.
b.
The controller assembly shall be rated for 65,000 A.I.C.
c.
Designed to withstand output terminal line-to-line and
line-to-ground short circuits without component failure.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-171
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
Reverse phase and single phase loss protection for each
phase on both the line (input) and load (output) sides of
the VFD.
e.
Overfrequency protection.
f.
D.C. overvoltage protection.
g.
Surge protection from a.c. line transients.
h.
Motor slip dependent speed regulation 3% maximum.
i.
Frequency stability ±0.5% for 24 hours with voltage
regulation of ±2% of maximum rated output voltage.
j.
Adjustable dwell time at start to optimize motor starting
torque.
k.
115 volt a.c. control power for operator devices. Control
power shall be isolated from logic circuits. Control
power transformer shall be fused on the primary and the
secondary side.
l.
Instantaneous overcurrent protection at 115% of the
control's rated current.
m.
Adjustable current limit (50-110% of the controller's
rated current).
n.
Selectable volts per hertz (V/Hz.), linear or squared.
o.
Adjustable acceleration and deceleration times of 0-360
seconds for 0-50 Hz.
p.
Adjustable maximum speed 100-0%.
q.
Adjustable minimum speed 0-100%.
r.
Adjustable motor output voltage boost.
s.
Adjustable electronic motor overload protection from
60-100% of the control's rated current.
t.
Selectable inverted speed signal.
u.
Selectable automatic restart after a fault.
v.
External fault indicator of fire or smoke.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-172
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
w.
Up to two motor thermal overload relays with throughthe-door reset button.
x.
Critical speed avoidance (adjustable).
y.
Low frequency voltage boost.
z.
Stability from 0-100%.
aa.
97% minimum efficiency at rated load.
12.
The controller shall be capable of operation without motor
connected.
13.
The controller shall have power outage ride-through capability of
5 cycles.
14.
The controller shall be capable of starting into a rotating motor,
in forward or reverse direction.
15.
A built-in digital display shall be provided to indicate:
16.
a.
Output Frequency
b.
Output Current
c.
Output Power
d.
Input Voltage per Phase
e.
Output Voltage per Phase
f.
Torque
g.
Motor rpm
The display shall also indicate the following fault conditions:
a.
High Motor Current; line-to-line (overcurrent)
b.
High Motor Current; line-to-ground (ground fault)
c.
Overvoltage (high d.c. bus voltage)
d.
Overtemperature
e.
Undervoltage (low d.c. bus voltage)
f.
Stalled Motor
g.
Electronic Motor Overload Trip I2R
h.
Internal Control Fault (Function Loss)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-173
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
17.
18.
19.
i.
24 VDC Auxiliary Voltage Fault
j.
Drive Ready
Input (Converter) Section
a.
The converter shall incorporate full wave diode bridge
input.
b.
The input diode bridge shall offer complete immunity
against voltage dips, line noise and harmonics.
c.
The input displacement power factor shall be 0.98 or
better over the entire operating frequency and load
range.
d.
The converter shall incorporate metal oxide varistors
(MOV's) in accordance with ANSI C63.41-1980 for
input surge protection.
PWM Inverter Section .75 kw to 90 kw
a.
The inverter logic shall be fully digital, microprocessorbased, and the control logic circuits shall be galvanically
isolated from the power circuitry.
All inverter
programming shall be via the digital keypad.
b.
The inverter shall provide smooth stepless operation of
the drives motor from .5 to 50 hertz. The drive shall
have the ability to operate up above 50 hertz in a
constant horsepower mode up to 87 hertz.
c.
The inverter shall incorporate a switching power supply
operating off of the d.c. link of the control, eliminating
line disturbance sensitivity.
d.
Inverter shall be voltage source type with a pulse width
modulated (PWM) output utilizing short circuit limiting
bipolar power transistors.
e.
Pulse width modulation technique shall be flux-vector.
Alternatively, insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBT's)
may be utilized.
The drive shall include the following features and be capable of
providing isolated output signals and accepting the following
input signals, to permit interface with a microprocessor-based
direct digital control (DDC), building automation and
temperature control system:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-174
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
a.
A hand-off-automatic switch to allow local speed control
by a potentiometer in the hand position and remotely
controlled with a dry contact signal and a remote speed
command.
b.
Start/stop commands via closure of a dry contact
(voltage-free contact).
c.
Status (via dry contact closure from drive).
d.
Drive malfunction (via dry contact closure from drive).
e.
Speed command input signal: 4-20 mA d.c., impedance
250 ohms.
f.
Drive speed feedback (via 4-20 mA signal).
g.
Drives serving fan systems shall have the following
additional features:
1)
Safety stop (via dry contact closure from DDC).
2)
Fire system override start (via dry contact). This
override shall function with the selector switch
in hand, off or auto position.
Distortion Factor
1.
The drive manufacturer shall ensure that the distortion factor
does not exceed 3% THD (voltage) at each drive input and 5%
THD (voltage) at the point of common coupling (as defined on
the electrical drawings) as defined by IEEE 519-1992. In no
case shall the current THD exceed 10%.
2.
If line reactors or tuned filters are required, they shall be
supplied inside the inverter cabinet. If line transformers are
required they shall be supplied in matching cabinets immediately
adjacent to the drive which they serve.
3.
Input line filters shall be capable of protecting electronics against
transient voltage spikes of 10 kv, 50 joule.
4.
Provide the necessary isolation transformers and/or filters such
that the area of the notch in the line-to-line voltage waveform
caused by the shorting of the converter bridge during the
commutation cycle shall not exceed 22,800 volt/microseconds.
5.
A harmonic analysis of the power system defining distortion
factor (DF) through the 16th harmonic shall be provided with the
submittal.
This analysis shall show voltage and current
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-175
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
distortion at 10%, 30%, 50%, 67%, 80% and 100% speed. Full
motor power shall be used at 50 Hz. and follow the cubed speed
power requirements of a centrifugal fan or pump at the lower
speeds. If filtering is required, the analysis must show how the
addition of the filters shall reduce the DF to within the specified
levels.
6.
C.
D.
A field test of the system harmonics shall be provided to ensure
that the THD does not exceed 5% DF at the point of common
coupling. If the inverter load causes greater distortion than
defined, the drive manufacturer shall be responsible to further
filter the line. Cost associated with the supply of the additional
filters and their installation shall be borne by the drive
manufacturer.
Contactor Bypass
1.
Each controller shall be provided with a contactor bypass to
allow motor to be safely transferred from controller output
power to the a.c. line, or from the a.c. line to the controller, while
the motor is at zero speed.
2.
The contactor bypass shall utilize two motor contactors
electrically interlocked. One contactor is to open and close the
connection between the controller output and the motor. The
other contactor shall open and close the connection between the
bypass power line and the motor, providing "across-the-line"
starting.
3.
Motor protection shall be provided in both the "controller" mode
and the "bypass" mode by a motor overload relay. Relay control
logic shall be included within the controller enclosure to allow
the same "start/stop" command and system safety shutdown
commands to operate the motor in both "controller" and "bypass"
modes. The relay logic power shall be 115 volts.
4.
The bypass circuit shall include a second disconnect installed in
the controller. This disconnect shall provide the ability to safely
troubleshoot and test the controller, both energized and deenergized, while the motor is operating in the "bypass" mode.
5.
The entire contactor bypass assembly, as well as all associated
auxiliaries, shall be mounted within the controller enclosure and
shall be electrically, structurally and mechanically isolated from
the controller itself.
Painting: All internal and external surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned
and, except as otherwise noted, all factory manufactured and assembled
apparatus that is not galvanized shall be factory coated with one coat of
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-176
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
primer and two coats of machinery enamel at the factory. Provide one
can of touch-up paint of matching color per unit to repair any damage
which may have occurred during installation.
E.
Permanent Identification: A stainless steel tag shall be attached to all
units and stamped in not less than 16 mm. high letters with the
Engineer's designated identifying number and nomenclature as directed
and as shown on the drawings and schedules.
F.
Coordination with Fan and Pump Manufacturers
1.
G.
The variable speed motor controller manufacturer shall be
responsible for the following:
a.
Coordination of variable speed motor controller
capabilities with the requirements of each fan or pump to
ensure proper matching of components.
b.
Review of approved shop drawings for each fan and
pump to ensure complete compatibility of all system
components.
c.
Factory preprogramming of each controller so as to
prevent fan or pump operation at critical speeds.
Inspection and Startup Service
1.
The drive manufacturer shall provide factory trained, field
service personnel for the final checkout and startup of the
variable speed drive systems. This service shall include:
a.
Field checkout of power and control wiring to
controllers and motors, including interfacing signal
wiring to the building control system.
b.
Initial power-up of the equipment, including
measurement of input voltages and d.c. bus voltage with
no output load.
c.
Initial operation of the equipment, including
measurement of output voltage and current under
operating load.
d.
Operational check of control logic, operator devices,
safety devices, protective functions, power modules,
regulators, motors, and auxiliary control devices.
e.
Adjustment of drive operating parameters and controls
to meet the performance requirements of the variable
speed drive systems.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-177
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
H.
Performance Tests
1.
The performance tests of the variable speed drive units shall be
in multiple stages. A comprehensive performance testing and
commissioning document shall be forwarded to the Engineer
for review before testing commences. (Submit a minimum of
five copies.)
2.
This commissioning document shall comprise:
3.
4.
a.
Full details of all test equipment and instruments,
including test equipment calibration certificates.
b.
Comprehensive procedures
commissioning activities.
c.
All relevant manufacturers' performance data and a
column for entering test results.
d.
Outline of proposed report format. This to detail
performance assessments that shall be made and how
they shall be determined. Electrical and mechanical
parameters of the drive system, including the combined
efficiency of the controller and motor combination for
each fan drive.
for
all
tests
and
The following tests shall be provided for each drive size, and
shall be documented and performed in the presence of the
Engineer and/or their deemed representatives:
a.
Preproduction factory harmonics test, at all operating
conditions, providing a hard copy printout of complete
three phase harmonic voltage and current distortion
content to the 25th harmonic, fundamental frequency
power, current, voltage and power factor.
b.
Commissioning and performance test of each variable
speed drive (as installed).
c.
Final acceptance test of each variable speed drive (as
installed).
Field Performance Test
a.
Before on-site commissioning commences, the following
items shall be completed by others:
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Connection of electrical power wiring.
15000-178
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
5.
I.
Attendance shall be by others as required, to
override or operate external control systems to
enable the variable speed drives to operate
continuously throughout the commissioning
cycle.
b.
A field test of the system harmonics shall be provided to
ensure that the THD does not exceed 5% DF at the point
of common coupling. If the inverter load causes greater
distortion than defined, the drive manufacturer shall be
responsible to further filter the line. Cost associated
with the supply of the additional filters and their
installation shall be borne by the drive manufacturer.
c.
These tests shall ensure variable speed motor controllers
are regulated and capable of proper operation.
d.
All performance testing shall be performed in the
presence of the Engineer .
Final Acceptance Test
a.
This test shall duplicate the test procedure and reporting
as outlined in Paragraph 4. above, except it shall be
performed utilizing all final controls.
b.
Parameters measured and recorded shall include:
1)
Motor Data: Volts, amps, winding temperature.
2)
Power factor.
3)
Electrical power consumption.
4)
Control from 100% to 10%.
c.
Calculations substantiating overall system efficiency,
power factor conformance and final DF.
d.
The commissioning document, with test results and
report, shall be issued to the Engineer .
Guarantees
1.
All equipment shall be new, of first class material, and of latest
design. Workmanship shall be of the best quality, free from any
defects that might render the equipment unsuitable or inefficient.
2.
The manufacturer shall guarantee his equipment to meet the
performance conditions specified for the period of time which is
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-179
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
normal industry practice for this type of equipment, but in no
case for less than one year from the date of Engineer's
acceptance. If the base price includes a guarantee period of more
than one year, but less than three years, state the following:
J.
K.
a.
The period included in base price.
b.
Additional cost for three years.
Packaging, Delivery and Storage
1.
The drives shall be delivered on the date and to the location
designated by the Engineer.
2.
Manufacturer shall be responsible for all shipping costs. The
manufacturer shall bear the costs of all storage if storage is
required between the completion of factory tests and the
designated delivery date.
3.
After completion of factory tests, the drives shall be broken
down for shipping to the location designated. Splits shall be
individually wrapped for protection, and mounted on skids.
4.
Coordinate size of shipping splits, delivery date and shipping
location with the installing Subcontractor.
Instruction of Operating Personnel
1.
Provide a minimum of 40 hours of operating and maintenance
instruction for building operators, with personal on-the-job
instruction by factory trained engineers representing the variable
speed drive unit manufacturer. This instruction shall be
scheduled at time(s) convenient to the Engineer's personnel.
Instruction shall cover all equipment and systems provided under
this Section. Instruction shall be comprised of both Classroom
type and actual hands-on operating experience. Submit an
outline of the instruction program and instruction manual to the
Engineer for his approval at least two weeks prior to the
proposed start date of the instruction sessions. The Engineer
may videotape all instruction sessions for purposes of future
training. Provide a review and written critique of Engineer's
videotape within one month after completion of the instruction
sessions and receipt of the Engineer's videotapes. The critique
shall correct all mistakes and clarify all outstanding questions
which arise during the sessions.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-180
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
L.
2.
Furnish five bound copies of operating and maintenance
instructions, covering the complete operation and recommended
maintenance procedures and intervals for the variable speed
drive units and controls.
3.
Include spare parts data listing; source and current price of
replacement parts and supplies for each item of equipment.
Service
1.
For the duration of the guarantee period, provide all required
service at no additional cost. Service shall include parts and
labor and shall be available through an attended telephone
number on a 24-hour-a-day basis with a guaranteed response
time as follows:
a.
Telephone contact of qualified technician within four (4)
hours.
b.
Qualified technician on site within twelve (12) hours.
The manufacturer shall make available to the Engineer a
Preventive Maintenance Contract to begin on the date of
expiration of the free service period.
2.43
ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROLS
A.
Furnish and turn over to the Contractor who shall coordinate the
installation of same, suitable starting and controlling equipment, all as
specified hereinafter and as shown on drawings. Starting equipment
shall be arranged, generally, in control centers or, in certain cases, as
isolated combination starters, as specified or indicated. The control
equipment shall be turned over to the Contractor at the building site for
installation.
B.
Variable motor controllers shall be manufactured by one of the approved
manufacturers listed in Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
C.
Individual starters shall be fully enclosed in neatly finished ventilated
boxes of code gauge steel, machine formed and welded. These boxes
shall be arranged for floor, wall or angle iron frame mounting as shown
on plans or as directed, and shall each have a door with a spring catch
handle. These controllers shall be of the combination starter and lockout
fusible switch type. The Electrical Trade shall mount the controllers on
suitable concrete curbs and/or pads, furnished by others. Isolated starters
shall generally be used for isolated pieces of equipment, such as
propeller type unit heaters, special exhaust fans and wherever else
indicated.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-181
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
Control Centers
1.
The various motor control centers shown on the drawings shall
be furnished under this Section. Centers shall include cubicles
for all required starters, controllers, fusible switches, fuses,
transformers, relays, etc., for the Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning, Plumbing and Electrical Sections. For starter
sizes, fusible switch sizes and fuse type and sizes, see electrical
drawings. Be responsible for furnishing complete information to
the manufacturer of the control centers. It is the intent that the
control centers shall be completely integrated units, of neat
appearance.
2.
Control centers shall be drawout or fixed connection type for
front connection as indicated on the drawings. They shall be
NEMA Class II, Type "B" with individual terminal boards in
each starter. Line bus shall be separated from starter cubicles
except at starter or device connection points. Separate wiring
compartments shall be furnished for control wiring suitably
barriered from line bus sections. Control centers shall be in
NEMA Type I general purposes enclosure and be 2,285 mm.
high and 510 mm. deep. Width of section shall be either 510
mm. or as required.
3.
Control centers main and vertical buses shall be copper rated as
indicated on the electrical drawings. All buses shall be carried
full size throughout their entire length. The temperature rise of
buses, connecting straps and terminals above the ambient
temperature shall not exceed 50°C. Shop drawings shall
substantiate by calculation or test data the above requirements.
All bus work shall be braced to withstand a maximum of 65,000
symmetrical amperes. Control center power bus shall be 415
volts, 3 phase, 3 wire or 4 wire (as indicated on the drawings), 50
hertz, alternating current. Control circuits shall be 240 volt,
single phase, 50 hertz, alternating current with individual fuse
protection on both primary and secondary side of transformer in
each starter. Fuses shall be furnished. Transformers to be of
adequate size to supply required control power for all circuit
components as hereinafter specified or shown on drawings.
Lugs shall be suitable for the type of conductors being used and
shall be closely coordinated with the work of other Trades (see
Electrical Section of the Specifications). Bolted connections
between and to aluminum bus bars shall be made by means of
cadmium plated bolts and Belleville washers.
4.
All starters in control centers shall be of the combination starter
and lockout fusible switch type as hereinafter described.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-182
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
E.
5.
Provide, as indicated on electrical drawings, additional empty
spaces in each control center for future use. These spaces shall
be equipped with vertical buses and 2 mm. blank steel plates.
6.
All required relays shall be ganged in local control panels where
indicated on drawings. These relays shall include those for use
with the break-glass station for the refrigeration compressors and
the life safety systems as described under other Sections.
Provisions shall be made for the inclusion of relays and devices
as furnished and described hereinafter and under other Sections
of the Specifications.
7.
Electric-pneumatic switches shall be provided as specified under
the Automatic Temperature Control Section of the Specifications
in separate cabinets next to the motor control centers.
8.
All starters, whether in control centers or remotely located, shall
be the product of one manufacturer, except as otherwise noted
herein.
9.
All wiring between adjacent sections of control centers, and/or
external to the control centers, shall be furnished as hereinafter
described.
10.
Provide adequate space and bus details for termination and
connection of incoming feeders to the main buses in a manner
that shall afford access to the connections for maintenance and
periodic tightening of the lug bolts.
Provide separate
compartment or special box on top of the center as required for
this purpose. See electrical drawings for sizes of incoming
feeders.
11.
Provide ground bus full length of motor control center.
12.
Provide engraved nameplates for each unit, including future
spaces and one for entire center, indicating center designation
and power origin; nomenclature of each to be approved prior to
fabrication.
General
1.
All starters for motors less than .37 kw shall be 240 volt, single
phase, 50 hertz, a.c. service. Manual starters with overload
protection and lockout type disconnect switch or breaker may be
used to control such motors, except where interlocks or
automatic controls are required. In such cases, magnetic acrossthe-line starters shall be furnished.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-183
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
All starters for motors .37 kw to 55 kw shall be magnetic acrossthe-line type with combination fusible switches. Such starters
shall be 415 volts, 3 phase, 3 wire or 4 wire (as indicated on the
drawings), 50 hertz, a.c. service.
3.
All starters for pump motors over 75 kw shall be part-winding
(1/2-1/2) type. All starters for fan motors 75 kw and over shall
be reduced voltage, autotransformer closed-transition type.
These starters shall be for 415 volts, 3 phase, 3 wire or 4 wire (as
indicated on the drawings), 50 hertz, a.c. service, and they shall
be combination lockout fusible switch type.
4.
Controllers for condensate pumps, duplex air compressor, sump
and ejector pumps, etc., shall be factory mounted and wired as
part of the work of this Section and the Plumbing Section.
5.
All fusible switches in control centers shall be in accordance
with the schedules on the electrical drawings.
6.
All magnetic starters subject to manual start and in direct view of
the motors they control shall have momentary contact start and
stop buttons built into cover. All magnetic starters subject to
electrical interlock or automatic control shall have Hand-OffAutomatic switches built into cover. All selector switches in
starters shall be of the maintain-contact type. Refer to motor
control center schedules on the electrical drawings.
7.
All starters shall have a pilot light built into cover.
8.
All starters for 415 or 240 volt service shall have 415 or 240 volt
transformers built into each starter casing. Each control
transformer shall be provided with fuse protection on both the
primary and secondary side of the transformer. Transformers
shall serve all control circuits, including auxiliary devices. Each
starter subject to electrical interlock and/or automatic control
shall have the necessary auxiliary contacts. One set of terminals
shall be provided for each control circuit. Control centers shall
be provided with control terminal blocks.
9.
All magnetic starters shall have ambient compensated, manually
resettable, thermal overload in each phase leg and low voltage
protection. Overload selection shall be based on actual full load
nameplate amps of motor installed.
10.
All coils, cores, resistance, insulation contacts, trippers, etc., of
starters and relays shall be of the approved type. All parts
subject to wear, arcing, etc., shall be renewable.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-184
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.44
11.
All wiring, starters, switches, etc., shall be in full accordance
with all local and Underwriters Code requirements.
12.
Furnish detailed composite wiring diagrams to those assembling
control centers and those installing the electrical work, and
furnish such other information necessary to assure the proper
connection, operation and control of motorized equipment,
including interlocks, and automatic and safety control auxiliary
circuits.
13.
Furnish the pertinent information, such as starting torque
requirements of high inertia equipment, so that the proper type
starter may be provided by the starter manufacturer. All
information is subject to the review of the Consulting Engineer.
14.
Starter to be coordinated with fan, pump and motor
manufacturers for required starting time.
15.
Furnish interposing relays where indicated on the electrical
drawings, built into starters, where possible. In all other cases,
relays shall be furnished in separate enclosures or local control
panels.
ELECTRIC WIRING
A.
The installation of all starting equipment furnished under this Section
shall be as specified under the Electrical Section, except starters
specified to be factory mounted and wired as part of the equipment, and
all wiring necessary to supply power to the electric motors provided
under this Section shall be provided under the Electrical Section,
including connections from the starters and/or motor control centers to
the motors.
B.
Power wiring to unit heaters shall be provided under the Electrical
Section. Wiring of their thermostats and aquastats and wiring of all the
electric-pneumatic and pneumatic-electric switches shall be provided
under Automatic Temperature Control Section of the Specifications.
Under the Electrical Section of the Specifications, the connecting of all
electric safety thermostats and smoke detector systems to controlled
motors shall be provided.
C.
Wiring of all packaged equipment shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the local and National Electrical Codes.
D.
Provide all wiring in connection with the automatic and safety control of
the refrigerating machines, including all auxiliary equipment.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-185
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.45
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A.
Provide all materials, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, services,
hoisting, scaffolding, permits, controlled inspections, support and
supervision for the furnishing and installing of all the Automatic
Temperature Control Work and all related work complete, in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
B.
General System Capabilities: Provide a dedicated, stand-alone field
programmable direct digital automatic temperature and energy
management control system to perform the specified control and
monitoring functions. The direct digital control system shall receive
signals from the smoke detection system, sprinkler system and fire alarm
system for fan shutdown. The system shall be interconnected, with the
Life Safety System provided under another Section.
C.
Data Transmission: The transmission system shall serve to transfer data
and command functions between the DDC panels and the network
computer, Fire Command Stations and firemen's smoke control override
panels.
D.
The direct digital control and instrumentation subsystems shall be
configured as a distributed processing network with a network computer
performing the functions of operator interface. The computer and
software required to communicate with the direct digital control
subsystems and perform the specified functions shall be provided under
this Section.
E.
The direct digital control system operator interface shall be a network
computer, including a colorgraphic CRT, keyboard, and a printer. The
equipment shall be installed in the Facilities Management Office.
F.
Field mounted sensors and transmitters for temperature, relative
humidity and static pressure inputs to direct digital controllers shall be
electronic with a 4-20 mA current output signal.
G.
Provide 220 VAC, low voltage, and signal wiring required for:
1.
All direct digital control units, unitary controllers, field
equipment panels, miscellaneous field devices, network
computers, printers, modems, and all other items furnished and
installed by this Section.
2.
Direct digital control communication bus network between
remote field controllers and the network computer.
3.
Interlocking control between motor controllers and system
controls.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-186
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
4.
Floor/area isolation damper controls.
5.
Signal wiring from DDC control panels for the interconnection
of system smoke controls to the Fire Command Station.
6.
Analog and digital signal wiring from signal originating device
to direct digital control field panels.
7.
Final connections to Engineer furnished equipment, as defined
by Engineer furnished equipment shop drawings.
8.
Do any cutting required for the passage or installation of pipe,
conduit, tubing, supports, and the like, provided under this
Section.
H.
The direct digital control system shall function as a fully integrated
system incorporating the requirements of this Section of the
Specifications and the Contract Drawings. The Specification and the
Contract Drawings define the minimum system.
I.
Where disagreements occur between the plans and the Specifications, or
within either document itself, the item or arrangement of better quality,
greater quantity or higher cost shall be included in the Base Bid.
J.
Abbreviations: The following legend list defines the abbreviations used
throughout this Specification:
Abbreviation
Definitions
AI
AO
ASCII
Analog Input
Analog Output
American Standard Code Information
Interchange
Central Processing Unit (Network
Computer)
Cathode Ray Tube
Dry Bulb
Digital Input
Digital Output
Electronic Industries Association
Electro-Mechanical Interference
Hand-Off-Automatic
Input/Output
Kilobyte
Valve Sizing Coefficient
Megabyte
Motor Control Center
Normally Closed
Normally Open
CPU
CRT
d.b.
DI
DO
EIA
EMI
H-O-A
I/O
KB
KV
MB
MCC
NC
NO
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-187
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Abbreviation
Definitions
PI
PID
Proportional Plus Integral
Proportional Plus Integral Plus
Derivative
Pressure Reducing Valve
Radio Frequency Interference
Resistance Temperature Detector
Recommended Standard
Single-Pole Double Throw
Uninterruptible Power Supply
PRV
RFI
RTD
RS
SPDT
UPS
K.
Technical Proposal
1.
Each of the Vendors shall submit for consideration a system
which is the best and most current system he has to offer.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION SHALL
RESULT IN A REJECTION OF VENDOR'S BID AND
SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ELIMINATE THE VENDOR
FROM ANY FURTHER CONSIDERATION.
2.
The Mechanical Consulting Engineer and the Engineer shall be
the sole judge of quality and equivalence of equipment, materials
and methods, and shall specifically select which equipment
Vendor shall supply equipment to the project after review of the
technical proposals and conclusion of the selection process.
3.
To allow for a complete and accurate evaluation of each
Vendor's capabilities, each bid shall include a detailed project
proposal. The project proposal, which shall accompany the bid
form and pricing information, shall include all of the information
requested below. The structure and format of the proposal shall
follow the outline below, with a subject index included for crossreference. Each bidder shall be responsible for including any
additional information requested in the various sections of this
Specification but not mentioned below. The existing printed
literature used must be edited to indicate exactly what is being
offered (i.e., if existing printed literature references options
available - all options not included must be crossed out). If a
Vendor wishes to furnish additional information that is relevant
to the evaluation, this may be supplied in an appendix. Any
information submitted by the Vendor that is to be kept
confidential shall be clearly marked as such.
4.
The use of existing printed literature to respond to various
sections of this proposal is acceptable. If an excerpt from a
product manual or technical handbook is used, only the specific
page(s) that address the specification requirement in question
shall be used. If the material is in several places in a product
manual, it shall be condensed or packaged by the Vendor in a
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-188
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
concise response. When material is used from various sources, it
shall be properly referenced. Where necessary, the Vendor shall
attach additional information to the printed literature for
clarification or if the literature does not fully respond to the
Specification requirement.
5.
Each Vendor shall provide a separate concordance schedule
which shall include the section, paragraph and subparagraph of
the Specification and direct statement to indicate compliance or
non-compliance with all requirements. For all areas of noncompliance, the manufacturer shall describe what specific and
alternative approach has been taken. Where a full description of
a deviation is not provided, it shall be assumed that the Vendor
cannot comply with the paragraph in question. The Vendors
may propose alternates to this Specification. All voluntary
alternates must be expressed as line item adds or deducts to the
base bid. Alternates shall include all materials and labor
necessary to provide a fully operational system as specified.
Prices shall be based on quantities necessary to complete entire
job as shown on the Contract Documents. All alternates shall be
referenced to the appropriate Specification Section. Any
deviations in quality and performance from the specified item
shall be clearly stated. The Vendor shall supply any technical
information necessary to evaluate the proposed alternates.
6.
Each Vendor shall furnish a letter of compliance to the
Mechanical Consulting Engineer and the Engineer, signed by the
corporate officer of the firm, certifying the compliance and noncompliance items as stated above.
7.
Note: None of the technical data required with the proposal shall
be construed as "shop drawings", nor shall they fulfill the
contractual obligations for submission of "shop drawings", as
noted in the Contract Documents.
8.
The proposal shall describe in general the entire integration
system architecture including the central and remote equipment
required for specified system operation. Descriptions of the
hardware engineering considerations shall be reviewed.
9.
Items that are unclear as to the intent in the specification shall be
pointed out.
10.
System Specifications
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Hardware Specifications: Provide specification data
sheets on the primary hardware components of the
system proposed.
The following list of device
specifications shall be the minimum required for the
15000-189
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Project Proposal. Any additional information the bidder
feels is required shall be included in this Section:
b.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Direct digital controllers.
2)
Local equipment
instruments).
3)
Network computers (printed literature should be
used).
4)
Diagnostic capability at each level of system
processing.
5)
Local area network(s).
6)
Bidder shall describe in detail the steps and
necessary field hardware required to add one (1)
point of each of the following types: AI, DI,
AO, DO and Pulse Counter.
7)
Specification sheets for electronic transmitters,
controllers, actuators, relays, switches, and
miscellaneous control devices.
8)
Specification sheets for control dampers,
including material and construction details, and
leakage and pressure drop test data.
9)
Specification sheets for each type of control
valve.
10)
Power system riser diagram.
panels
(for
interface
Software Specifications:
Provide the requested
information for the following system software features.
Include printed literature where applicable. This list is
the minimum required. The bidder, at his discretion,
shall provide additional information as he deems
necessary.
1)
System application programming and reporting.
2)
Generic listing and description of program
routines resident in DDC units.
3)
Description of direct digital control features.
4)
Description of energy management application
programs.
15000-190
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c.
d.
e.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
5)
Description of management and reporting
programs (e.g., Trend, Logging, Archiving).
6)
Description of custom control programming
capabilities.
7)
Sample of a standard control algorithm/logic
diagram in flow chart format detailing all of the
necessary software programming.
Network Computer Software: Describe the following
and provide specifications and samples where
applicable.
1)
Colorgraphics: Provide sample graphics.
2)
Report capabilities.
3)
Trend plots.
4)
DOS transfer capability.
5)
Mouse operation.
6)
Operating system.
7)
Third party software interaction.
8)
Description of procedure required to create a new
graphic screen and add real-time monitoring
points.
9)
Alarm reporting and acknowledging procedure.
Communications Management: Describe the following:
1)
Communication protocol(s).
2)
Network management procedure.
System Architecture:
Bidder shall provide, as a
minimum, a schematic drawing (AutoCAD preferred)
detailing the architecture of the proposed DDC system,
including total analog and digital input/output point
quantities and communication baud rates.
15000-191
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
f.
Bidder Qualifications
1)
2)
3)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Project Team
a)
Principal Sales Engineer: Identify and
define what shall be the Sales Engineer's
responsibilities (if any) after award of
Contract.
b)
Project Manager: Identify and provide
detailed
resume,
and
define
responsibilities.
c)
Project staffing, with resumes.
d)
Preliminary project schedule (bar chart)
with associated manpower scheduling.
e)
Define where responsibilities shall lie,
i.e., local branch office vs. corporate
headquarter
f)
Corporate Officer:
Identify, as
requested in front end scope of work
document.
Vendor’s Company Organization: Provide the
following information on the Vendor responsible
for the project.
a)
Organization key personnel resumes.
b)
Listing of major projects completed in
the last five (5) years by the Vendor.
c)
Listing of major projects currently in the
process of installation by the Vendor.
Vendor’s Service Capabilities
a)
Service department organization chart
detailing reporting structure and number
of factory trained technicians.
b)
Service customer reference list. Provide
five (5) references of service customers
currently under Contract with Vendor.
c)
Typical response time.
15000-192
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
g.
h.
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Details on typical inventory maintained
at local Vendor’s office.
e)
Typical delivery time of hardware not
maintained at Vendor’s office.
Corporate Qualifications:
topics shall be addressed:
Response to the following
1)
Number of years in the automatic temperature
controls business.
2)
Number of years supplying and installing
microprocessor based control systems.
3)
Number of years the proposed system has been
manufactured.
(Individually address major
components, if necessary.)
4)
A written guarantee of how long the system
proposed shall be a standard product and backed
by ongoing parts availability and factory trained
field support.
5)
A brief summary of the product line
development of microprocessor based controls,
starting with the first DDC field panels and
network computers and work stations. Identify
which products are still being manufactured, and
which products currently have full parts
availability and factory trained field support.
This summary shall also describe how backward
compatibility and non-obsolescence have been
addressed in the Vendor's product line
development.
6)
A description of quality assurance procedures
and testing of manufacturer's products. Address
both hardware and software.
7)
Provide case histories on systems similar to the
one proposed which detail applications and
references.
8)
Provide corporate financial information for the
last two (2) fiscal years.
Training
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
d)
Provide description of course content and tools
to be used for the following:
15000-193
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
L.
a)
Operator training (on-site).
b)
Programmer training (class).
c)
Service training (on-site).
Audiovisual Training Aids:
Describe any
audiovisual training tools that shall be provided
as part of the training program.
i.
Future Development:
The Vendor shall, at his
discretion,
provide
information
on
future
developments/enhancements to the company's products
and services. This may address items that would
become available in time to incorporate in this project,
as well as long range plans. The Vendor may also
provide information on projected company growth and
overall objectives over the next several years.
j.
Requested Alternates: Provide technical information for
each alternate requested.
Direct Digital Control System
1.
The direct digital control system shall consist of a network of
microprocessor based direct digital control units (DDC). Each
direct digital control unit shall perform all specified control and
monitoring functions independently. Failure of one control unit
shall have no effect upon any other unit in the network. The
direct digital control units shall communicate with each other
and a PC based network computer located in the Facility
Management Office.
a.
Communications between the direct digital control units
and the network computer shall be by way of a network
communications cable.
b.
System input/output point capacity shall be expandable
by the addition of DDC units and unitary controllers to
the communication network.
c.
The operator, through the network computer, shall have
the ability to monitor DDC application and sensor data,
override set points and schedules, set and reset control
points and download programs to the local direct digital
control units. The network computer is to be furnished
programmed and debugged.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-194
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
The direct digital control system furnished shall be complete in
all respects so that it shall perform its specified functions in
accordance with this Section of the Specifications.
Implementation of all control functions shall be the
responsibility of the Subcontractor.
3.
The entire direct digital control system shall be complete with all
necessary control devices, thermostats, valves, motors, relays,
switches, dampers, panels, and electric wiring to provide the
functions as described hereinafter, regardless of whether or not
specifically mentioned.
4.
The direct digital control system shall be installed complete in all
respects by competent personnel, factory trained by the
manufacturer of the control system. All automatic control valves
and dampers shall be installed in pipelines and ducts by the
respective trade under the supervision of the control system
provider.
5.
System Functions and Performance
a.
The direct digital control system shall be capable of
accepting analog inputs (4-20 mA d.c., 0-5 volt d.c.,
etc.), digital, pulsed digital, thermistor and RTD's from
field devices and producing analog outputs (4-20 mA
d.c.) and digital type to enforce specific control and
monitoring functions. The control system shall be able
to:
1)
Adjust control parameters for process controlled
variables.
2)
Initiate, define and acknowledge audible alarms.
3)
Start/stop motors and position valves and
dampers.
4)
Initiate emergency shutdowns.
5)
Communicate with a network computer.
b.
Equipment normally associated with a conventional
analog control panel shall be replaced by a local, standalone direct digital control unit.
c.
There shall be a discrete analog and/or digital output
signal for each field device. Split ranging of a single
analog output to sequence valves and dampers is not
acceptable.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-195
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
6.
7.
System Architecture
a.
The system architecture shall consist of a network of
independent, stand-alone direct digital control units and
unitary controllers communicating over a two-tier local
area network. Each control unit shall perform all
specified control functions independently. Failure of
one control unit shall have no effect upon any other unit
in the network.
b.
Each direct digital control unit shall communicate with
each other and with a network computer.
c.
Each direct digital control unit shall be capable of
sharing point information with other direct digital
control units, such that control sequences or closed loop
control executed at one control unit may receive input
signals from sensors connected to other units on the
network. If the network communications link fails or the
originating control unit malfunctions, the control loop
shall continue to function, using the last value received
from the failed direct digital control unit.
d.
Each direct digital control unit shall control, at a
maximum, one (1) air conditioning system. In addition,
multiple direct digital control units shall be dedicated to
each chilled and condenser water system. Provide
multiple control units per system such that each control
system serving water system shall be configured so that
the loss of a control unit shall not result in loss of an
entire system for those systems associated with the
chilled water and condenser water systems. Wherever
possible, the DDC control units shall be located in
Mechanical Equipment Rooms.
e.
The direct digital control system shall be capable of
supporting multiple network computers.
f.
The direct digital control system shall be capable of
interfacing with a higher level local area network,
allowing creation of a global network. Any functions
associated with the DDC system that are accessible by
the network shall also be accessible to the global
network.
Operating Environment
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The entire control system installed within the building
shall be capable of operating at ambient temperature
between 5°C. and 50°C., except for the network
15000-196
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
computer where the operating temperature range shall be
between 10°C. and 30°C. with relative humidity
maintained between 20% and 85%, noncondensing. All
equipment installed outside the building or exposed to
outdoor temperature shall be subject to ambient design
dry bulb and wet bulb for the area.
b.
8.
The entire system shall operate normally within
fluctuations of plus or minus 10 percent in the rated
voltage of primary power sources. Operation shall be at
50 hertz plus or minus 1/2 hertz.
Direct Digital Field Control Units and Unitary Controllers
a.
b.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Field monitoring and control shall be by stand-alone site
programmable microprocessor based direct digital
control units (DDC's). Each direct digital control unit
shall provide the following:
1)
All control functions shall be by means of
software in the direct digital control units.
2)
Specified software functions.
3)
Specified energy management functions.
Each direct digital control unit and unitary controllers
shall provide the following features:
1)
The direct digital control unit shall be a
completely self-contained, site programmable,
real time, microprocessor based controller.
2)
It shall include integral power supplies,
communications channels, clocks, analog and
digital input and output modules and a selfcharging battery capable of supporting all
random access memory (RAM), clock functions,
and DDC database and operating programs
within the control unit for 72 hours (minimum)
in the event of power failure or power
interruption.
3)
In the event of power failure or power
interruption, equipment or life safety system
trip, all unit outputs shall go to a fail-safe
condition, allowing all final control elements
(i.e., valves, dampers, fans, pumps, etc.) to go to
their respective fail-safe modes.
15000-197
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
4)
Upon recovery from a power failure (normal
power restored), the control unit shall
automatically resume full operation based upon
a restart software program. In addition, all
control loops shall be reset upon system restart
to the condition they would have been in had a
power failure not occurred. The control unit
shall automatically restart equipment that was
running prior to power failure subject to local
safety devices and time program override.
Restart shall be sequential with time delays
between equipment starting.
5)
Each direct digital control unit and unitary
controller shall have the ability on a stand-alone
basis to adjust controller variables, start/stop
motors and position valves and dampers.
6)
Digital control algorithms shall be resident in the
controller to permit proportional, integral,
derivative and two-position control modes in
any combination to meet the needs of the
application. Temperature controller shall be
three mode (P+I+D) controllers. All other
controllers shall be two mode (P+I) controllers.
7)
Offer immunity to EMI and RFI radiated noise
(e.g., walkie-talkies within a 3 meter radius of
the closed DDC (enclosure).
8)
The operator shall have the ability to
communicate with a control unit through the use
of any of the following:
9)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
a)
The control unit integral display and
control panel or hand-held terminal. (If
control unit does not contain an integral
display, as a minimum, two hand-held
terminals shall be furnished to the
Engineer.)
b)
Laptop computer.
c)
The network computer.
The operator, through any of the devices
mentioned, shall, with the exception of the handheld terminal, perform any of the following
functions:
15000-198
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
a)
Display the status of any point.
b)
Change set points.
c)
Command points on or off.
d)
Enable or disable existing points.
e)
Report status of all points in the system.
f)
Report all failed points.
g)
Report all points being trended.
h)
Report all points being totalized.
i)
Report command priority of all points.
j)
Report all points in alarm status.
k)
Add a new point.
l)
Modify an existing point.
m)
Remove an existing point.
n)
Copy an existing point.
o)
Adjust control settings (proportional
band reset rate, etc.).
p)
Initiate energy management programs.
q)
Define control algorithms.
r)
Acknowledge alarms.
The operator, through the hand-held terminal,
shall be capable of performing Points a), b), c),
j), 1), o) and r).
10)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
All variables shall be continuously monitored
for sensor failure. When a calculation uses a
variable (sensed or calculated) that is in a
trouble condition, the variable shall alarm and
the calculation shall use a user-defined default
value or use the last reliable input from the
sensor.
15000-199
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
9.
11)
Each direct digital control unit and unitary
controller shall be provided with the ability to
prevent unauthorized access to its software
program. This shall be accomplished by a
keyboard or cabinet lock or through software
programming.
In the locked, unauthorized
position or without password authorization, the
operating characteristics of the system cannot be
changed, although inputs, outputs and set point
values can be displayed. In the unlocked,
authorized position, or with password, the ability
to change the control unit program shall be
unhindered.
12)
The direct digital control units shall interface
directly with the network computer via a token
passing pier-to-pier local area network
communicating at a minimum rate of 2.5
megabit/sec.
The unitary controllers shall
communicate with each other via an industrial
standard RS-485 network operating at 9600
baud, minimum.
13)
Direct digital control units shall contain manual
override switches for all digital and analog
outputs. Manual override switches for digital
outputs shall provide “hand-off-auto” selection.
Override switches for analog outputs shall
provide “automatic” or “manual” selection. In
the “manual” position, the operator can adjust
the output proportionally between full open and
closed. Override switches shall bypass outputs
commanded via software login.
Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit Controllers
and Constant Air Volume Terminal Unit Controllers
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The DDC system Subcontractor shall ship for mounting
and wiring to the terminal unit manufacturer the
following items:
1)
Microprocessor based pressure independent
terminal unit controller.
2)
Software.
3)
Enclosure terminations.
4)
Control transformer (if required).
15000-200
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
5)
Air velocity sensor.
6)
Electric damper actuator.
7)
Interposing relays.
b.
The DDC controller and its associated power supply,
transducers, electric damper operator, etc., shall be
neatly mounted within a separate 20 gauge sealed and
gasketed galvanized sheet metal enclosure by the
Automatic Temperature Control Subcontractor. The
completed assembly shall be shipped by the Automatic
Temperature Control Subcontractor to the terminal unit
manufacturer for mounting directly to and supported
from the terminal device it serves. All external electrical
connections to the DDC controller within the box shall
be terminated in two separate junction boxes (with
removable covers), i.e., one for power and one for signal
communications.
All wiring and tubing shall be
permanently labeled and color coded for ease of
identification. No access to within the enclosure shall be
required for installation, startup or operation of the
terminal unit.
c.
The terminal unit manufacturer shall provide the
terminal unit with fail-in-place electric damper.
d.
The Automatic Temperature Control Subcontractor
shall field calibrate the microprocessor controller and all
field devices.
e.
This Subcontractor shall be responsible for shipping
costs associated with the devices discussed above, the
repair and/or replacement of all devices damaged during
shipment and all instructions pertaining to mounting,
wiring and tubing, including wiring diagrams.
f.
The control unit shall be capable of interfacing with a
hand-held terminal unit, DDC panel and the network
computer. The control unit shall accept a temperature
signal from an electronic space sensor/transmitter.
Room temperature, actual and calculated air flows and
flow and temperature alarms shall be continuously
transmitted to the network for access by the network
computer or other DDC units. The accuracy of the air
flow measurement shall be ±5%, within the temperature
range of 50-90°F. The status of all control unit I/O
points shall be available to the entire network or the
network computer at any time. All alarms shall be
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-201
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
automatically transmitted to the appropriate locations as
required by the system programming.
g.
Control algorithms necessary to accomplish the stated
sequence of operation shall be preprogrammed in the
control unit and shall be ready for operation after
application and unit address information is programmed
into the controller. All control sequences shall be
selectable from the network computer, DDC panel
and/or hand-held terminal unit. The operator at the
network computer shall be able to change temperature
set points, change minimum and maximum velocity set
point, display room temperature and display duct
velocity. Control software shall be maintained in
nonvolatile memory for reset after a power failure.
h.
The hand-held terminal unit shall connect into the
system via a jack connector at the room temperature
sensor and at the terminal unit. It shall be capable of
display of system variables, override control,
enabling/disabling of resident control programs, and
adjustment of control parameters.
1)
i.
The unit controller shall have, as a minimum, the
following I/O:
1)
2)
3)
4)
j.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Connection of a hand-held terminal, or multiple
hand-held terminals, shall not interrupt nor
interfere in any way with normal peer network
operation, prevent alarms from being indicated,
or preclude central initiated commands and
system modification from the network computer.
The hand-held terminal shall have its own
rechargeable battery-supplied power. Battery
supply shall be sufficient for 24 hours nominal
usage before recharging. Low battery condition
shall be visibly displayed.
Space temperature.
Differential pressure (velocity pressure).
Damper control.
Electric reheat coil control (as required per
application).
The control of each terminal unit shall be capable of
complete stand-alone operation and shall not depend on
information from any other element in the building,
including other terminal units and network computer for
15000-202
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
primary control. Failure of any component shall not
interrupt control of any other terminal unit controller.
k.
10.
The terminal unit shall be furnished complete with
factory mounted air velocity sensor (unless otherwise
noted), direct digital control unit and software, nonindicating, non-adjustable space temperature sensor,
damper, damper actuator, and power transformer (if
required). This Subcontractor shall mount and wire the
space temperature sensor and provide communication
wiring between each terminal unit and the network
computer. Power wiring of variable volume terminal
units shall be furnished and installed by this
Subcontractor. This Subcontractor shall also provide all
required software interface for the network computer to
monitor temperatures and air flows and adjust set points.
The operator at the network computer shall be able to
change temperature set point, change minimum and
maximum velocity set point, display space temperature,
actual air flow and duct velocity. Each terminal unit
shall be addressable through the network computer.
This Subcontractor shall field calibrate the air velocity
sensor and DDC controller.
Network Computer
a.
The network computer, located in the
Facility
Management Office, shall function as the primary means
of overall system control and monitoring. The console
equipment shall be arranged to present an efficient and
organized appearance. The following components shall
be located with the network computer:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
b.
PC based network computer.
Color graphic monitor.
Logging and alarm, receive only printer.
External modem.
Report generation printer.
Provide a network computer to meet Specification
requirements. The computer shall include the following:
Intel Pentium 4 microprocessor operating at 1.7 GHz.
128 MB SDRAM (expandable to 384 MB) with 512KB
integrated L2 cache memory.
30 GB (minimum) internal hard disk drive, 9.5 msec.
access time.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-203
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
One 1.44 MB 3-1/2 in. floppy disk drive.
Local bus 32-bit IDE controller capable of supporting
two hard disk drives and two floppy disk drives.
One (1) 16X/10X/40X CD-RW drive with 8 MB
memory with 50 CD’s.
ISA expansion bus with three spare expansion slots.
Local bus SVGA video output card (1280 x 1024 pixels,
256 color) with 8 MB VRAM graphics accelerator.
Iomega Zip 100 MB internal drive with 10 formatted
cartridges.
One parallel port (printer).
Two serial ports (one dedicated for mouse, one spare).
Tower type chassis including high capacity power
supply with surge suppressor.
101 key keyboard.
Microsoft mouse.
c.
Audio tone generator to activate on reception of an
alarm. Audio tone shall be capable of being enabled or
disabled on operator command.
d.
Network computer keyboard, mouse and monitor shall
be the primary means of operator access to the system.
They shall provide the operator interface for control of
the entire system. Hard copy of the display shall be
transferred at the operator's request to the alarm and
logging printer. To communicate with the direct digital
control system, the operator shall input via the keyboard
or mouse a command along with a proper identification
of the system.
e.
Receive-only printer shall be provided for all hard copy
output, including alarm reporting, system logging and
program development.
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The printer shall be 24 pin dot matrix heavy duty
type with 132 characters per line. The printer
shall be capable of print speeds of not less than
400 characters per second at draft quality and
100 characters per second at letter quality.
Printer shall include a 80K buffer to hold data
waiting to print in order to free the network
computer for other tasks. Printer shall be
15000-204
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
capable of top and rear paper feeds. Printers
shall be provided with alarm tone sound.
2)
The print shall have a full alphanumeric
capability plus punctuating and miscellaneous
characters.
3)
The output typed copy shall be paper and shall
be suitable for easy insertion into ring binder
with calendar date and time of day automatically
typed at beginning of each log.
4)
The printer supplied with the system shall
operate when messages fall due. The printer
shall be used for the recording of information
associated with system logs requested by the
operator, binary alarms, off-normals of analog
indication, and operator changes introduced
through the keyboard. A descriptive format shall
be used, for ready interpretation by the operator
without use of an index or other reference.
5)
The printer shall utilize two-color printing or an
alternative approved means to distinguish
between alarm conditions and return to normal.
f.
Report Generation Printer: Printer shall utilize thermal
ink jet print method. Engine speed in letter size, full
page graphics presentation print mode shall be 1/2 page
per minute. Printable width shall be 80 characters at 10
cpi. Form feed rate shall be 8 seconds per 11 inch page.
Printer shall accept furnished with 6 MB of memory
expandable to 72 MB. Printer shall accept letter size,
legal size and A4 size paper. Color resolution shall be
300 by 300 dpi. Printer shall be capable of producing
up to 16.8 million colors.
g.
The color display monitor shall be 18 inch, high
contrast, flat panel type operating with an SVGA high
speed 8 MB video output card. The monitor and video
card shall be capable of displaying color graphics and
text. The display area shall have a resolution of 1028
horizontal by 1024 vertical resolvable pixels. The
monitor shall be capable of displaying 256 colors
selected from a palette of 16.7 million colors.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-205
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
11.
h.
A digital display clock shall display on the monitor at all
times. Provision for manually resetting it shall be
provided. It shall be a 24 hour real time clock and seven
day calendar to provide data for logging.
i.
A network control key or software passwords shall allow
automatic functions of the system to continue, but
prevent unauthorized tampering with any computer
pushbuttons or controls while the computer is
unattended. This shall not disable the scanning or
alarming functions.
j.
The network computer shall be capable of remote
communication through a dedicated auto dial-out/auto
answer dial-in modem.
1)
The external modem shall be Hayes compatible,
and shall be capable of interface with the
network computer through a standard EIA
RS232-C
connection.
Speed/data
communication rate shall be 56 Kbps minimum.
An operator accessing the system via a modem
shall be capable of executing all commands
permissible by his access level.
Modem
communication shall at no time interfere with
the operation and performance of the network
computer or the direct digital field control units.
2)
A local switch shall be provided for the modem
connection to allow the operator to enable the
dial-in port.
System Communications
a.
Each direct digital control unit shall communicate with
each other and the network computer through a software
"token passing" protocol. If a control unit or the
network computer fails, all other devices on the
communications network shall be notified of the failure
and the communications network shall automatically
adjust to reflect the failure. When the failed control
unit(s)
or
network
computer
reestablishes
communications, all other devices on the network shall
be notified and normal communications shall resume.
b.
Communication between unitary controllers shall be
through a peer-to-peer protocol or polling protocol at a
minimum speed of 9600 baud.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-206
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c.
12.
The network computer shall alarm and notify the
operator by screen display, printout, and audio tone
when a communications breakdown occurs between any
direct digital control unit and the network computer or
unitary controller, and direct digital control unit.
Direct Digital Control Unit and Unitary Controller Software
a.
The direct digital control unit and unitary controller
programming language shall be designed for facility
automation and control applications. System controller
programming, editing and data base generation, control
and reporting functions shall be performed at the
network computer.
b.
The software program shall be made to permit on-line
programming modifications to add, delete or modify
points to any existing programmed category in the field
by the Engineer subsequent to inputting an established
authorization Code.
c.
The direct digital control unit and unitary controller shall
contain resident software as follows:
1)
Mathematical, logic, and utility functions.
2)
Standard energy
functions.
3)
Routines available in any combination for site
programming the unit, including the following:
a)
calculations
and
control
Math Routines
Basic Arithmetic
Binary Logic
Fixed Formulas for Psychometric
Calculations
b)
Utility Routines
Process Entry and Exit
Keyboard Functions
Variable Adjustments and Output
Alarm Indication
Restart
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-207
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c)
Control Routines
Signal Compensation
Loop Control
Control Tuning
Energy Conservation
Timed Programming
User Defined Programming
d.
Sensing and Control
1)
Monitor and control functions indicated on the
point list or as specified.
2)
Resident programs shall include:
3)
a)
Control
algorithms
to
permit
proportional, integral and derivative
control modes to meet the needs of the
application.
b)
Other control modes, such as
incremental, floating or two positions.
c)
Control routines to bypass or suppress
integral and derivative time constants in
two-mode and three-mode control
algorithms during startup of systems to
prevent reset windup.
d)
Automatic control loop tuning.
Point monitoring and control functions shall
include the following:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
4)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Digital Inputs (DI).
Analog Inputs (AI).
Digital Output (DO).
Pulsed Outputs (PO) with feedback.
Analog Output (AO) with feedback.
Analog to digital conversion for analog point
monitoring shall be provided at the direct digital
control unit before digital transmission to the
network computer. The conversion resolution
shall be preferably not less than 12 bit.
15000-208
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
e.
f.
Power Fail Restart
1)
The operating programs and data base shall be
protected against loss of normal power by 72
hour (minimum) volatile memory battery
backup. When normal power is restored after
failure, a software restart program shall be
automatically initiated.
2)
Following recovery from a power failure, all
control points in the local controllers and
network computer shall be updated to current
status.
Interface: The unitary controllers shall interface with the
direct digital control units. The direct digital control
units shall interface with the network computer. The
software portion of this interface shall provide the ability
for monitoring and control from the network computer.
The interface shall have implemented, as a minimum,
the protocol for the following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
g.
Initialization and down load of programs and
data bases.
Data base definition.
Process definition.
Operation interface definition.
Point monitor and control.
Enable/disable process and point functions.
Direct digital control unit status.
Unitary controller status.
Stand-Alone Operation
1)
In the stand-alone mode, the direct digital
control unit and unitary controller shall perform
the following operations:
a)
h.
Energy Management
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Processing of local loop control and
energy management functions.
The direct digital control unit shall contain all
necessary firmware to implement any of the
following energy management functions with
the addition of any required field sensors and
software programming:
15000-209
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
a)
Supply air reset from specific load
demands.
b)
Optimal start using an adaptive
algorithm to prevent the need for
manual adjustment or parameters.
c)
Chiller optimization controlling both
chilled water (from specific load
demands) and condenser water using
outdoor wet bulb and tower approach
temperature as the decision criteria.
d)
Chiller efficiency.
e)
VAV fan matching and supply fan
control.
f)
Trending of system variables at DDC.
g)
Short term data storage.
h)
Totalization of system variables.
i)
Holiday programming.
j)
Supply water reset from specific load
demands.
k)
Engineer tailored programs.
The
Engineer shall be capable of generating
additional programs as may be required
through the library of routines available
in firmware.
The unitary controllers shall contain all
necessary firmware to implement, as a
minimum, the following energy management
functions.
a)
Supply air reset from specific load
demands.
b)
Economizer control.
c)
Holiday programming.
d)
Engineer tailored programs.
The
Engineer shall be capable of generating
additional programs as may be required
through the library of routines available
in firmware.
15000-210
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
13.
i.
Diagnostics and Serviceability:
The direct digital
control units and unitary controllers shall have built-in,
nondestructive procedure for checking the local
display(s) and the memory. It shall display advisories
for maintenance, performance, and/or software
problems.
j.
Program Availability: The Engineer shall be furnished
with all software programs required to modify and create
new DDC and unitary controller software programs and
upload and download the programs. In addition, all
programs shall become property of the Engineer on
completion of the project at no additional cost. All
application programs and software programming created
for this project shall become the property of the
Engineer on completion of the project at no additional
cost.
Network Computer Software
a.
b.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Real-Time Operating System: The operating system
shall be a Microsoft Windows NT based real-time,
multi-tasking, operating system. The following shall be
executed in the direct digital control unit or the network
computer.
1)
Task services (create/delete, suspend/resume,
priority change, status inquiry, lock/unlock,
etc.).
2)
Full intertask queuing, including semaphores.
3)
Memory allocation/deallocation.
4)
Real time clock services.
5)
Character I/O services.
6)
Interrupt services.
Third Party Software Interface: The network computer
operating software shall be capable of supporting "wellbehaved" Microsoft Windows third party application
programs, such as WordPerfect for Windows, Microsoft
Paintbrush, Ami Pro, Lotus 1-2-3 for Windows, Paradox
for Windows and Microsoft Excel for Windows, etc.
Both the network computer operating software and a
third party application program shall be capable of
multitasking operation in either the "maximized" or
15000-211
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
"minimized" modes. When a third party software
program is in use in the "maximized" mode and an
automatic alarm condition occurs, an alarm window
shall be superimposed on the application program to
notify the operator of the alarm condition. The operator
shall then place the application software file in the
"minimized" mode and place the operating software in
the "maximized" mode to further investigate the alarm
condition.
c.
Distributed I/O Processing: The network computer shall
monitor the DDC system.
d.
Point Processing: The network computer shall read the
point data transmitted from the DDC systems, receive
the data for change-of-state and alarms, stores the
current state of the points in its internal data base, and
reports changes or alarms. Alarms shall be annunciated
and logged on the printer. The operator, via network
computer, shall manually initiate control points (start,
stop, adjust, etc.).
e.
Applications: The network computer also provides the
following extended features to the basic point processing
operation of the system:
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Priority Operation: This allows the assignment
of an execution and a residual priority for each
commanded state sent down from the network
computer to the DDC system controllers so the
command functions are each assigned a certain
priority level and shall override lower priority
commands.
2)
Confirmation: Confirmation is the mechanism
for determining if a start/stop or a reset point
responded to a given command. A start/stop
point shall be confirmed by a change-of-state of
a digital input point. A reset point shall be
confirmed by an expected value of an analog
input point.
3)
Time of Day: The time of day includes current
time, day of week, month and year, and a
holiday schedule for the current year. The time
shall be kept in the network computer by means
of a clock backed up by a battery.
15000-212
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
f.
g.
4)
DDC Program Development: Development and
maintenance of DDC programs shall be done in
the network computer. Required data bases
shall be developed as part of the software
package and shall include analog, digital and
alarm points specified herein.
5)
DDC Algorithm Download: The executable
object programs shall be downloaded to any of
the direct digital control units from the network
computer.
Provide software to allow
downloading of DDC programs from the
network computer. In addition, any programs
resident in a direct digital control unit may be
uploaded and archived at the network computer.
6)
Historical Data: The network computer shall be
capable of storage of historical data and, upon
operator command, shall transfer historical data
to an external system.
Alarms
1)
Alarms shall be processed by their alarm
classification.
2)
Alarms shall be recorded on the alarm/logging
printer and shall include the system point
identification, time and date of the alarm
occurrence.
3)
Critical alarm points shall be configured to
provide on-screen alerts to the operator
immediately upon entering the alarm state.
Alarms shall be processed with analog and
nuisance alarms inhibited and capable of routing
by time schedule, event and operator command.
This procedure is required irrespective of which
DOS partition the operator is operating under at
any given time. This requirement may be
fulfilled either by partitioning the monitor
display page or by other methods acceptable to
the Engineer.
Reports
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The system shall be provided with the following
numeric and graphic software programs for online or off-line report generation:
15000-213
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
2)
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Energy usage.
Alarm status.
Trend logging.
Network status.
Point status.
The printed information shall include the system
name, the point name and the time and date.
Operator Interface
1)
The network computer shall contain an operator
interface to allow point display, alarming, and
control of the points using the monitor and
keyboard. Points are specified by point name
using a three level identifier (e.g., Building,
System, Point).
2)
The network and point data bases shall be
created in stand-alone mode in the network
computer. The site validation of the data bases
shall be performed sequentially; first, I/O points
shall be proved through to the direct digital
control units and, secondly, the I/O points shall
be proved through the DDC control units and
network computer to the entire system.
3)
The interface shall be menu driven and give the
operator the following capabilities based upon
password access level:
a)
Place the DDC system on/off line.
b)
Enable/disable site control.
c)
Perform verification
network computer.
d)
Initialize configuration of the network
computer parameters (baud rate, ID,
etc.).
e)
Upload of new versions of DDC control
code.
f)
Start, stop, adjust DDC system data
points.
g)
Display DDC system data points.
15000-214
tests
on
the
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
4)
i.
LEVEL
1
2
3
4
5
h)
Self-test diagnostics.
i)
Adjust DDC system set points.
The monitor screen shall be logically partitioned
to allow the simultaneous occurrence of operator
interaction and alarm indication with no
interference to each other's screen display.
Password
1)
System software shall provide for a log-on
procedure to gain access to the system. A
minimum of 8 unique passwords shall be
available with five access levels available.
2)
Password access shall segment the capabilities
of the system programmers and the system
operators to access any DDC unit on line and to
manually execute from the network computer
the following based upon access level.
ACCESS
Full access, including Password definition and summary.
Full access (except Password definition and summary), including
ability to define new objects, nodes, and database. Allows
additions to an existing network.
Access to modify object attributes.
Access to
override commands.
Allows
manual
control/adjustment of individual objects.
Access to activity/error logs, system summaries, and alarm
acknowledgment.
j.
Program Availability: The Engineer shall be furnished
with all software programs required to modify and create
new network computer software programs.
The
programs shall become property of the Engineer on
completion of the project at no additional cost. All
software graphics created for this project and associated
software tools shall become property of the Engineer on
completion of the project.
k.
Graphics
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The graphics package shall minimize the use of
typewriter style keyboard through the use of a
mouse.
15000-215
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
a)
Graphics software package shall be fully
implemented and operational and shall
provide dynamic graphic displays and
controls for each system.
Color
graphics software shall be capable of
producing a minimum of sixteen colors.
Graphics shall detail the mechanical,
electrical and control features of each
system; and shall continuously update to
provide a dynamic mimic of system
operation.
b)
The Engineer shall have the capability
of performing the following functions as
a minimum requirement:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
c)
In the development of a graphic display,
the software package shall support all
operator functions required to:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Create a new graphic display.
Modify a portion of a graphic
display.
Delete a graphic display.
Call up and cancel a display.
Start and stop equipment.
Enable and disable software
modes.
Change set points.
15000-216
Define the background of the
display.
Establish colors for the display.
Locate, orient and size the
symbols.
Position and edit alphanumeric
descriptors.
Establish connecting lines.
Establish sources of real-time
data and location of their
readouts.
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d)
Software shall permit the creation of
display symbols by a single keystroke or
control sequence.
Graphic symbols
shall include the following as a
minimum:
Pump
Two-way Valve
Three-way Valve
Temperature Element
Humidity Element
Flow Element
Pressure Element
Fan
Damper and Actuator
Limit Switch
Temperature Switch
e)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Flow Switch
Cooling Coil
Heating Coil
Filter
Piping Run
Duct Run
Flow Arrows
Chiller
Pressure Reducing Valve
Cooling Tower
Provide a separate graphic display for
each system specified below.
Use
different colors to indicate the various
components and the state of these
components. Colors shall conform on
all displays and shall allow easy
interaction and rapid recognition.
Alarms shall not automatically generate
a graphic display but shall send a
message to the operator indicating on
which graphic display the alarm
condition may be viewed.
(1)
Fresh air intake fans.
(2)
Each air conditioning system.
(3)
Each ventilation and exhaust
system.
(4)
Each exhaust fan.
(5)
Each floor plan indicating all
fans, floor dampers, etc., per
floor.
(6)
Emergency generator system.
(7)
Each chilled water system.
(8)
Each condenser water system.
15000-217
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
f)
(9)
Ten (10) additional graphics to
be defined by the Engineer.
(10)
Each graphic shall display, as a
minimum, the following:
(a)
Set points.
(b)
Process variable
measurements.
(c)
Damper position (open/
closed, % open).
(d)
Valve position (open/
closed, % open).
(e)
Equipment status (green
- on, white - off, red alarm).
(f)
Alarms (green - normal,
red - alarm).
A graphical penetration scheme shall be
furnished to allow an Engineer access
to each graphic. The scheme shall
consist of the following (in order):
(1)
Site plan.
(2)
Building plan.
(3)
Floor plan.
(4)
Individual rooms (Mechanical
Equipment Rooms, Elevator
Machine Rooms, Offices, etc.).
In addition, an operator shall be capable
of bypassing the graphical penetration
scheme and accessing a graphic directly.
M.
Temperature Control Instruments
1.
Instruments and control devices shall be provided for all required
points detailed hereinafter. Instruments shall have accuracies as
stated herein. Instrument characteristics such as hysteresis,
relaxation time, span, and maximum and minimum limits, shall
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-218
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
be accounted for in applications of instruments and controls.
Not all devices specified may be required for this project.
2.
Field wiring for each digital device shall be manufacturer's
standard. The details of the wiring shall be included in the
submittal.
3.
The overall accuracy of values at the remote points which are
reported to the network computer are given below. Final testing,
using test methods as approved by the Mechanical Consulting
Engineers, to determine instrument accuracy, shall be made
under the direction of the Mechanical Consulting Engineers.
4.
This Subcontractor shall make every effort to provide all
automatic control instruments subject to outdoor air conditions
or located outdoors constructed of material to withstand the
outdoor air conditions.
5.
Temperature Transmitters (Electronic Type)
a.
Duct mounted averaging type transmitters shall consist
of a 100 ohm platinum RTD averaging element housed
in a flexible sheath and electrical box for wiring
connections. Transmitter shall provide 2 wire 4-20 mA
d.c. output linear over specified temperature range, with
an accuracy of ±0.5°C. over entire operating span.
Wiring connections shall accept 1.0 mm. wire.
b.
Duct mounted nonaveraging type transmitters shall
consist of a 100 ohm platinum RTD mounted on a 850
mm. probe and electrical box for wiring connections.
Transmitter shall provide a 2 wire 4-20 mA d.c. output
linear over specified temperature range with an accuracy
of ±0.3°C. over the entire operating span.
c.
Liquid insertion type transmitters shall consist of a
spring loaded 100 ohm platinum RTD and electrical box
for wiring connections. Transmitter shall provide a 2
wire 4-20 mA d.c. output linear over specified
temperature range with an accuracy of ±0.2°C. over
entire operating span.
d.
Transmitters for duct locations shall not be affected by
vibrations encountered in normal duct systems.
e.
Space transmitter shall be designed for wall mounting in
a decorative ventilated enclosure and consist of a 1000
ohm platinum RTD element and electrical box for wiring
connections. Transmitter shall provide 2-wire 4-20 mA
d.c. output linear over temperature range of 0-38°C.,
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-219
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
with an accuracy of ±0.5°C. over entire operating span.
Wiring connections shall accept 1.0 mm. wire. Finish
and final location shall be reviewed by the Engineer and
Consulting Engineers.
f.
6.
Combination temperature and humidity transmitters are
not acceptable.
Thermistors
a.
Thermistor temperature sensing elements are an
acceptable alternate for RTD's provided they meet the
following performance criteria:
1)
Thermistors must be measurement grade, semiconductor glass encapsulated bead type with a
negative temperature coefficient of resistance.
Thermistors shall meet or exceed the following
performance criteria:
Temperature Range
-80°C. to 250°C.
Accuracy (0°C.)
0.2°C. to 0.05°C.
Accuracy (70°C.)
0.2°C. to 0.05°C.
Accuracy (150°C.)
1.0°C.
Sensitivity
-4%/°C. (100 ohm to
100,000 ohm)
7.
Static Pressure Transmitters (Electronic Type): Duct static
pressure transmitters shall consist of static pressure probe,
transmitter and electrical box for wiring connections. Duct wall
pressure taps shall be acceptable. Reference pressure sensing
connections to duct static pressure transmitters shall be made
through an ambient pressure probe or chamber which shall
minimize effects of air disturbances and maintain a steady,
uniform reference pressure. Transmitter shall provide 2-wire 420 mA d.c. output linear over specified pressure range, with an
accuracy of 125 Pa over a range of 0-1000 Pa. Wiring
connections shall accept 1.0 mm. wire.
8.
Protective Thermostats and Detectors
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Electric high temperature thermostats shall be bimetallic
element type with snap-acting manual reset switch and
with a sensing element with at least 254 mm. insertion
length. Thermostats shall be set for duct temperature of
52°C., unless otherwise noted. Install where noted on
15000-220
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
drawings, or as directed by the Mechanical Consulting
Engineer.
9.
b.
The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and wire all
smoke detector elements for installation where noted on
drawings, or as directed by the Electrical Consulting
Engineer.
c.
Electric low temperature (freeze protection) thermostats
shall have 6 meter capillary (not averaging type)
installed to cover the entire cross-sectional area of coil
face. Switch actuation shall occur if any 30 cm. length
of capillary senses a temperature below set point. As a
minimum, one thermostat shall be furnished and
installed for each cooling coil. If one thermostat is not
sufficient to provide adequate coverage of coil, this
Subcontractor shall furnish and install additional
thermostats to provide sufficient coverage. Sufficient
coil coverage shall be field verified by Mechanical
Consulting Engineer. These thermostats shall be twoposition automatic reset type. The elements shall be
suspended at least 150 mm. to 200 mm. downstream of
the preheat coils. Furnish in the direct digital control
system a software time delay relay to delay fan
shutdown and alarming at the network computer for 180
seconds (adjustable), unless otherwise stated.
Relative Humidity Transmitters
a.
Duct mounted relative humidity transmitter shall provide
4-20 mA linear d.c. output corresponding to range of 0
to 95% R.H. Calibrated end-to-end accuracy shall be
±1.0% R.H. over the range of ±10% R.H. of set point
and ±2.5% R.H. over the range of 0-95% R.H. at 25°C.
Repeatability ±0.5% R.H.; linearity ±1% R.H.
b.
Space relative humidity transmitter shall provide a 4-20
mA linear d.c. output corresponding to the range of 0 to
95% R.H. Calibrated end-to-end accuracy shall be
±1.0% R.H. over the range of ±10% R.H. of set point
and ±2.5% R.H. over the range of 0-95% R.H. at 25°C.
Repeatability ±0.5% R.H.; linearity ±1% R.H. Finish
and final location shall be reviewed by the Engineer and
Consulting Engineer.
c.
Combination temperature and humidity transmitters are
not acceptable.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-221
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
10.
11.
Weather Station
a.
The weather station shall be used to measure outside air
dry bulb temperature and relative humidity.
b.
The components of the station shall be:
1)
Temperature sensor and signal conditioner
generating a 4-20 mA signal over a range of 40°C. to 49°C. Accuracy shall be ±0.5°C.
2)
Relative humidity sensor and signal conditioner
generating a 4-20 mA signal over a range of 0100% R.H. Accuracy shall be ±2% R.H. over
the range of 20-90% R.H.
3)
Surge arresters at sensor inputs to prevent
system damage from high voltage lightning
spikes.
4)
Chassis assembly used to house the signal
conditioners for the sensors and a 120/240 volt,
50/60 Hz. power supply.
5)
Sensing elements shall be provided with Teflon
filters.
6)
All wire terminations shall be provided with a
silicon coating.
Thermowells
a.
Provide a Thermowell for every temperature sensing
element installed in piping and equipment, including
transmitter sensing bulbs, RTD's and temperature
switches.
b.
Thermowells shall be Type 304 stainless steel, tapered
pattern, 15 mm. NPT external process connection, 13
mm. NPT internal thread, with lagging extension, equal
to insulation thickness, where installed in insulated
piping. Thermowells shall have an insertion length of at
least 1/3 of pipe diameter but in no case shall wells be
less than 114 mm. insertion length. Thermowells shall
be rated for maximum system operating pressure,
temperature and fluid velocity.
c.
Internal bore of Thermowells shall be sized to exactly fit
the diameter of the sensing element to be installed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-222
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
12.
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD)
a.
For monitoring of temperature, use of an RTD as a direct
signal input into the direct digital system is an
acceptable alternate to a temperature transmitter,
provided the accuracy is equal to that of the substituted
transmitters (± 0.15% of calibrated span).
b.
The RTD shall be a platinum three-wire RTD with base
resistance 100 ohms at 0°C. Compensated for lead wire
resistance, and wired directly to direct digital controller
analog input terminals. Operating range 0 to 40°C.
Maximum temperature indication error in operating
range not to exceed plus or minus 0.3°C.
c.
Platinum sensing wire shall be wound on ceramic or
glass mandrel with lead wires encased in ceramic lead
support tube and epoxy sealed in 6 mm. OD, Type
304SS, pressuretight sheath. For RTD's installed in air
ducts, the sensing element shall be averaging type,
wound to provide sensing of the average of temperatures
along the full length of the probe sheath. The complete
RTD assembly shall include a die-cast aluminum
connector head fitted to the lead end of the probe sheath.
Connector head shall be weather resistant with threaded
aluminum captive cap and chain, terminal block for lead
wires, 13 mm. NPT process end and extension wiring
connections.
d.
Pipe Mounting: Install RTD in matched Thermowell
with an internal diameter to exactly fit the probe sheath.
The RTD probe shall be inserted to the full depth of the
Thermowell. Provide a union connection in the 13 mm.
NPT pipe nipple extension between the Thermowell and
the connector head.
e.
Duct Mounting: RTD probes installed in air ducts shall
be the full width of the duct. Provide a 13 mm. NPT
common flange and gasket bolted to the duct side wall at
mid-height. Install RTD assembly on flange with union
connection in the 13 mm. NPT pipe nipple extension
from flange to connector head. Provide continuous
support of exposed RTD probe inside of duct by
strapping to support angle iron spanning full width of
duct. The sensing probe shall be fully exposed to the
airstream, and the support sufficiently rigid to prevent
any vibration or movement of the sensing probe due to
air velocity effects.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-223
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
13.
Differential Pressure Transmitters (Used in Water Service)
a.
Differential pressure transmitters shall be variable
capacitance type arranged for 2 wire, 4-20 mA control
signal output. Transmitter shall be enclosed in a
gasketed, dust and watertight housing. All body cavities
open to the process fluid shall be provided with drain
ports at the cavity bottom and vent ports at the top of the
cavity. Both drain and vent ports shall be minimum 6
mm. - 18 NPT. The transmitter shall have continuously
adjustable (externally) zero and span.
b.
The differential pressure range span shall be adjustable
to permit maximum zero elevation of 600% of calibrated
span and a maximum zero suppression of 500% of
calibrated span. These adjustments shall be made within
the transmitter housing without a change of parts. The
transmitter shall be capable of sustaining differential
pressures in either direction, up to the body rating
without damage to the instrument or a loss of accuracy
or zero shift.
c.
The transmitter shall be fully compensated for both
process and ambient temperature variations and a
calibrated accuracy of ±0.25% of calibrated span.
d.
Transmitter shall be furnished complete with factory
mounted 5-valve manifold.
14.
Turbine Flow Meters: Insertion type turbine flow meters shall
be designed to mount through a fully open 80 mm. ball, plug or
gate valve. Meter flow range shall be 0.6-12 m./sec. for liquid.
Meter linearity shall be ±1% over a 10:1 range. Repeatability
shall be 0.10%. Turbine head and stem shall be constructed of
stainless steel, bearings shall be tungsten carbide, housing and
flange shall be carbon steel. Housing pressure rating shall be
200 psig. A d.c. powered two-wire flow transmitter shall be
flow meter mounted. Flow transmitter output shall be 4-20 mA
d.c. linear with flow. Transmitter input shall be magnetic
pickup. Transmitter accuracy shall be ±25% of span. Turbine
meter shall be as approved by the Mechanical Consulting
Engineer.
15.
Vortex Flow Meters: Flow meters shall have an accuracy of
±0.1% of flow rate, and a repeatability of 0.2% of flow rate.
Flow meter shall be capable of producing an analog 4 to 20 mA
d.c. output linear with flow or a pulse output. Body material
shall be 316 stainless steel or carbon steel. End connections
shall be RF flange.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-224
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
16.
17.
18.
Airflow Measuring Stations
a.
Airflow measurement accuracy shall be ±2% of actual
flow over a range of 6 to 1 capacity turndown. The
probe installation shall not produce any static barrier
(resistance to airflow).
b.
Each airflow measuring station shall be furnished with
an electronic differential pressure transmitter capable of
transmitting a 4 to 20 mA d.c.
output signal.
Transmitter accuracy shall be ±0.5% of span, including
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Repeatability
±0.5% of span. The transmitter shall be capable of being
field recalibrated for a different span within its range
limits. Span shall be matched for a specific cfm range.
Transmitter zero shall be field adjustable.
c.
Air flow measuring stations located in otdoor air ducts
shall be constructed of 316L stainless steel.
Differential Pressure Switch - Water
a.
Differential pressure switch shall contain brass bellows
which shall operate snap-acting SPDT contacts.
b.
High and low sensing ports shall be 6 mm. NPT.
c.
Adjustable operating range shall be capable of sustaining
517 kPa in either direction.
Differential Pressure Switch - Air
a.
Differential pressure switch shall be diaphragm operated
with DPDT contacts activated by photocell controlled
relay.
Contact rating shall be 15A, 220VAC.
Incorporate gauge, set point indicator and tamperproof
knobs.
b.
High and low sensing ports shall be 3 mm. NPT
connected to angle type tips designed to sense pressure.
19.
Pressure Electric Switch: Pressure electric switch shall be
pneumatically operated snap-acting switch with SPDT contacts.
Set point adjustable from 20 kPa to 138 kPa, 14 kPa differential
(deadband), fixed.
20.
High Temperature Room Thermostat: High temperature room
thermostat shall contain either bi-metallic or mercury type
switches, SPDT rated for 5 amps at 220 VAC.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-225
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
N.
21.
Current Sensing Relays: Relay shall be field adjustable for
detecting a.c. current levels in equipment served. Relay shall be
non-latching and shall have no time delay. Nominal input
voltage and current sensing range shall be selected based on
electrical characteristics of equipment served. Relay shall be
installed on one lead of the load side of motor feed. Relay
contacts shall be Form C rated for 5A at 220 VAC.
22.
Valves shall be single seated type.
23.
Chilled water control valves shall have equal percentage flow
characteristics.
24.
Control valve shall be provided with travel indicator (pointer)
attached to steam stem and a travel indicator scale attached to the
yoke to indicate valve travel.
Automatic Control Valves
1.
All automatic control valves shall be globe valves and shall have
equal percentage flow characteristics unless specified otherwise.
The valves shall be quiet in operation and fail-safe in either
normally open or normally closed position in the event of power
failure. All valves shall be capable of operating at varying rates
of speed to correspond to the exact dictates of the controllers and
variable load requirements. The valves shall be capable of
operating in sequence with other valves and/or dampers when
required by the sequence of operation. All control valves shall
be sized by the control manufacturer and shall be guaranteed to
meet the cooling loads as scheduled. All control valves shall be
suitable for the pressure conditions and shall close against the
differential pressures involved. Valve operators shall be electric
spring return type. Body pressure rating and connection type
construction shall conform to fitting and valve schedules, as per
the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section of the
Specifications. Control valves 50 mm. and smaller shall have
bronze bodies and stainless steel trim and stem. End connections
shall be threaded. Control valves 80 mm. and larger in a service
where pressure does not exceed 8.6 bar at 282°C. or where steam
pressure does not exceed 7 bar shall have 8.6 bar cast iron
bodies. Trim and stem shall be stainless steel. End connections
shall be flanged. Valves 80 mm. and larger in a service where
pressure does not exceed 17.2 bar at 200°C. shall have 17.2 bar
cast iron bodies. Trim and stem shall be stainless steel. End
connections shall be flanged. Valves shall have sufficient
stuffing box protection to insure against leakage at hydrostatic
head involved. Control valve operators shall be sized to close
against a differential pressure equal to the design pump head plus
10 percent. Where pressure and flow combinations exceed
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-226
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
ratings for commercial valves and operators, industrial class
single-seated valves and operators or double-seated valve with a
leakage rate of .1% of rated valve capacity shall be provided.
O.
2.
Valves shall be single seated type.
3.
Chilled water control valves shall have equal percentage flow
characteristics.
4.
Control valve shall be provided with travel indicator (pointer)
attached to stem and a travel indicator scale attached to the yoke
to indicate valve travel.
Motorized Valves
1.
All motorized valves, where shown on the drawings or specified
herein, shall be high performance butterfly type with lug ends.
Motorized valves used in on/off service shall be furnished with
electric piston operators, and open and closed limit switches.
Valves shall fail in their last position upon loss of electric power.
Motorized valves used in modulating service shall have electric
spring return actuators. All such valves shall be provided under
this Section. Valve body shall be carbon steel with 316 stainless
disc, 17-4 pH stainless shaft. Seat and seal materials shall be
Teflon. The valve shall be provided with a speed control device
(adjustable) to prevent the valve from too rapid a closure rate.
Body pressure rating and connection type construction shall
conform to fitting and valve schedules. The electric operator
shall be provided with an external position indicator. Valves
shall be full-bodied, full lug type only (wafer type or semilugged
valves shall not be permitted). Valves shall be bolted from both
ends of the flanges. Valves shall be capable of bubble-tight
double dead-end closure with either upstream or downstream
flange removed through the valve full rated pressure.
2.
All motorized valves shall be provided with manually operated
de-clutchable handwheels for overriding the operator in both
emergency and normal operation.
3.
Motorized valves, automatic control valves, actuators, solenoid
valves, limit switches, manual override handwheels, position
indicators, etc., which are located outdoors shall be constructed
for outdoor use. All electrical devices shall be weatherproof and
NEMA 4 rated. All exposed valve components (i.e., stem, shaft,
gear operators, handwheel, etc.) shall be constructed of
nonrusting metal or factory-coated with rust-inhibiting paint.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-227
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
P.
Automatic Control and Automatic Smoke Dampers
1.
Low leakage automatic control dampers, automatic smoke
dampers and/or combination smoke/fire dampers shall be
furnished under this Section of the Specifications. Smoke
dampers shall meet the requirements of UL 555S for Class II
leakage at 170°C. Combination smoke/fire dampers shall meet
the requirements of UL555 and UL 555S for Class II leakage at
170°C. All electrical wiring (power and control) for the dampers
shall be furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
2.
Dampers Which Require Opposed Blade Action: Dampers
under modulating control such as outdoor air, return air and spill
air dampers in air conditioning systems and air intake,
recirculation air, and exhaust air dampers in ventilation systems,
minimum outdoor air dampers serving restaurant air
conditioning units.
3.
Dampers Which Require Parallel Blade Action: Dampers in
two-position service such as outdoor air intake and exhaust air
dampers in 100 percent outdoor air ventilation systems, fan
discharge dampers and floor isolation dampers in supply and
return air ducts.
4.
Smoke Dampers: All floor isolation dampers, fan discharge
dampers and return air shall be smoke dampers. Provide smoke
dampers at all in two hour rated walls and wherever a fire
damper is installed. In systems over 7.08 L/S, the fan discharge
damper and return air damper at the mixed air plenum shall be
smoke dampers.
5.
Combination Smoke/Fire Damper: Combination smoke/fire
damper incorporating a one-time 74°C. fusible link shall be
furnished and installed in all two hour fire rated walls. Damper
shall be capable of being reopened only up to the link disconnect
temperature and be dynamically rated for closure against air flow
in both vertical and horizontal mounting configurations. All
combination smoke/fire dampers shall meet all NFPA
requirements.
6.
Dampers installed in outdoor and exhaust air ducts shall be
completely constructed of 316 stainless steel, including linkages.
Damper frame shall be 203 mm. x 51 mm. flanged and 2 mm.
thick 316 stainless steel channel. Damper blades shall be 2 mm.
thick 316 stainless steel. Blade, shaft and jamb seals be stainless
steel. Axles shall be 13 mm. diameter stainless steel. Bearings
shall be outboard type with shaft seal. Linkages shall be
external.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-228
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
7.
All other dampers located in non-outdoor air environment (i.e.,
within a conditioned environment) shall be constructed with 125
mm. x 25 mm. welded frames of 1.65 mm. (min.) galvanized
steel, roll formed into triple "U" configuration, or 50 mm. x 25
mm. x 3 mm. welded galvanized steel channel frame. Blades
shall be not less than 1.65 mm. galvanized steel formed with
multiple, longitudinal breaks and interlocking "V" groove edges.
Maximum blade width, 200 mm.; maximum blade length, 1200
mm. Blades shall pivot on 12 mm. diameter zinc plated steel
axles through-bolted to blade, and mounted in low friction
bearings. Smoke dampers shall be provided with stainless steel
bearings. Damper blade linkages shall be face mounted on the
blades. Drive linkage and damper operators shall be located
outside of the duct. Damper operator drive brackets and linkage
hardware, including brackets, couplings, connecting rods, bolts
and set screws shall be zinc or cadmium plated steel of sufficient
size and strength to operate dampers against the maximum rated
static pressure. Linkage trunnions shall be brass or bronze. All
damper hardware shall be bolted in place. Speed screws shall
not be permitted. Dampers shall have continuous stainless
spring steel jamb seals installed the full height of each vertical
frame member to maintain tension on the thrust bearing sealing
the blade ends and axle. Non-smoke dampers shall be provided
with fabric reinforced, or vinyl neoprene edge seals. Smoke
dampers shall be furnished with silicon rubber blade edge seals.
Edge seals shall be securely attached to the damper blades and
shall increase the tightness of the seal as the differential static
pressure across the damper increases.
8.
Total blade height shall not be less than duct height minus the
damper frame width. Blank-off plates shall not be permitted.
Blade stops shall not exceed 19 mm. Where damper sizes are
increased above those indicated on mechanical drawings due to
standard blade width, this Section of the Specification shall be
responsible for coordinating with the Sheet Metal Subcontractor
to incorporate transition ducts. All costs for fabrication and
installation of transition ducts shall be included as part of this
Section of the Specification. Transitions shall be installed by the
Sheet Metal Subcontractor.
9.
Breaks in the galvanized finish caused during fabrication
operations shall be cleaned and completely covered with a sound
coat of zinc rich paint.
10.
All dampers shall be constructed to withstand the approach
velocity developed at maximum design air flow for each damper
and ductwork configuration as shown on the mechanical
drawings. This Subcontractor shall determine the maximum
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-229
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
design air flow through each damper, calculate the air velocity
through the damper, and select a damper suitable to withstand
the velocity developed without excessive noise or vibration.
Maximum design air flow calculations shall be included with
damper schedule submissions.
11.
For non-smoke control dampers, air leakage through a closed
damper shall not exceed the following values:
Damper
Area
Differential
Pressure
Total
Leakage
1.5 m.2
1 kPa
270 m3/hr.
12.
Damper banks consisting of multiple damper sections shall be
furnished with continuous vertical 3.4 mm. galvanized steel or
stainless steel stiffeners every 1200 mm. as part of the damper
assembly. Drive blades of multiple section damper assemblies
shall be coupled together with jack shafts. The assembly of
damper sections shall be constructed to operate against the
maximum differential static pressure specified for individual
damper sections.
13.
Smoke dampers and combination smoke/fire dampers consisting
of multiple damper sections shall be provided with mounting
frames, mullions and hardware required to conform with their
UL listing. This Section of the Specification shall be responsible
for coordinating with the Sheet Metal Subcontractor and
insuring that the dampers are installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s and UL requirements.
14.
Damper Operators: All damper operators shall be electric spring
return type so that the damper shall fail-safe on interruption of
power. They shall be quiet in operation and have ample power
to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting
on louvers to position dampers accurately and smoothly for
velocities up to 18 m/s. The damper operator mounting
arrangement shall be outside the air stream wherever possible.
The control manufacturer shall provide a substantial (strong)
linkage between operator and damper. Operators shall be
capable of 60 second travel time from full open to full closed and
from full closed to full open, and shall be fully proportional
unless otherwise noted.
15.
A sufficient number of damper operators shall be installed to
operate single and multiple damper sections smoothly and in
unison at the maximum rated static pressure and air velocity, and
to provide the close-off torque required to meet damper leakage
criteria. Provide auxiliary drive shafts with pillow block
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-230
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
bearings and bearing support brackets rigidly attached to the
damper frame assembly on damper banks more than one damper
section wide.
16.
Dampers and Actuators Serving Emergency Generators
a.
Q.
Damper construction shall be as described above with
the following exceptions:
1)
Emergency generator discharge dampers shall be
furnished with high temperature edge seals
capable of withstanding an ambient temperature
of 230°C.
2)
Actuators used with emergency generator
discharge dampers shall be extended
temperature actuators capable of withstanding an
ambient temperature of 150°C. minimum.
Field Equipment Cabinets
1.
Provide, adjacent to each air conditioning system, ventilating
system, water circulation system and other systems as required,
field equipment cabinet. The cabinet shall be made of steel or
extruded aluminum, with proper bracing for rigid wall or floor
mounting. The cabinet shall not be attached to any piece of
building equipment. Mount in this cabinet all associated
temperature controls, such as relays, switches, air gauges, etc.,
except as otherwise specified. All adjustable devices shall be
mounted within a cabinet section with doors and a key-operated
lock of an approved type.
2.
Each control device on the cabinet shall be marked with
engraved nameplates describing its function and crossreferencing it to control diagrams shown on the panel.
3.
Internal cabinet wiring shall have identification sleeves at each
termination at the terminal strip.
4.
Field equipment panels shall be complete so that they may be
erected at the site and after connection of external wiring and
tubing to the designated terminal points. Each panel assembly
shall be a unit capable of performing its functions in accordance
with the Specifications, and any other attachments which are a
part of this Section.
5.
Failure of Specifications to state or show materials which are
essential to make the instrument panel assemblies a complete
and operating unit shall not relieve the responsibility of
furnishing such materials without additional cost to the Owner.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-231
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
R.
6.
Cabinets shall be provided with space for future addition of
instruments. Fully loaded cabinets shall not be acceptable.
7.
Separate terminal blocks shall be installed for 220 volt a.c.
wiring and for low level signal wiring within field equipment
cabinets. Terminal blocks for line voltage wiring shall be
separated from low level signal wiring terminal blocks by a
barrier partition.
8.
Terminal blocks shall be 600 volt rated, medium duty, channel
mounted, with numbered marking strips.
9.
Submit shop drawings of each panel for review before
fabrication.
10.
Interlock Relays: The control manufacturer shall check the
electrical diagrams (starter diagrams) and shall furnish all
required interlock relays and manual switches prewired in the
field equipment cabinets.
11.
Each cabinet shall have a laminated readable drawing of the final
working cabinet and sensors, controllers, etc. Drawing to be
permanently fixed to cabinet. If there is no room in the cabinet,
affix the drawing next to the cabinet.
Electrical Wiring and Materials
1.
Install, connect and wire the items included under this Section.
This work includes providing required cable tray, conduit, wire,
fittings, and related wiring accessories. All wiring shall be
installed in conduit or cable tray.
a.
Provide wiring for thermostats, wiring of all control and
alarm devices for all Sections of the Specifications, and
wiring for all break-glass stations furnished under this
Section.
b.
Power for each direct digital control unit, field
equipment panel, network computer, unitary controller
as well as all devices furnished under this Section shall
be taken from 220 volt a.c. circuits connected to
emergency power panels connected to the emergency
power distribution system. Wiring and conduit between
the emergency power panel circuits and all direct digital
control units, field equipment cabinets, network
computer and unitary controllers, etc., shall be furnished
and installed by this Section of the Specifications. In
addition, this Subcontractor shall provide 220 volt, 50
hertz convenience outlet in each controller and panel.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-232
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c.
Provide status function conduit or cable tray and wiring
for equipment covered under this Section.
d.
Provide conduit or cable tray and wiring between the
DDC control units and field equipment cabinets and the
temperature, humidity, or pressure sensing elements,
including low voltage (under 100 volt) control wiring
and coaxial cable in conduit.
e.
Provide conduit or cable tray and control wiring for
devices specified in this Section.
f.
Provide conduit or cable tray and signal wiring between
motor starters relay contacts and remote relays in DDC
panels.
g.
Provide conduit or cable tray and wiring between the
network computer, electrical panels, metering
instrumentation, indicating devices, miscellaneous alarm
points, remotely operated contactors, and DDC units as
shown on the drawings or as specified.
h.
Provide control and signal wiring between the DDC
system and equipment provided by other Sections such
as chillers, house pumps, etc.
i.
Provide control and signal cable tray and wiring between
the DDC system and chiller control panels, and all
control and signal interwiring between each chiller and
its respective control panel.
j.
Provide communication conduit or cable tray and wiring
between direct digital control units (including direct
digital control units serving variable and constant
volume terminal units), and between direct digital
control units and network computers.
k.
Provide all power and control cable tray and wiring for
all damper and valve actuators.
l.
Provide all control cable tray or conduit and wiring for
cooling tower, thermostats, low level cutout, etc.
m.
Provide power and control wiring for cooling tower
vibration switches.
n.
Provide all control wiring for variable air volume
terminal units, and constant volume terminal units.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-233
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Provide power wiring for all variable and constant air
volume terminal units.
2.
Wires and cables shall be as follows:
a.
Single Conductor (220 volt a.c.): 1.5 mm. stranded
copper with 600 volt insulation color coded red for hot
leg, white for neutral, black for all others. Larger gauge
cables shall be provided where necessary to limit the
voltage drop to 5% or 6 volts from the source to the last
device.
b.
Signal Cables (4-20 mA Analog)
NOTE:
1)
For Use in Areas Other Than Air Plenums: 2/C
1.0 mm.2 shielded and multi-pair 0.75 mm.2
individually shielded, or as approved by the
Mechanical Consulting Engineer.
2)
For Use in Air Plenums: Plenum type Teflon
insulated, 2/C 1.0 mm.2 shielded and multi-pair
0.75 mm.2 individually shielded, or as approved
by the Mechanical Consulting Engineer.
The cables listed above have conductors with 220 volt
insulation ratings.
Similar cables with 600 volt
insulation ratings must be provided for any cable
terminating within or occupying an enclosure containing
conductors operating at a voltage greater than 220 volts
(i.e., 380 volt motor starter enclosure).
c.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Alarm, Digital Input/Output and Control Cables (24 volt
a.c.)
1)
For Use in Areas Other Than Air Plenums: 2/C
1.0 mm.2 and multi-pair 0.75 mm.2, or as
approved by the Mechanical Consulting
Engineer.
2)
For Use in Air Plenums: Plenum type Teflon
insulated, or as approved by the Mechanical
Consulting Engineer, 2/C 1.0 mm.2 and multipair 0.75 mm.2
3)
Larger gauge cables shall be provided where
necessary to limit the voltage drop to 1.2 volts
from the source to the last device.
15000-234
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
NOTE:
The cables listed above have conductors with 220 volt
insulation ratings.
Similar cables with 600 volt
insulation ratings must be provided for any cable
terminating within or occupying an enclosure containing
conductors operating at a voltage greater than 220 volts
(i.e., 380 volt motor starter enclosure).
d.
3.
RTD Wiring
1)
For Use in Areas Other Than Air Plenums: 3/C
1.0 mm.2, or as approved by the Mechanical
Consulting Engineer.
2)
For Use in Air Plenums: Plenum type Teflon
insulated 3/C 1.0 mm.2, or as approved by the
Mechanical Consulting Engineer.
e.
DDC Communications Cables: DDC communications
wiring between the local control units and the network
computer shall be 1.0 mm.2 shielded cable, fiber optic
cable or coaxial cable and shall be run in separate
conduit. The control manufacturer shall be responsible
for selection of fiber optic and coaxial cable types.
f.
Fiber Optic Cable
1)
Fiber optic cable shall be constructed of
62.5/125 µm multimode fiber, with aluminum
armor protection. Cable shall be rated for both
indoor and outdoor use. Cable shall be FT-4
flame rated. Cable bundle shall have 12 fibers
minimum, 24 fiber cable bundle recommended.
2)
Maximum pulling tensions as specified by the
manufacturer shall not be exceeded during
installation.
Post-installation residual cable
tension shall be within cable manufacturer’s
specifications.
3)
All cabling and associated components shall be
installed in accordance with manufacturers’
instructions. Minimum cable and unjacketed
fiber bend radii, as specified by cable
manufacturer, shall be maintained.
Terminal junction boxes shall be fabricated in accordance with
applicable Code requirements and standard insofar as materials,
gauges, dimensions and methods of fastening are concerned.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-235
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
S.
4.
Sheet metal boxes of 819 cm.2 internal capacity and smaller shall
be sheet steel, galvanized with suitable covers and screws.
5.
Sheet metal boxes larger than 819 cm.2 internal capacity shall be
constructed of code gauge welded sheet steel, reinforced if
required, and finished with standard gray enamel or galvanized.
Boxes shall have removable screw mounted covers. Steel boxes
shall use brass screws.
6.
Boxes installed outdoors shall be weatherproof. Boxes installed
indoors shall be general purpose in Control Room and dust-tight,
driptight type elsewhere.
7.
Tags for wires and cables shall be Brady clip-sleeve type
nonmetallic wire markers or equivalent.
8.
For conduit fittings, conduit hangers and supports, expansion
joints, sleeves and wiring devices, see applicable paragraphs of
the Electrical Section of the Specifications.
Electrical Wiring Installation
1.
Wiring in Mechanical Equipment Rooms, communications or
electrical closets shall be in approved raceways (cable tray,
conduit, etc.). Wiring within dry wall cavities or enclosures or
beneath raised floor construction shall be in conduit. Wiring
shall be independently supported from the building structure
with bridal rings and clips. The supporting of wiring from
mechanical ductwork or piping is not acceptable.
2.
Cables for 220/24 volt a.c. wiring, communications wiring and
low level signal wiring (i.e., 4-20 mA analog) shall always be
run in separate raceways.
3.
Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit, 13 mm. minimum size, for
making connections at instruments and devices mounted on
piping or vessels or on equipment subject to vibration.
4.
Low level signal wiring homeruns to local control stations may
be by means of multi-pair cables. The number of pairs in such
cables shall be uniform throughout the installation, and, in
general, there shall be at least 20% spare pairs in each such
cable.
5.
220 volt a.c. circuits used for control and instrumentation shall
be taken from panelboards connected to the emergency power
distribution system, with the exception of circuits powered from
motor starters. Panelboard and circuit breakers shall be provided
by the Electrical Subcontractor , but the wiring and raceway
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-236
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
materials and installation for ATC system power requirements
shall be furnished by this Subcontractor.
6.
220 volt a.c. circuits used for control and instrumentation shall
be dedicated to the BMS system and shall not be used for any
other purposes.
7.
Conveniently located terminal junction boxes shall be used for
the transition from the single pair local signal cables to the
multipair homerun cable. These boxes shall have "terminal
schedules" attached to the inside of their covers displaying the
terminals and the service tags of the cables terminated there.
8.
Conduits shall be run exposed in mechanical spaces, concealed
in occupied spaces, and parallel or perpendicular to structural
members or architectural features.
9.
Bends in conduit shall not have a radius less than six (6) times
the diameter of the conduit, nor bend more than 90 degrees.
10.
Provide junction boxes or pull boxes as required and necessary
to avoid excessively long runs or too many bends between
outlets.
11.
Fittings in conduit containing multi-conductor cables shall be
oversized to accommodate 3 times cable bending radius for 90
degree bends and 4 times bending radius for straight runs.
12.
Expansion fittings shall be provided with bonding jumpers.
Expansion joint fittings shall be provided at each point where
conduits cross expansion joints and conduit is rigidly attached to
structure on both sides of joint. Where there is a 45 degree or
greater bend and 2 meters of unconfined conduit on one side of
the joint, the fittings may be omitted.
13.
For conduit supports and installation of wires and cables, see
applicable paragraphs of the Electrical Section of the
Specifications.
14.
Conduit entering a cabinet, box, trough, etc., shall be secured
with a locknut on the outside and on the inside, such that the
conduit system is electrically continuous throughout. A bushing
shall also be provided on the inside. Bushings shall be metal
with insulated throats. Locknuts shall be the type designed to
bite into the metal, or on the inside of the enclosure shall have a
grounding wedge lug under the locknut, as manufactured by
Thomas & Betts, or approved equal. Top or side of any
enclosure in a nonfinished area, such as Garages, Substations,
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-237
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Rooms, etc., shall be terminated with screwed waterproof hubs
such as manufactured by Myers.
15.
Conduit box type connectors for conduit entering enclosures
shall be the insulated throat type.
16.
Conduits shall be offset where they enter surface mounted
equipment. Wiring installed in panels and other enclosures shall
be neatly looped and laced.
17.
Conduit runs which extend from the interior to the exterior of a
building shall be sealed to prevent the circulation of air. This
shall be accomplished by the installation of sealing fittings.
18.
All wires terminating at each field device, terminal box, field
equipment cabinet, DDC control unit, or any other terminals,
shall be identified using Brady clip sleeve type nonmetallic wire
markers or equivalent. The identification shall be consistent
with the tagging indicated on the approved shop drawings. The
same identification code shall be carried through from the field
device to the final termination point. After identification is
complete, the wire markers shall be anchored using a single layer
of non-yellowing clear mylar tape.
19.
Wires shall be terminated with insulated spade type lugs on
screw terminals. Soldered connections shall only be made at
instruments where no other means of termination is practical.
20.
Perform continuity testing for all wiring installed.
21.
Control raceways shall not be hung from electrical raceways or
attached to ceiling grid hanger wires.
22.
Percent fill of conduit, EMT or IMC shall not exceed Code
maximum, regardless of service.
23.
No 300 volt insulated wiring shall terminate within or occupy
any enclosure containing conductors operating at a voltage
greater than 300 volts. This particularly applies to any analog or
digital I/O wiring entering 460 volt motor starter enclosures or
motor control centers.
24.
Provide, install and wire receptacles for Control Room devices.
25.
Use of tie wraps for supporting conduit, wire, cable, etc., shall
not be permitted.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-238
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
T.
Location of Wiring and Outlets: Coordinate with other Sections
involved in this work so that exact locations may be obtained for outlets,
apparatus, appliances and wiring.
U.
Testing, Calibration and Commissioning
1.
After completion of the installation of work in this Section, test,
regulate, and adjust system equipment, controllers, alarms,
thermostats, humidistats, automatic control valves, automatic
damper motors, and related system accessories, the entire
automation system, and any other equipment or system that the
control system interfaces with, including interconnections with
the building life safety system, and place these items in complete
and satisfactory operating condition.
2.
Furnish labor and test apparatus required to calibrate and prepare
for service instruments, controls and accessory equipment
furnished under this Section. This work includes: Zero, span
and range calibration checks of instruments and accessories, both
field and panel mounted. In addition, this Subcontractor shall
check actuators, control valves and automatic dampers, to insure
proper action, stroke each actuator valve and automatic damper,
and make necessary adjustments for stem and blade travel.
3.
Furnish labor and test apparatus required to check the operation
of control loops, set points and interlocks, as well as electronic
equipment. This Subcontractor shall test every input/output
point for proper performance through the entire system and
maintain accurate test records for each point throughout the
testing cycle and thereafter. In addition, this Subcontractor shall
have the responsibility for integrated system testing with
equipment and Subcontractors not covered under this Contract
but with whom the control system interfaces. The Engineer
reserves the right to inspect those test records at any time and
also to witness any of the point tests he deems appropriate.
Testing shall be witnessed and accepted by
Engineer's
representative and this Subcontractor shall be responsible for
correcting any work unacceptable to Engineer.
4.
Upon completion of the testing and calibration and in the
presence of the Engineer and Mechanical Consulting Engineer,
conduct an inspection of the control system and perform such
tests that shall be required to determine that contract obligations
have been fulfilled.
Notify
Engineer and Mechanical
Consulting Engineer two (2) weeks in advance of readiness to
make such tests.
5.
For site tests, this Subcontractor shall submit a test plan and
commissioning forms for each system (i.e., air conditioning
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-239
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
system, exhaust fans, pumps, chillers, cooling towers, etc.) for
review by the Engineer. After review of the plan, this
Subcontractor shall prepare and submit a detailed test procedure
for review. The test procedure shall also include reference to the
Specification Section and Paragraph with which each test is
intended to demonstrate compliance, together with the criteria
for acceptance or rejection.
6.
The site system test, conducted by this Subcontractor in
accordance with the test procedures and project schedules, and
witnessed by the Engineer or Mechanical Consulting Engineer,
shall be a comprehensive test of the system to demonstrate that
all aspects of the hardware and software are in conformance with
the Specification requirements. The system test shall include
testing of all network computers so as to demonstrate no
substantial degradation of performance of their functions as
buildings, blocks, and network computers are added to the
system. The Engineer shall be notified at least five (5) working
days prior to any testing and shall have the option of witnessing
any and all tests.
7.
Minimum validation and sign-off requirement (on all work
stations) shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Run samples of specified reports and trends.
Execute menu tree.
Display all required graphics.
Execute digital and analog commands via mouse and
keyboard.
Demonstrate data entry/point modification/
programming.
Demonstrate program downloading.
Demonstrate program uploading.
Demonstrate control loop execution and stability.
Demonstrate specified diagnostics.
Demonstrate scan, update and alarm response.
Execute all-points summary.
Execute communication status checks.
8.
The guarantee period shall not start until systems in this Section
have been approved and accepted by the Engineer and
Mechanical Consulting Engineer, as detailed in the previous
paragraph, at which time the Engineer shall accept, in writing,
the system of this Section in its entirety. This does not preclude
the beneficial use by the Engineer of any portion of the system
prior to final acceptance of the whole system.
9.
During the guarantee period, this Subcontractor shall test the
system under varying seasonal conditions to ensure that all
operational sequences, as specified, are performed correctly.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-240
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
This shall include at least three additional visits after initial
Engineer acceptance. Where necessary, this Subcontractor shall
make programming adjustments and instrument calibrations at
no cost to the Engineer.
V.
Instruction of Operating Personnel: Provide a minimum of 40 hours of
operating and maintenance instruction for ten building operators, with
personal on-the-job instruction by factory trained engineers representing
the direct control system manufacturer. This instruction shall be
scheduled at time(s) convenient to the Engineer's personnel. Instruction
shall cover all equipment and systems provided under this Section. The
number of hours is a minimum requirement; where additional hours are
specified in other paragraphs of this Section, those hours shall be
additive to the minimum above. Instruction shall be comprised of both
classroom type and actual hands-on operating experience. Submit an
outline of the instruction program and instruction manual to the
Engineer for his approval at least two weeks prior to the proposed start
date of the instruction sessions. The Engineer shall videotape all
instruction sessions for purposes of future training. Provide a review and
written critique of Engineer's videotape within one month after
completion of the instruction sessions and receipt of the Engineer's
videotapes. The critique shall correct all mistakes and clarify all
outstanding questions which arise during the sessions.
W.
Servicing and Maintenance Requirements
1.
Ten complete sets, each, of the following shall be provided:
Written operating and maintenance instructions, as-built
drawings, specification data sheets and maintenance schedules.
2.
Three service kits for use by building personnel in testing and
making minor service adjustments of the system shall be
furnished and delivered to the Engineer and a receipt obtained.
This kit shall be adequate for the building personnel trained by
this Trade to effect the immediate repair of the remote equipment
specified above. The following items shall be included as a
minimum service kit requirement:
a.
3.
Specialized nonstandard tools and adapters and fittings
required for operating, maintaining, testing and
adjustment of the system.
In addition to the above service kits, special tools and spare parts
required for operation and maintenance of equipment shall be
furnished and delivered to the Engineer and a receipt obtained.
A list of the special tools and spare parts to be supplied shall be
detailed in the technical proposal. These items shall be given to
the Engineer prior to or at the time of the instruction to
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-241
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
operating personnel. The special tools and spare parts shall, as a
minimum, consist of the following:
a.
Keys for thermostats and humidistats, six each.
b.
Lubricant required for automatic valves and automatic
dampers, one year supply.
4.
Warrant the continuous future availability of service for the
central automation system. The servicing shall be provided by a
factory trained service representative.
5.
Components, parts and assemblies shall be guaranteed against
defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year
after final Engineer acceptance. In addition, provide 400 day
preventive maintenance, operator instruction (as described
hereinbefore) and system maintenance training. During the one
(1) year guarantee, the Subcontractor shall assume all costs
associated with the repair or replacement of defective
components.
6.
During system commissioning and prior to the guarantee period,
provide the operating instructions to the Engineer's operators.
7.
For the purpose of definition, the following shall apply:
8.
a.
Beneficial Use: This shall mean that the Engineer's
operators are able to use the facility and receive reliable
information therefrom in their normal work schedules
for inputs and outputs in the automation system in which
this Subcontractor has completed work.
b.
Acceptance: The effective date of the start of the 12
month service contract shall constitute formal
acceptance of the system or portions thereof.
c.
Guarantee: The terms of the service contract shall fulfill
the guarantee requirements. The expiration of the first
12 month paid-up service contract shall constitute
termination of the guarantee period unless excepted by
amendments to the service contract.
Alternates
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Alternate No. 15000-1: State the amount to be ADDED
to the Base Contract to provide an annual service
contract for the automatic temperature control system for
the 1st through 5th year. Provide a copy of the service
15000-242
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
agreement which is the basis of your pricing, which you
would ask the client to sign.
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The service contract shall include the following
minimum provisions:
a)
To
provide
regularly
scheduled
preventive maintenance and service of at
least one man-day per month by factory
trained service representatives of this
Subcontractor. This service shall be
provided from a fully staffed direct
branch office of this Subcontractor
located within 20 km. of the job site.
Annual service agreement shall include
all travel and accommodation expenses.
b)
To replace defective
components as required.
c)
To incorporate improved system
reliability as it becomes available for the
system from the manufacturer. This
provision includes direct component
replacements and wiring changes, but
shall not include major system design
changes.
d)
To make available, upon request, 24hour emergency maintenance service
which includes on-site response to
emergency service call within 4 hours of
initial request and system interrogation
within 2 hours of initial request via
telephone modem interface.
e)
The Engineer shall reserve the right to
exclude from the service agreement
those input points and installation
thereof
for
which
construction
conditions
prohibit
installation,
calibration, and checkout by the
manufacturer. As these input points are
subsequently placed in operation, they
shall be included in the service
agreement by amendment to the
agreement.
15000-243
parts
and
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b.
X.
Alternate 15000-2: State the amount to be ADDED to
the Base Contract to furnish and install an on-line UPS
system, power distribution panel(s), circuit breakers,
power riser, etc., to serve the entire DDC system. The
UPS system shall be of a PWM design with separate
rectified chargers and inverter sections (double
conversion design). The UPS inverter shall supply
conditioned/regulated power to the critical load 100% of
the time. The UPS complete with batteries, external
bypass and line conditioning shall be provided to totally
back up all DDC control units, field panels, and all field
devices (i.e., transmitters, relays, etc.) for 15 minutes.
One UPS system shall supply the entire BATC system.
Sizing of UPS system (i.e., maximum power
requirements) shall be provided by this Subcontractor,
and submitted to the Mechanical Consulting Engineer
for review. Location of power source and UPS system
to be determined by the Mechanical Consulting Engineer
upon submission of UPS capacity. UPS shall be sized
for 50% spare capacity. Wiring and conduit between the
emergency power source and the UPS and between the
UPS and the distribution panel and between the
distribution panel and all direct digital control units,
field equipment cabinets, network computer and unitary
controllers, etc., shall be furnished and installed by
Subcontractor.
Description of Control Operation
1.
General
a.
Control of building systems shall be accomplished by a
DDC system, including a network computer and
peripherals.
b.
All control algorithms, computation functions and
energy management functions shall be software-based
and resident in the DDC system. The operator shall
have the capability through the network computer
operator's keyboard to access all programs, display all
data resident in the DDC system memory and perform
analog and digital functions at each local direct digital
control unit or at the network computer.
c.
The DDC system network computer shall be the primary
location for operator access to the system.
d.
Unless otherwise noted, all equipment described
hereinafter may be started manually from the DDC
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-244
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
system network computer, the smoke control panel, or
from a time program within the local stand-alone direct
digital control units and run subject to smoke detector
and protection interlocks. In addition, the network
computer can start and stop each system regardless of
the time program.
e.
All motors shall be provided with MCC "Hand-OffAuto" switches located at the starter. Motors can be
started locally by placing these switches in the "Hand"
position. These switches should be placed in the "Auto"
position for DDC operation.
f.
If a motor which was last commanded "off" is started
locally from the "Hand" position of the starter H-O-A
switch, an "off-normal" alarm shall be transmitted to the
network computer, the system controls for that motor
only shall be activated, and a normal starting procedure
shall be executed. The system shall remain in the "offnormal" alarm state until the starter H-O-A switch is
returned to the "Auto" position. Similarly, if a motor
last commanded "on" is running and is stopped locally
by placing the starter H-O-A switch in the "Off"
position, an "off-normal" alarm shall be transmitted to
the network computer, the control system shall be
deactivated and the system shall remain in the "offnormal" alarm state until the H-O-A starter switch is
returned to the "Auto" position. During normal starting
or stopping of the motors from a DDC program or the
network computer, a motor which fails to follow its
commanded state shall generate an "off-normal" alarm at
the network computer.
g.
Simultaneous starting of motors shall be prevented by a
sequential start program in the DDC system. This
program shall also provide sequential restart after power
failure of motors that were running prior to power
failure.
h.
When a fan is started manually from the life safety
smoke control panel, fan shutdown due to high discharge
pressure and low suction pressure switches shall remain
active.
i.
Automatic restart of fans after an equipment or life
safety system shutdown trip shall be software prohibited
through the deenergization of the remote start/stop
contact. Fan restart shall be manually initiated by the
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-245
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
operator either locally or remotely through the DDC
system network computer.
2.
j.
Alarming devices (i.e., pressure switches, dry alarm
contacts) shall be wired so that alarm contacts "open" in
the alarm condition.
k.
All devices required to properly and timely position
outdoor, return, fan discharge and fan inlet dampers
when a fan is started via the “Hand” position of the
starter shall be provided and installed by this Section. A
time delay relay shall be hardwired to the starter circuit
to allow the dampers to open prior to fan start.
l.
All software set points shall be operator adjustable via
the network computer.
m.
Each fan which in started via the DDC system shall be
monitored at the DDC system for run status via currentsensing relays.
Atrium Air Conditioning Systems and Associated Return Fans
a.
Each air conditioning system is a constant air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a constant
volume return fan. There shall be two (2) headered
systems to serve the 1st Floor and two (2) headered
systems to serve the 2nd, 3rd and 4th Floors.
b.
The systems shall be controlled by a direct digital
control system (DDC) with electronic sensing of system
parameters, and electronic of control valves and
dampers. The Atrium shall be exhausted for smoke via
dedicated smoke exhaust fans.
c.
Each supply and return fan shall be furnished with a
variable frequency drive. The drives shall operate at two
(2)
preset
speeds
based
on
a
software
occupied/unoccupied time program.
d.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, maximum outdoor air purge, maximum
exhaust air purge, return air, supply and return floor/area
isolation (i.e., fire/smoke dampers) and fan discharge
dampers shall be closed. The normally closed chilled
water coil valve shall be closed. The various electric
duct heaters located in the supply air ducts shall be off.
The heat recovery coil three-way valve shall be closed to
the coil and the pump shall be off. The systems serving
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-246
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
the 2nd and 3rd Floors shall contain a spill damper.
When the fan system is off, the spill damper shall be
closed. When the system starts, the damper shall open.
e.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. The start of each supply fan shall be
time delayed to avoid simultaneous starting of fans on
the same system. The supply fan and return discharge
dampers shall open after a time delay to enable the fan to
reach minimum speed.
f.
The Engineer shall have the ability to override a starting
or stopping or occupied/unoccupied mode of any fan
from the network computer or the direct digital field
control unit.
g.
On a command to stop a fan, the fans shall stop and all
dampers shall close.
h.
During normal operation (i.e., non-fire alarm condition),
fans shall operate continuously. A DDC software time
program shall determine the occupied and unoccupied
mode via preprogrammed time settings established by
the operating engineer. During the occupied mode, the
supply and return fans shall operate at full speed.
During unoccupied mode, the supply and return fans
speeds shall be automatically reset to a lower speed
equal to 50% of the design fan maximum airflow
(adjustable).
i.
Normal Operation
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
15000-247
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
j.
k.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Electric Duct Heaters
1)
Each electric duct heater shall be controlled via
an independent DDC three-mode software
controller which shall monitor the space
temperature via a temperature transmitter and
modulate the SCR controlled heating coils to
maintain space temperature set point. Space
temperature transmitter shall be nonindicating
type with no local adjustment. There shall be a
temperature transmitter and software controller
for each reheat coil. Each heater shall be
provided with an airflow switch which shall
disable operation of the heater on a loss of
airflow.
2)
There shall be a temperature transmitter and
software controller for each reheat coil.
Heat Recovery Coil Control:
1)
The heat recovery coil shall be utilized as the
first stage of heating.
2)
Dehumidification Mode: During this mode, the
heat recovery coil three-way valve shall
modulate based on a DDC discharge
temperature controller.
A temperature
transmitter located downstream of the coil shall
provide an input to the software controller which
shall position the three-way valve to maintain
supply temperature set point.
3)
When the dehumidification mode is not active, a
DDC software program shall monitor the space
temperature, space temperature set point, and
output command to each reheat coil. A DDC
reset program shall monitor each reheat coil
controller, its temperature set point and each
space temperature transmitter. The program
shall reset upwards the supply temperature set
point one degree every 30 minutes (adjustable) if
all electric reheat coils are in operation. The
discharge temperature reset program shall first
15000-248
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
modulate close the cooling coil (when
dehumidification mode is not active) then
modulate open the heat recovery coil control
valve. The controller shall continue to reset the
air conditioning unit’s supply air temperature set
point until a reheat coil is deenergized or any
space temperature rises above set point with its
reheat coil deenergized, at which point the
controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as
described above to satisfy the space temperature
which requires the greatest cooling load.
3.
l.
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low Suction
Pressure Switches:
Pressure differential switches
installed in the discharge of each supply and return fan,
which sense discharge pressure, shall stop the fan and
transmit an alarm to the network computer by means of a
digital input to the system DDC controller, if the
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A separate
pressure switch installed in the inlet of each supply and
return fans shall also stop the fan and transmit the alarm
if fan suction pressure is below its set point. The fan
shutdown shall be operative whether the starter H-O-A
switch is in the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
m.
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control: Air flow
measuring stations installed upstream of the minimum
outside air dampers of each air conditioning system shall
measure minimum air flow. Should outside air flow be
below set point, the return air damper shall be modulated
closed until the minimum outside air flow is at set point.
On an increase of outside air above set point, the return
air damper shall be modulated open to achieve set point.
The minimum outside airflow rates shall be transmitted,
on a real time basis, to the DDC system for monitoring
and trending. The software controller shall contain a
software minimum position for the return air damper.
Gallery Air Conditioning Systems and
Associated Return Fans Serving the 1st Floor
a.
Each air conditioning system is a constant air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a constant
volume return fan. There shall be two (2) headered
systems.
b.
The systems shall be controlled by a direct digital
control system (DDC) with electronic sensing of system
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-249
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
parameters, and electronic of control valves and
dampers. The Gallery shall be exhausted for smoke via
dedicated smoke exhaust fans.
c.
Each supply and return fan shall be furnished with a
variable frequency drive. The drives shall operate at two
(2) preset speeds based on a software occupied/
unoccupied time program.
d.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, maximum outdoor air purge, minimum
exhaust air purge, return air, supply and return floor/area
isolation (i.e., fire/smoke dampers) and fan discharge
dampers shall be closed. The normally closed chilled
water coil valve shall be closed. The various electric
duct heaters located in the supply air ducts shall be off .
The heat recovery coil valve shall be closed to the coil
and its associated pump shall be off.
e.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. The start of each supply fan shall be
time delayed to avoid simultaneous starting of fans on
the same system. The supply fan and return discharge
dampers shall open after a time delay to enable the fan to
reach minimum speed.
f.
The Engineer shall have the ability to override a starting
or stopping or occupied/unoccupied mode of any fan
from the network computer or the direct digital field
control unit.
g.
On a command to stop a fan, the fans shall stop and all
dampers shall close.
h.
During normal operation (i.e., non-fire alarm condition),
fans shall operate continuously. A DDC software time
program shall determine the occupied and unoccupied
mode via preprogrammed time settings established by
the operating engineer. During the occupied mode, the
supply and return fans shall operate at full speed.
During unoccupied mode, the supply and return fans
speeds shall be automatically reset to a lower speed
equal to 50% of the design fan maximum airflow
(adjustable) and the outdoor air dampers shall be closed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-250
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
i.
j.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Normal Operation
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
Heat Recovery Coil Control:
1)
The heat recovery coil shall be utilized as the
first stage of heating.
2)
Dehumidification Mode: During this mode, the
heat recovery coil three-way valve shall
modulate based on a DDC discharge
temperature controller.
A temperature
transmitter located downstream of the coil shall
provide an input to the software controller which
shall position the three-way valve to maintain
supply temperature set point.
3)
When the dehumidification mode is not active, a
DDC software program shall monitor the space
temperature, space temperature set point, and
output command to each reheat coil. A DDC
reset program shall monitor each electric reheat
coil controller, its temperature set point and each
space temperature transmitter. The program
shall reset upwards the supply temperature set
point one degree every 30 minutes (adjustable) if
all electric reheat coils are in operation. The
discharge temperature reset program shall first
modulate close the cooling coil (when
dehumidification mode is not active) then
15000-251
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
modulate open the heat recovery coil valve. The
controller shall continue to reset the air
conditioning unit’s supply air temperature set
point until all the reheat coils are deenergized or
any space temperature rises above set point with
its reheat coil deenergized, at which point the
controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as
described above to satisfy the space temperature
which requires the greatest cooling load.
k.
Electric Duct Heaters: Each electric duct heater shall
controlled via an independent DDC three-mode software
controller which shall monitor the space temperature via
a temperature transmitter and modulate the SCR
controlled heating coils to maintain space temperature
set point. Space temperature transmitter shall be
indicating type with no local adjustment. There shall be
a temperature transmitter and software controller for
each reheat coil. Each heater shall be provided with an
airflow switch which shall disable operation of the
heater on a loss of air flow.
l.
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low Suction
Pressure Switches:
Pressure differential switches
installed in the discharge of each supply and return fan,
which sense discharge pressure, shall stop the fan and
transmit an alarm to the network computer by means of a
digital input to the system DDC controller, if the
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A separate
pressure switch installed in the inlet of each supply and
return fans shall also stop the fan and transmit the alarm
if fan suction pressure is below its set point. The fan
shutdown shall be operative whether the starter H-O-A
switch is in the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
m.
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control: Air flow
measuring stations installed upstream of the minimum
outside air dampers of each air conditioning system shall
measure minimum air flow. Should outside air flow be
below set point, the return air damper shall be modulated
closed until the minimum outside air flow is at set point.
On an increase of outside air above set point, the return
air damper shall be modulated open to achieve set point.
The minimum outside airflow rates shall be transmitted,
on a real time basis, to the DDC system for monitoring
and trending. The software controller shall contain a
software minimum position for the return air damper.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-252
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
n.
4.
Smoke Control: On activation of a life safety alarm
within the Gallery, the air conditioning unit supply and
return fans shall stop and remain off. Dedicated smoke
exhaust fans serving the Gallery shall be manually
started via the smoke control panel.
Gallery Air Conditioning Systems and Associated
Return Fans Serving 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Floors
a.
Each air conditioning system is a constant air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a constant
volume return fan. There shall be two (2) headered
systems to serve each floor, 2nd through 4th.
b.
The systems shall be controlled by a direct digital
control system (DDC) with electronic sensing of system
parameters, and electronic of control valves and
dampers. The Gallery shall be exhausted for smoke via
dedicated smoke exhaust fans.
c.
Each supply and return fan shall be furnished with a
variable frequency drive. The drives shall operate at two
(2) preset speeds based on a software occupied/
unoccupied time program.
d.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, maximum outdoor air purge, minimum
exhaust air purge, return air, supply and return floor/area
isolation (i.e., fire/smoke dampers) and fan discharge
dampers shall be closed. The normally closed chilled
water coil valve shall be closed. The various electric
duct heaters located in the supply air ducts shall be off
and their associated humidifiers shall be off. The heat
recovery coil valve shall be closed to the coil and its
associated pump shall be off. The system serving the
3rd Floor shall contain a spill damper. When the system
is off, the spill damper shall be closed. When the system
starts, the damper shall open.
e.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. The start of each supply fan shall be
time delayed to avoid simultaneous starting of fans on
the same system. The supply fan and return discharge
dampers shall open after a time delay to enable the fan to
reach minimum speed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-253
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
f.
The Engineer shall have the ability to override a starting
or stopping or occupied/unoccupied mode of any fan
from the network computer or the direct digital field
control unit.
g.
On a command to stop a fan, the fans shall stop and all
dampers shall close.
h.
During normal operation (i.e., non-fire alarm condition),
fans shall operate continuously. A DDC software time
program shall determine the occupied and unoccupied
mode via preprogrammed time settings established by
the operating engineer. During the occupied mode, the
supply and return fans shall operate at full speed.
During unoccupied mode, the supply and return fans
speeds shall be automatically reset to a lower speed
equal to 50% of the design fan maximum airflow
(adjustable) and the outdoor air dampers shall be closed.
i.
Normal Operation
j.
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
Zone Heat Recovery Coils,
Electric Duct Heaters
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Each zone heat recovery coil and electric duct
heater shall controlled via an independent DDC
three-mode software controller which shall
monitor the space temperature via a temperature
transmitter and modulate the heat recovery coil
15000-254
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
three-way control valve and SCR controlled
heating coils in sequence to maintain space
temperature set point. The heat recovery coils
shall operate before the electric heating coils.
Space temperature transmitter shall be indicating
type with no local adjustment. There shall be a
temperature transmitter and software controller
for each heat recovery and reheat coil. Each
electric heater shall be provided with an airflow
switch which shall disable operation of the
heater on a loss of air flow.
k.
Supply Air Temperature Reset: A DDC reset program
shall monitor each electric reheat coil controller, its
temperature set point and each space temperature
transmitter. The program shall reset upwards the supply
temperature set point one degree every 30 minutes
(adjustable) if any electric reheat coil is in operation.
The controller shall continue to reset the air conditioning
unit’s supply air temperature set point until all the reheat
coils are deenergized or any space temperature rises
above set point with its reheat coil deenergized, at which
point the controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as described above
to satisfy the space temperature which requires the
greatest cooling load.
l.
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low Suction
Pressure Switches:
Pressure differential switches
installed in the discharge of each supply and return fan,
which sense discharge pressure, shall stop the fan and
transmit an alarm to the network computer by means of a
digital input to the system DDC controller, if the
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A separate
pressure switch installed in the inlet of each supply and
return fans shall also stop the fan and transmit the alarm
if fan suction pressure is below its set point. The fan
shutdown shall be operative whether the starter H-O-A
switch is in the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
m.
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control: Air flow
measuring stations installed upstream of the minimum
outside air dampers of each air conditioning system shall
measure minimum air flow. Should outside air flow be
below set point, the return air damper shall be modulated
closed until the minimum outside air flow is at set point.
On an increase of outside air above set point, the return
air damper shall be modulated open to achieve set point.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-255
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
The minimum outside airflow rates shall be transmitted,
on a real time basis, to the DDC system for monitoring
and trending. The software controller shall contain a
software minimum position for the return air damper.
n.
Indoor Air Quality Control: A combination CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed in the each zone of each air
conditioning system.
In addition, a CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed downstream of supply air
filter on each air conditioning system. The output of the
CO2/VOC shall be monitored by the DDC system and
compared to their high limit setting. Should either
measurement exceed its high limit setting, an alarm shall
be generated at the network computer, alerting the
operator of the alarmed condition. In addition, a DDC
controller shall proportionally control each individual
fresh air damper from fully closed to fully open (with
user-defined minimum and maximum software limits) to
satisfy the CO2/VOC set point.
o.
Purge Outdoor Air and Exhaust Air Dampers
p.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Dampers shall be operator selectable only. The
dampers shall provide two-position (full open or
full closed) operation, positioned via the
network computer and the smoke control panel.
2)
The purge outdoor air and exhaust air dampers
shall be utilized to provide a fresh air purge of
the space when the outdoor air conditions permit
their use. The operator shall manually open the
purge dampers via the network computer and
start the air conditioning system. During this
mode, the main return air damper to the air
conditioning system shall be closed to provide
100% outdoor air and exhaust air to the space.
3)
During smoke exhaust or normal mode of
operation of the space, the dampers shall be
closed.
Smoke Control: On activation of a life safety alarm
within the Gallery, the air conditioning unit supply and
return fans shall stop and remain off. Dedicated smoke
exhaust fans serving the Gallery shall be manually
started via the smoke control panel.
15000-256
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
5.
Auditorium Air Conditioning System and Associated Return Fan
(Typical for 5th Floor Administration Air Conditioning System
and Associated Return Fan)
a.
The air conditioning system is a variable air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a variable
volume return fan. The supply and return air fans shall
be provided with variable frequency drives. The
systems shall be controlled by a direct digital control
system (DDC) with electronic sensing of system
parameters, and electric actuation of control valves and
dampers.
b.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, purge outdoor air, return air, purge exhaust
air damper, supply and return floor/area isolation
(fire/smoke dampers) and fan discharge dampers shall be
closed. No control signal shall be transmitted to the
variable frequency drive process follower speed
controller. The normally closed chilled water coil valve
shall be closed. The heat recovery coil valves shall be
closed and the associated pump shall be off.
c.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. Fans shall start and run at minimum
speed required to maintain rotation, but not less than 6
Hz. The start of each supply fan shall be time delayed to
avoid simultaneous starting of fans on the same system.
The supply fan and return discharge dampers shall open
after a time delay to enable the fan to reach minimum
speed. After the fans are running, and the discharge
dampers are open, the software static pressure controller
shall slowly ramp up the speed of the supply fan to
satisfy system static pressure demand.
d.
The Engineer shall start or stop any fan from the
network computer or the direct digital field control unit.
Fans shall be started and run continuously. A DDC
software time program shall determine the occupied and
unoccupied mode via preprogrammed time settings
established by the operating engineer. During the
occupied mode, the minimum outdoor air damper shall
be open. During the unoccupied mode, the minimum
outdoor air damper shall be closed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-257
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
e.
On a command to stop a fan, the fan shall ramp down to
its minimum speed, the fans shall stop and all dampers
shall close.
f.
Normal Operation
g.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open. The purge outdoor and purge exhaust
damper shall remain closed.
2)
A three-mode fan discharge temperature
controller shall position the cooling coil valve to
maintain the supply air temperature set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
4)
During occupied hours, the discharge air
temperature set point shall be set for 55ºF.
(adjustable).
5)
During the night and unoccupied times, a DDC
software program shall reset the set point of the
supply air temperature from 55ºF. to 64ºF., as
return air temperature drops from 75ºF. to 72ºF.
Heat Recovery Coil Control:
1)
The heat recovery coil shall be utilized as the
first stage of heating.
2)
Dehumidification Mode: During this mode, the
heat recovery coil three-way valve shall
modulate based on a DDC discharge
temperature controller.
A temperature
transmitter located downstream of the coil shall
provide an input to the software controller which
shall position the three-way valve to maintain
supply temperature set point.
15000-258
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
3)
When the dehumidification mode is not active, a
DDC software program shall monitor the space
temperature, space temperature set point, and
output command to each VAV box reheat coil.
4)
A DDC reset program shall monitor each reheat
coil controller, its temperature set point and each
space temperature transmitter. The program
shall reset upwards the supply temperature set
point one degree every 30 minutes (adjustable) if
all electric reheat coils are in operation. The
discharge temperature program shall first
modulate close the cooling coil (when
dehumidification mode is not active) then
modulate open the heat recovery coil control
valve. The controller shall continue to reset the
air conditioning unit’s supply air temperature set
point until a reheat coil is deenergized or any
space temperature rises above set point with its
reheat coil deenergized, at which point the
controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as
described above to satisfy the space temperature
which requires the greatest cooling load.
Static Pressure Control
1)
A reverse-acting 2-mode (proportional plus
integral) DDC software controller shall control
the supply fan speed, based upon the input from
a static pressure transmitter located upstream
from the furthest terminal unit served by the air
conditioning unit.
2)
The output of the software controller shall be the
input to the speed controller on the supply fan.
As duct static pressure decreases, the controller
output shall increase, to increase fan speed. On
an increase in duct static pressure, the output of
the controller shall decrease, to decrease fan
speed. A software auto/manual switch function
shall enable the operator to override the output
of the static pressure controller and adjust fan
speed from the network computer or the DDC
controller.
3)
A static pressure transmitter in the common
supply fan discharge duct shall provide a signal
proportional to fan discharge static pressure to a
15000-259
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
software based 2-mode pressure controller with
reverse action, acting as a high limit. If fan
discharge static pressure exceeds its set point,
the high limit controller shall, through a
software low selector, override the output of the
system
static
pressure
controller
to
proportionally reduce the speed of the supply
fan to maintain fan discharge pressure high limit
set point.
4)
Static pressure controls shall control system
operation during all cycles of operation,
including smoke control mode.
5)
During system start-up, the static pressure
control algorithm, integral control mode shall be
suppressed until the control point is within the
proportional band of the controller to avoid reset
wind-up.
i.
Flow Control: A software based DDC flow control
program shall receive input signals from airflow
measuring stations installed in the inlet of each supply
and return fan, and totalize, linearize and scale them.
The flow control program shall match the return fan with
the supply fans and maintain the volumetric balance
between return and supply airflow by varying return fan
speed to maintain a constant differential between supply
and return airflow. A software bias shall be provided to
compensate the return flow for a constant outside air
minimum at all operating loads. The operator shall be
able to manually override the flow control program and
manually control each supply and return fan. The
software bias shall be suppressed during the smoke
control override mode of operation.
j.
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low Suction
Pressure Switches:
Pressure differential switches
installed in the discharge of each supply and return fan,
which sense discharge pressure, shall stop the fan and
transmit an alarm to the network computer by means of a
digital input to the system DDC controller, if the
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A separate
pressure switch installed in the inlet of each supply and
return fans shall also stop the fan and transmit the alarm
if fan suction pressure is below its set point. The fan
shutdown shall be operative whether the starter H-O-A
switch is in the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-260
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
k.
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control: Air flow
measuring stations installed upstream of the minimum
outside air dampers of each air conditioning system shall
measure minimum air flow. Should outside air flow be
below set point, the return air damper shall be modulated
closed until the minimum outside air flow is at set point.
On an increase of outside air above set point, the return
air damper shall be modulated open to achieve set point.
This program shall be overridden during the economizer
mode of operation. The minimum outside airflow rates
shall be transmitted, on a real time basis, to the DDC
system for monitoring and trending. The software
controller shall contain a software minimum position for
the return air damper.
l.
Indoor Air Quality Control: A combination CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed in the main return air duct
of the air conditioning system. In addition, a CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed downstream of supply air
filter on each air conditioning system. The output of the
CO2/VOC transmitters shall be monitored by the DDC
system and compared to their high limit setting. Should
either measurement exceed its high limit setting, an
alarm shall be generated at the network computer,
alerting the operator of the alarmed condition. In
addition, a DDC controller shall proportionally control
each individual fresh air damper from fully closed to
fully open (with user-defined minimum and maximum
software limits).
m.
Purge Outdoor Air and Exhaust Air Dampers
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Dampers shall be operator selectable only. The
dampers shall provide two-position (full open or
full closed) operation, positioned via the
network computer and the smoke control panel.
2)
The purge outdoor air and exhaust air dampers
shall be utilized to provide a fresh air purge of
the space when the outdoor air conditions permit
their use. The operator shall manually open the
purge dampers via the network computer and
start the air conditioning system. During this
mode, the main return air damper to the air
conditioning system shall be closed to provide
100% outdoor air and exhaust air to the space.
3)
During smoke exhaust of the space, the space
return fan shall be started from the smoke
control panel. When the fan starts, the DDC
15000-261
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
system shall automatically close the main return
air damper and open the purge exhaust damper.
During this mode, the outdoor air dampers shall
remain closed and the air conditioning unit
supply fan shall be off.
n.
6.
Smoke Control: On activation of a life safety alarm
within the space, the air conditioning unit supply and
return fans shall stop. The supply fan shall remain off.
The return air fan shall be utilized as a smoke exhaust
fan and used to exhaust the space. Refer to description
of operation titled “Purge Outdoor Air and Exhaust Air
Dampers” for description of damper control.
Restaurant Air Conditioning Systems
and Associated Return Fans
a.
Each air conditioning system is a constant air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a constant
volume return fan. There shall be two (2) headered
systems to serve the 5th Floor.
b.
The systems shall be controlled by a direct digital
control system (DDC) with electronic sensing of system
parameters, and electronic of control valves and
dampers.
c.
Each supply and return fan shall be furnished with a
variable frequency drive. The drives shall operate at
three (3) preset speeds based on an occupied/unoccupied
mode and the operation of the kitchen hood exhaust fan.
d.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, maximum outdoor air purge, maximum
exhaust air purge, return air, supply and return floor/area
isolation (i.e. fire/smoke dampers) and fan discharge
dampers shall be closed. The normally closed chilled
water coil valve shall be closed. The various electric
duct heaters located in the supply air ducts shall be off.
The Kitchen transfer fan shall be off.
e.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. The start of each supply fan shall be
time delayed to avoid simultaneous starting of fans on
the same system. The supply fan and return discharge
dampers shall open after a time delay to enable the fan to
reach minimum speed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-262
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
f.
The Engineer shall start or stop any fan from the
network computer or the direct digital field control unit.
g.
On a command to stop a fan, the fans shall stop and all
dampers shall close.
h.
During normal operation (i.e., non-fire alarm condition),
fans shall operate subject to a software time program
which shall determine the occupied and unoccupied
mode via preprogrammed time settings established by
the engineer. During the occupied mode, the minimum
outdoor air damper shall be open and the supply and
return fans shall operate at a preset speed sufficient to
supply the Restaurant only. When the Kitchen hood
exhaust fan is operating, the Kitchen transfer fan shall be
on and the air conditioning system shall operate at full
speed. During unoccupied mode, the supply and return
fans shall operate at low speed and the minimum
outdoor air damper shall be closed. Refer to the
following matrix for airflow quantities and various
operating modes.
Occupied Mode
Kitchen Exhaust
Off
Fan On
Systems
Air Conditioning System Supply Fan
(Each)
Minimum Outdoor Air Damper
Air Conditioning System Return Fan
(Each)
Kitchen Constant Air Volume
Terminal Unit
Kitchen Transfer Fan
Toilet Exhaust Fans (Each)
General Exhaust Fan
i.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Unoccupied
Mode
5192 l/s
5664 l/s
2832 l/s
2360 l/s
3304 l/s
3304 l/s
2360 l/s
Closed
2360 l/s
2596 l/s
3540 l/s
Off
On
On
On
On
On
Terminal unit
damper fully open
Off
On
Normal Operation
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
15000-263
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
j.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Heat Recovery Coil Control
1)
The heat recovery coil shall be utilized as the
first stage of heating.
2)
Dehumidification Mode: During this mode, the
heat recovery coil three-way valve shall
modulate based on a DDC discharge
temperature controller.
A temperature
transmitter located downstream of the coil shall
provide an input to the software controller which
shall position the three-way valve to maintain
supply temperature set point.
3)
When the dehumidification mode is not active, a
DDC software program shall monitor the space
temperature, space temperature set point, and
output command to each VAV box reheat coil.
A DDC reset program shall monitor each reheat
coil controller, its temperature set point and each
space temperature transmitter. The program
shall reset upwards the supply temperature set
point one degree every 30 minutes (adjustable) if
all electric reheat coils are in operation. The
discharge temperature program shall first
modulate close the cooling coil (when
dehumidification mode is not active) then
modulate open the heat recovery coil control
valve. The controller shall continue to reset the
air conditioning unit’s supply air temperature set
point until a reheat coil is deenergized or any
space temperature rises above set point with its
reheat coil deenergized, at which point the
controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as
described above to satisfy the space temperature
which requires the greatest cooling load.
15000-264
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
k.
Normal Operation
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
l.
Supply and Return Flow Control: A software based
DDC flow control program shall receive input signals
from airflow measuring stations installed in the inlet of
each supply and return fan, and totalize, linearize and
scale them. The flow control program shall modulate
the respective fan’s variable frequency drive to maintain
airflow set point based on the matrix listed above. The
operator shall be able to manually override the flow
control program and manually control each supply and
return fan. The software bias shall be suppressed during
the smoke control override mode of operation.
m.
Electric Duct Heaters
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Each electric duct heater shall controlled via an
independent
DDC
three-mode
software
controller which shall monitor the space
temperature via a temperature transmitter and
modulate the SCR controlled heating coils to
maintain space temperature set point. Space
temperature transmitter shall be nonindicating
type with no local adjustment. There shall be a
temperature transmitter and software controller
for each reheat coil. Each heater shall be
provided with an airflow switch which shall
disable operation of the heater on a loss of air
flow.
15000-265
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
There shall be a temperature transmitter and
software controller for each reheat coil.
n.
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low Suction
Pressure Switches:
Pressure differential switches
installed in the discharge of each supply and return fan,
which sense discharge pressure, shall stop the fan and
transmit an alarm to the network computer by means of a
digital input to the system DDC controller, if the
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A separate
pressure switch installed in the inlet of each supply and
return fans shall also stop the fan and transmit the alarm
if fan suction pressure is below its set point. The fan
shutdown shall be operative whether the starter H-O-A
switch is in the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
o.
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control: Air flow
measuring stations installed upstream of the minimum
outside air dampers of each air conditioning system shall
measure minimum air flow. A DDC software program
shall position the minimum outdoor air damper as
required to maintain airflow set point based on the air
conditioning unit’s operating mode. Refer to matrix
above. Should outside air flow be below set point, the
return air damper shall be modulated closed until the
minimum outside air flow is at set point. On an increase
of outside air above set point, the return air damper shall
be modulated open to achieve set point. The minimum
outside airflow rates shall be transmitted, on a real time
basis, to the DDC system for monitoring and trending.
The software controller shall contain a software
minimum position for the return air damper.
p.
Indoor Air Quality Control: A combination CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed in the main return air duct
of each air conditioning system.
In addition, a
CO2/VOC transmitter shall be installed downstream of
supply air filter on each air conditioning system. The
output of the CO2/VOC shall be monitored by the DDC
system and compared to their high limit setting. Should
either measurement exceed its high limit setting, an
alarm shall be generated at the network computer,
alerting the operator of the alarmed condition. In
addition, a DDC controller shall proportionally control
each individual fresh air damper from fully closed to
fully open (with user-defined minimum and maximum
software limits) to satisfy the CO2/VOC set point.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-266
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
q.
7.
Purge Outdoor Air and Exhaust Air Dampers
1)
Dampers shall be operator selectable only. The
dampers shall provide two-position (full open or
full closed) operation, positioned via the
network computer and the smoke control panel.
2)
The purge outdoor air and exhaust air dampers
shall be utilized to provide a fresh air purge of
the space when the outdoor air conditions permit
their use. The operator shall manually open the
purge dampers via the network computer and
start the air conditioning system. During this
mode, the main return air damper to the air
conditioning system shall be closed to provide
100% outdoor air and exhaust air to the space.
3)
During smoke exhaust or normal mode of
operation of the space, the dampers shall close.
r.
Smoke Control: On activation of a life safety alarm with
the Restaurant or Atrium, the air conditioning unit
supply and return fans shall stop and remain off.
Dedicated smoke exhaust fans serving the Atrium shall
automatically start and their associated outdoor air
makeup damper shall open. The Restaurant is exhausted
via the Atrium smoke exhaust system.
s.
Kitchen Make-Up Air: The Kitchen shall be provided
with make-up air via a supply air duct with an isolation
damper. When the Kitchen hood exhaust fan is in
operation, the isolation damper shall open and the fan
shall operate at full speed. If the air conditioning system
is off, when the Kitchen hood fan is started, the DDC
system shall automatically start the air conditioning
system, operate the fan system at full speed and open the
isolation damper.
Education Wing Air Conditioning
System and Associated Return Fan
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Each air conditioning system is a variable air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a variable
volume return fan. There shall be two (2) headered air
conditioning systems to serve the Basement, 1st, 2nd and
3rd Floors. The supply and return air fans shall be
provided with variable frequency drives. The systems
shall be controlled by a direct digital control system
(DDC) with electronic sensing of system parameters,
and electric actuation of control valves and dampers.
15000-267
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, maximum outdoor air purge, maximum
exhaust air purge, return air, supply and return floor/area
isolation (fire/smoke dampers) and fan discharge
dampers shall be closed. No control signal shall be
transmitted to the variable frequency drive process
follower speed controller. The normally closed chilled
water coil valve shall be closed. The heat recovery coil
valve shall be closed and its associated pumps shall be
off.
c.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. Fans shall start and run at minimum
speed required to maintain rotation, but not less than 6
Hz. The start of each supply fan shall be time delayed to
avoid simultaneous starting of fans on the same system.
The supply fan and return discharge dampers shall open
after a time delay to enable the fan to reach minimum
speed. After the fans are running, and the discharge
dampers are open, the software static pressure controller
shall slowly ramp up the speed of all fans to satisfy
system static pressure demand.
d.
The Engineer shall start or stop of any fan from the
network computer or the direct digital field control unit.
Fans shall be started and run continuously. A DDC
software time program shall determine the occupied and
unoccupied mode via preprogrammed time settings
established by the operating engineer. During the
occupied mode, the minimum outdoor air damper shall
be open. During the unoccupied mode, the minimum
outdoor air damper shall be closed.
e.
On a command to stop a fan, the fan shall ramp down to
its minimum speed and the fans shall stop in the reverse
order of starting. The fan discharge damper shall close
slowly and shall not be fully closed until fan speed has
decreased to approximately 10%. The dampers shall
close.
f.
Normal Operation
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
15000-268
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
g.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
4)
During occupied hours, the discharge air
temperature set point shall be set for 55ºF.
(adjustable).
5)
During the night and unoccupied times, a DDC
software program shall reset the set point of the
supply air temperature from 55ºF. to 64ºF., as
return air temperature drops from 75ºF. to 72ºF.
Heat Recovery Coil Control
1)
The heat recovery coil shall be utilized as the
first stage of heating.
2)
Dehumidification Mode: During this mode, the
heat recovery coil three-way valve shall
modulate based on a DDC discharge
temperature controller.
A temperature
transmitter located downstream of the coil shall
provide an input to the software controller which
shall position the three-way valve to maintain
supply temperature set point.
3)
When the dehumidification mode is not active, a
DDC software program shall monitor the space
temperature, space temperature set point, and
output command to each VAV box reheat coil.
A DDC reset program shall monitor each reheat
coil controller, its temperature set point and each
space temperature transmitter. The program
shall reset upwards the supply temperature set
point one degree every 30 minutes (adjustable) if
15000-269
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
all electric reheat coils are in operation. The
discharge temperature program shall first
modulate close the cooling coil (when
dehumidification mode is not active) then
modulate open the heat recovery coil control
valve. The controller shall continue to reset the
air conditioning unit’s supply air temperature set
point until a reheat coil is deenergized or any
space temperature rises above set point with its
reheat coil deenergized, at which point the
controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as
described above to satisfy the space temperature
which requires the greatest cooling load.
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Static Pressure Control
1)
A reverse-acting 2-mode (proportional plus
integral) DDC software controller shall control
the supply fan speed, based upon the input from
a static pressure transmitter located at the end of
each duct riser served by the air conditioning
unit. Each transmitter shall provide a signal to a
low signal selector. The output of the signal
selector shall be the input to the controller.
2)
The output of the software controller shall be the
input to the speed controller on the supply fans.
As duct static pressure decreases, the controller
output shall increase, to increase fan speed. On
an increase in duct static pressure, the output of
the controller shall decrease, to decrease fan
speed. A software auto/manual switch function
shall enable the operator to override the output
of the static pressure controller and adjust fan
speed from the network computer or the DDC
controller. When multiple supply fans of a
headered system are in operation, the controller
shall operate the fan speeds in parallel.
3)
A static pressure transmitter in the common
supply fan discharge duct shall provide a signal
proportional to fan discharge static pressure to a
software based 2-mode pressure controller with
reverse action, acting as a high limit. If fan
discharge static pressure exceeds its set point,
the high limit controller shall, through a
software low selector, override the output of the
15000-270
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
system
static
pressure
controller
to
proportionally reduce the speed of each supply
fan to maintain fan discharge pressure high limit
set point.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
4)
Static pressure controls shall control system
operation during all cycles of operation,
including smoke control mode.
5)
During system start-up, the static pressure
control algorithm, integral control mode shall be
suppressed until the control point is within the
proportional band of the controller to avoid reset
wind-up.
6)
Flow Control: A software based DDC flow
control program shall receive input signals from
airflow measuring stations installed in the inlet
of each supply and return fan, and totalize,
linearize and scale them. The flow control
program shall match the return fan with the
supply fans and maintain the volumetric balance
between return and supply airflow by varying
return fan speed in parallel to maintain a
constant differential between supply and return
airflow. A software bias shall be provided to
compensate the return flow for a constant
outside air minimum at all operating loads. The
operator shall be able to manually override the
flow control program and manually control each
supply and return fan. The software bias shall
be suppressed during the smoke control override
mode of operation. A software program shall
notify the operator via the network computer to
start an additional fan system when a system is
operating at 95% of its design airflow. When
multiple headered systems are in operation, the
program shall notify the operator to stop a fan
system when a system is operating at 40% of its
design airflow.
7)
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low
Suction Pressure Switches: Pressure differential
switches installed in the discharge of each
supply and return fan, which sense discharge
pressure, shall stop the fan and transmit an alarm
to the network computer by means of a digital
input to the system DDC controller, if the
15000-271
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A
separate pressure switch installed in the inlet of
each supply and return fans shall also stop the
fan and transmit the alarm if fan suction pressure
is below its set point. The fan shutdown shall be
operative whether the starter H-O-A switch is in
the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
8)
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control:
Air flow measuring stations installed upstream
of the minimum outside air dampers of each air
conditioning system shall measure minimum air
flow. Should outside air flow be below set
point, the return air damper shall be modulated
closed until the minimum outside air flow is at
set point. On an increase of outside air above set
point, the return air damper shall be modulated
open to achieve set point. The minimum outside
airflow rates shall be transmitted, on a real time
basis, to the DDC system for monitoring and
trending. The software controller shall contain a
software minimum position for the return air
damper.
9)
Indoor Air Quality Control: A combination
CO2/VOC transmitter shall be installed in each
return air duct of each floor served by the air
conditioning systems (total of two transmitters
per floor). In addition, a CO2/VOC transmitter
shall be installed downstream of supply air filter
on each air conditioning system. The output of
the CO2/VOC shall be monitored by the DDC
system and compared to their high limit setting.
Should either measurement exceed its high limit
setting, an alarm shall be generated at the
network computer, alerting the operator of the
alarmed condition.
In addition, a DDC
controller shall proportionally control each
individual fresh air damper from fully closed to
fully open (with user-defined minimum and
maximum software limits) to satisfy the
CO2/VOC set point.
10)
Floor Isolation Dampers
a)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Supply floor/area isolation dampers
shall open when any supply fan serving
the damper is started, and shall close
15000-272
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
when the fans serving the damper are
stopped. Return floor/area isolation
dampers shall open when the return fan
serving the damper is started and shall
close when the fans are off.
b)
11)
12)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Each floor damper shall be capable of
being positioned from the network
computer. Each floor shall contain two
(2) damper groups. One group shall
consist of all supply dampers and the
other group shall consist of all exhaust
dampers. A damper position established
through the DDC control system shall
be overridden by actuation of the
override switches on the smoke control
panel.
Purge Outdoor Air and Exhaust Air Dampers
a)
Dampers shall be operator selectable
only. The dampers shall provide twoposition (full open or full closed)
operation, positioned via the network
computer and the smoke control panel.
b)
The purge outdoor air and exhaust air
dampers shall be utilized to provide a
fresh air purge of the space when the
outdoor air conditions permit their use.
The operator shall manually open the
purge dampers via the network
computer and start the air conditioning
system. During this mode, the main
return air damper to the air conditioning
system shall be closed to provide 100%
outdoor air and exhaust air to the space.
c)
During smoke exhaust or normal mode
of operation of the space, the dampers
shall close.
Smoke Control: On activation of a life safety
alarm within the Education Wing, the air
conditioning unit supply and return fans shall
stop and remain off. Dedicated smoke exhaust
fans serving the Education Wing shall be
manually started and their associated outdoor air
makeup damper shall open.
15000-273
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
8.
Basement Air Conditioning System and Associated Return Fan
a.
Each air conditioning system is a variable air volume
system which operates in conjunction with a variable
volume return fan. There shall be two (2) headered air
conditioning systems to serve the Subbasement and
Basement areas. The supply and return air fans shall be
provided with variable frequency drives. The systems
shall be controlled by a direct digital control system
(DDC) with electronic sensing of system parameters,
and electric actuation of control valves and dampers.
b.
When the fans are not in operation, the minimum
outdoor air, maximum outdoor air purge, maximum
exhaust air purge, return air,
supply and return
floor/area isolation (fire/smoke dampers) and fan
discharge dampers shall be closed. No control signal
shall be transmitted to the variable frequency drive
process follower speed controller. The normally closed
chilled water coil valve shall be closed
c.
When fan start is initiated, the temperature control
system shall be in operation, and a software time delay
shall inhibit supply fan start until the system return air
damper is open. Fans shall start and run at minimum
speed required to maintain rotation, but not less than 6
Hz. The start of each supply fan shall be time delayed to
avoid simultaneous starting of fans on the same system.
The supply fan and return discharge dampers shall open
after a time delay to enable the fan to reach minimum
speed. After the fans are running, and the discharge
dampers are open, the software static pressure controller
shall slowly ramp up the speed of all fans to satisfy
system static pressure demand.
d.
The Engineer shall start or stop of any fan from the
network computer or the direct digital field control unit.
Fans shall be started by an operator at the network
computer and run continuously. A DDC software time
program shall determine the occupied and unoccupied
mode via preprogrammed time settings established by
the operating engineer. During the occupied mode, the
minimum outdoor air damper shall be open. During the
unoccupied mode, the minimum outdoor air damper
shall be closed.
e.
On a command to stop a fan, the fan shall ramp down to
its minimum speed and the fans shall stop in the reverse
order of starting. The fan discharge damper shall close
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-274
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
slowly and shall not be fully closed until fan speed has
decreased to approximately 10%. The dampers shall
close.
f.
g.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Normal Operation
1)
The minimum outdoor air damper shall remain
open.
2)
A three-mode DDC software fan discharge
temperature controller shall position the cooling
coil valve to maintain the supply air temperature
set point.
3)
A return air humidity transmitter shall provide
an input to the software controller which shall
override the control of the chilled water valve on
sensing a return air relative humidity above set
point (50% RH adjustable). The controller shall
modulate open the chilled water valve to
maintain return air relative humidity set point.
On sensing a decrease in return air humidity
below 45% (adjustable), the program shall allow
the chilled water valve to be controlled to
maintain supply air temperature set point.
4)
During occupied hours, the discharge air
temperature set point shall be set for 55ºF.
(adjustable).
5)
During the night and unoccupied times, a DDC
software program shall reset the set point of the
supply air temperature from 55ºF. to 64ºF., as
return air temperature drops from 75ºF. to 72ºF.
Heat Recovery Coil Control
1)
The heat recovery coil shall be utilized as the
first stage of heating.
2)
Dehumidification Mode: During this mode, the
heat recovery coil three-way valve shall
modulate based on a DDC discharge
temperature controller.
A temperature
transmitter located downstream of the coil shall
provide an input to the software controller which
shall position the three-way valve to maintain
supply temperature set point.
15000-275
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3)
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
When the dehumidification mode is not active, a
DDC software program shall monitor the space
temperature, space temperature set point, and
output command to each VAV box reheat coil.
A DDC reset program shall monitor each reheat
coil controller, its temperature set point and each
space temperature transmitter. The program
shall reset upwards the supply temperature set
point one degree every 30 minutes (adjustable) if
all electric reheat coils are in operation. The
discharge temperature program shall first
modulate close the cooling coil (when
dehumidification mode is not active) then
modulate open the heat recovery coil control
valve. The controller shall continue to reset the
air conditioning unit’s supply air temperature set
point until a reheat coil is deenergized or any
space temperature rises above set point with its
reheat coil deenergized, at which point the
controller shall reset downwards the supply
temperature set point at the same rate as
described above to satisfy the space temperature
which requires the greatest cooling load.
Static Pressure Control
1)
A reverse-acting 2-mode (proportional plus
integral) DDC software controller shall control
the supply fan speed, based upon the input from
a static pressure transmitter located at the end of
each duct riser served by the air conditioning
unit. Each transmitter shall provide a signal to a
low signal selector. The output of the signal
selector shall be the input to the controller.
2)
The output of the software controller shall be the
input to the speed controller on the supply fans.
As duct static pressure decreases, the controller
output shall increase, to increase fan speed. On
an increase in duct static pressure, the output of
the controller shall decrease, to decrease fan
speed. A software auto/manual switch function
shall enable the operator to override the output
of the static pressure controller and adjust fan
speed from the network computer or the DDC
controller. When multiple supply fans of a
headered system are in operation, the controller
shall operate the fan speeds in parallel.
15000-276
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3)
A static pressure transmitter in the common
supply fan discharge duct shall provide a signal
proportional to fan discharge static pressure to a
software based 2-mode pressure controller with
reverse action, acting as a high limit. If fan
discharge static pressure exceeds its set point,
the high limit controller shall, through a
software low selector, override the output of the
system
static
pressure
controller
to
proportionally reduce the speed of each supply
fan to maintain fan discharge pressure high limit
set point.
4)
Static pressure controls shall control system
operation during all cycles of operation,
including smoke control mode.
5)
During system start-up, the static pressure
control algorithm, integral control mode shall be
suppressed until the control point is within the
proportional band of the controller to avoid reset
wind-up.
i.
Flow Control: A software based DDC flow control
program shall receive input signals from airflow
measuring stations installed in the inlet of each supply
and return fan, and totalize, linearize and scale them.
The flow control program shall match the return fan with
the supply fans and maintain the volumetric balance
between return and supply airflow by varying return fan
speed in parallel to maintain a constant differential
between supply and return airflow. A software bias shall
be provided to compensate the return flow for a constant
outside air minimum at all operating loads. The operator
shall be able to manually override the flow control
program and manually control each supply and return
fan. The software bias shall be suppressed during the
smoke control override mode of operation. A software
program shall notify the operator via the network
computer to start an additional fan system when a
system is operating at 95% of its design airflow. When
multiple headered systems are in operation, the program
shall notify the operator to stop a fan system when a
system is operating at 40% of its design airflow.
j.
High Discharge Pressure Switches and Low Suction
Pressure Switches:
Pressure differential switches
installed in the discharge of each supply and return fan,
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-277
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
which sense discharge pressure, shall stop the fan and
transmit an alarm to the network computer by means of a
digital input to the system DDC controller, if the
pressure set point of the switch is exceeded. A separate
pressure switch installed in the inlet of each supply and
return fans shall also stop the fan and transmit the alarm
if fan suction pressure is below its set point. The fan
shutdown shall be operative whether the starter H-O-A
switch is in the "Auto" or "Hand" position.
k.
Minimum Outdoor Air Flow Quantity Control: Air flow
measuring stations installed upstream of the minimum
outside air dampers of each air conditioning system shall
measure minimum air flow. Should outside air flow be
below set point, the return air damper shall be modulated
closed until the minimum outside air flow is at set point.
On an increase of outside air above set point, the return
air damper shall be modulated open to achieve set point.
The minimum outside airflow rates shall be transmitted,
on a real time basis, to the DDC system for monitoring
and trending. The software controller shall contain a
software minimum position for the return air damper.
l.
Indoor Air Quality Control: A combination CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed in each return air duct of
each floor served by the air conditioning systems (total
of two transmitters per floor). In addition, a CO2/VOC
transmitter shall be installed downstream of supply air
filter on each air conditioning system. The output of the
CO2/VOC shall be monitored by the DDC system and
compared to their high limit setting. Should either
measurement exceed its high limit setting, an alarm shall
be generated at the network computer, alerting the
operator of the alarmed condition. In addition, a DDC
controller shall proportionally control each individual
fresh air damper from fully closed to fully open (with
user-defined minimum and maximum software limits) to
satisfy the CO2/VOC set point.
m.
Floor Isolation Dampers
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Supply floor/area isolation dampers shall open
when any supply fan serving the damper is
started, and shall close when the fans serving the
damper are stopped. Return floor/area isolation
dampers shall open when the return fan serving
the damper is started and shall close when the
fans are off.
15000-278
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
n.
9.
2)
Each floor damper shall be capable of being
positioned from the network computer. Each
floor shall contain two (2) damper groups. One
group shall consist of all supply dampers and the
other group shall consist of all exhaust dampers.
A damper position established through the DDC
control system shall be overridden by actuation
of the override switches on the smoke control
panel.
3)
Purge Outdoor Air and Exhaust Air Dampers
a)
Dampers shall be operator selectable
only. The dampers shall provide twoposition (full open or full closed)
operation, positioned via the network
computer and the smoke control panel.
b)
The purge outdoor air and exhaust air
dampers shall be utilized to provide a
fresh air purge of the space when the
outdoor air conditions permit their use.
The operator shall manually open the
purge dampers via the network
computer and start the air conditioning
system. During this mode, the main
return air damper to the air conditioning
system shall be closed to provide 100%
outdoor air and exhaust air to the space.
c)
During smoke exhaust or normal mode
of operation of the space, the dampers
shall close.
Smoke Control: On activation of a life safety alarm
within the Education Wing, the air conditioning unit
supply and return fans shall stop and remain off.
Dedicated smoke exhaust fans serving the Education
Wing shall be manually started and their associated
outdoor air makeup damper shall open.
Toilet Exhaust Fans
a.
When an exhaust fan is off, its discharge damper shall be
closed.
b.
When the exhaust fan is started, the discharge damper
and all floor/area isolation (fire/smoke) dampers shall be
open. Fan shall be started via a software time program.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-279
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c.
10.
11.
12.
Fan status shall be displayed at the network computer
via current sensing relays.
Mechanical Equipment Room Air Conditioning Units
(Gallery, Basement, and 3rd Floor Education Wing)
a.
Air conditioning unit is a chilled water-cooled unit.
Each Mechanical Equipment Room shall contain one (1)
air conditioning unit.
b.
The unit shall be started locally or manually from the
network computer, and shall run continuously.
c.
A wall-mounted space temperature transmitter shall
provide an input to a DDC two-mode software
controller, which shall modulate the chilled water valve
to maintain space temperature set point. Chilled water
valve shall be furnished and installed by this
Subcontractor.
d.
A current-sensing relay for each unit, furnished and
installed by this Section, shall be wired to the DDC
system for remote monitoring.
Basement and Mechanical Equipment
Room Smoke Exhaust Fans
a.
Fans shall be started via the DDC or smoke control
panel.
b.
When the fan is off, its associated dampers shall be
closed.
c.
When the fan starts, its dampers shall open.
d.
A differential pressure switch, furnished and installed by
this Section, shall annunciate fan run status at the DDC
system and the smoke control panel.
Refrigeration Room Break-Glass Switches: Two (2) new dual
action (i.e., break glass, pull lever) break glass switches shall be
located outside each exit of the chiller plant. One switch shall
start the exhaust fan and the other shall stop the chillers. The
break-glass switches shall be hard wired into the chillers and
exhaust fan starter circuits. Break-glass switches to start fans
shall be wired in parallel. Switches to stop chillers shall be
wired in series. Break-glass switches and associated wiring and
conduit shall be furnished and installed under this Section of the
Specifications.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-280
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
13.
Refrigerant Leak Detection
a.
b.
14.
A long-term monitoring refrigerant leak detection
system to detect both Groups A1 and B1 refrigerant
leaks shall be provided and installed by this
Subcontractor. The leak detection system shall be
interlocked with a refrigeration plant mechanical
equipment room exhaust system to start the system upon
detection of a refrigerant leak and shall transmit an alarm
to the DDC system. The refrigeration machine shall be
monitored by two (2) sensors located on either side of
each machine and mounted at a height of 450 mm. above
the floor. The system shall utilize a multichannel
scanner to monitor each individual location. Each
monitor shall have a method for setting the zero
reference point. The following alarm relay outputs shall
be monitored at the DDC system network computer.
1)
TVL (Threshold Limit Value). At this level, the
refrigerant purge ventilation system is started.
2)
STEL (Short-Term Exposure Limit) of 3 times
the TVL.
3)
EEL (Emergency Exposure Limit).
4)
Failure Relay (Detect monitor system failure).
In addition, the system shall have a remote reset switch
that shall allow the alarm condition to be reset from a
switch located outside the refrigeration plant. The alarm
shall only be capable of reset if the alarm condition is
cleared.
Smoke Exhaust Fans Serving Atrium,
Gallery, Basement and Education Wing
a.
When the fan is not in operation, the fan discharge
and/or intake damper shall be closed.
b.
Fan shall be started manually from the smoke control
panel or network computer.
c.
In addition, fan shall be capable of being started locally
(for testing purposes).
d.
Upon activation of the fan, the dampers shall open.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-281
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
15.
16.
e.
If the fan fails to start, an alarm, actuated by a
differential pressure switch, shall be transmitted to the
smoke control panel and the network computer.
f.
Atrium Smoke Exhaust Fans
1)
Activation of a fire alarm within the Atrium or
the Restaurant shall automatically stop the air
conditioning unit supply and return fans serving
these areas and start the Atrium smoke exhaust
fan and open the respective intake and discharge
dampers.
2)
Each exhaust fan shall be provided with a
variable frequency drive which shall operate at a
constant speed determined via coordination with
the balancer.
Kitchen Exhaust Fans
a.
Each exhaust fan shall be started locally via a wallmounted switch furnished and installed and wired by this
Section.
b.
Exhaust fan status shall be indicated at the network
computer through current sensing relays.
c.
Hood water wash sequence shall be coordinated with
Kitchen hood manufacturer.
d.
Activation of the hood fire suppression shall
automatically start the Kitchen exhaust fan if off, or
cause it to continue to run if running.
e.
Activation of the high temperature detector in the hood
collar shall stop the exhaust fan.
f.
Interwiring between the hood water wash, fire
suppression system and high temperature detector and
the exhaust fan shall be by this Subcontractor.
Truck Dock and Garage Exhaust Fans
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The exhaust fans shall be started and stopped via
interface to a carbon monoxide detection system. Each
truck dock and garage exhaust fan shall be a two-speed
fan. Makeup air fans serving the truck dock shall be
constant speed fans.
Each fan’s speed shall be
15000-282
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
monitored at the DDC system and smoke control panel
via differential pressure switches.
b.
Carbon Monoxide System
1)
General Requirements
a)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The work covered by this Subcontractor
includes the installation of a carbon
monoxide (CO) detection system, as
specified herein. The major items of
work to be included are:
(1)
Furnishing and installing CO
detection
system
and
accessories.
(2)
Furnishing and installing all
necessary sample tubing and
terminal filters.
(3)
Furnishing and installing all
necessary electrical service to
the CO detection system and
required interconnections to
alert status devices and control
fans.
b)
The carbon monoxide detection system
control housings are to be located by
this Subcontractor in the building areas
as indicated on the plans, or as directed.
Sample tubing is to be run from the
control housing to the various terminal
points as indicated on the plans.
c)
Sensors shall be installed based on
manufacturer's recommendation.
d)
Any deviation from these specifications,
no matter how minor, shall be submitted
for approval in writing, with sufficient
data outlining the deviation, at least 15
days prior to time of bidding. If the
proposed changes are not acceptable,
then
this Subcontractor shall be
required to furnish the equipment and
system as specified with no substitution.
15000-283
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
No consideration shall be given to
substitution after award of contract.
e)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Method of Analysis
(1)
Measurement
of
carbon
monoxide shall be by means of
electrochemical cell or catalytic
oxidation principle.
Semiconductor solid-state sensors
shall not be employed.
(2)
Detection cell design must be
such that no humidifier, with
inherent
maintenance,
is
required.
(3)
Design must be such that
calibration may be accomplished
solely by one man direct at
carbon monoxide detection
system console. Individual type
sensors shall not be employed.
(4)
Detection cell design shall be
such that it is nonsensitive to
nominal variations in sample
flow rate.
(5)
The CO detection system must
have a full scale range of 0 to
100 parts per million CO in air.
Ranges higher than 100 ppm not
acceptable.
(6)
The CO detection system shall
be standard product, and all
components shall have proven
successful operation in similar
installation for a period of at
least ten years.
(7)
Detection cell is to be selective
to CO, with average lifespan of
18-24 months before need for
replacement.
15000-284
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
(8)
f)
Control Modules:
The CO control
consoles shall be wall mounted or freestanding type, and each module section
shall consist of control unit assembly
section, detector assembly section, and
sample handling and conditioning
assembly section. Full hinged locking
doors are to be provided. Front access
sections are to be provided. Each
control module section shall contain
detection cell assembly, sample flow
control, equipment to sequentially
sample from each of the monitor points,
and relay circuits, as required. 30
ampere rated field interconnect block
construction is to be supplied in each
control module section.
g)
Sample Flow System
(1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Accuracy shall be ±1% of full
scale reading.
Repeatability
shall be ±1% of full scale
reading.
15000-285
The
following
describes
operation, and constituent parts
of each sample flow system,
which must be adhered to
without exceptions:
(a)
Replacement dust filters
shall be employed at
inlet of each sample
tube run.
(b)
Sample shall be drawn
at a rapid rate through
tubing lines to minimize
log time.
During
analysis of a given
point, flow must be
maintained
through
succeeding
line.
Sample flow through
the analysis cell must be
under positive pressure.
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
h)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
(c)
A cell bypass pump is
to be supplied. "No
Sample Flow" indication
and alarm must be
supplied to indicate lack
of sample flow.
(d)
Bypass control rotometer
and sample rotometer
must also be supplied to
permit ease of observation
and control of sample
flow.
(e)
Trouble lamp circuitry
is to be provided on
control module, to
illuminate in the event
of no sample flow.
(f)
Both a prime pump and
a cell bypass pump
must be supplied on
each sample flow system.
Prime pump must be
vacuum/ pressure type
designed to operate in
the 0-310 kPa range and
rated for at least 400
day maintenance-free
operation.
Sample Tubing Lines
(1)
This
Subcontractor
shall
furnish and install all sample
tube lines from sample pick-up
points
to
the
identified
bulkheads on the CO control
modules, using 9.5 mm o.d.
Type L hard drawn seamless
copper tube with solder fittings.
Compression type bulkhead
unions shall be provided on the
CO detection system control
modules.
(2)
All tubing shall be run along
ceiling in such a manner as not
15000-286
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
to be exposed to abuse. Attach
all tubing securely to building
structure using copper plated
clips and approved anchors.
(3)
i)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
All tubing shall be cleaned
thoroughly before installation
and then blown out after
installation to ensure that no
foreign matter remains in
system. Test tube as required
during work progress to ensure
against leaks.
Operation, Alarms and Fan Controls
(1)
Each CO analyzer control
module shall operate electrically
independent of any other, and
the electrical shutdown of one
particular control module shall
not affect the operation of
another.
(2)
The CO analyzer system shall
be designed to operate from 220
volt a.c., 50 Hz, single phase
power supply.
(3)
Each sample point on each
control module shall have an
identifiable illuminated digit
readout, said identification
being synchronized with the
automatic sample programmer.
(4)
Malfunction indicator shall be
provided on each control
module, and are to illuminate on
"Lack of Sample Flow",
"Programmer Stop", or "Low
Cell Temperature".
15000-287
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
(5)
All
electrical
terminations
within CO control module are to
be at 30 ampere rated identified
blocks to facilitate field
interconnects.
(6)
Range on each control module
must be 0-100 ppm CO in air,
with threshold sensitivity less
than 1 ppm CO in air. Accuracy
to be ±1% of full scale reading.
(7)
Amber “CO Warning Concentration”
lamps, associated with each
sample point shall be provided
on the control modules.
(8)
Red "CO Alarm Concentration"
lamp shall be provided on the
control modules.
(9)
Lamp test circuitry shall be
provided to permit illuminated
check of all function lamps.
(10)
Provide a 4-20 mA output
indicating CO concentration per
floor level which shall be
monitored via the DDC system.
The DDC system shall utilize
this signal to modulate the
garage and truck dock supply
and exhaust fan speeds.
j)
The following zone with associated fan
systems shall be monitored:
Each
Parking area and truck dock.
k)
Calibration Equipment
(1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-288
A manually operated calibration
valve shall be provided in each
detector module, to permit
introduction of calibration gas
to the CO analyzer detection
cell to permit checking and
adjusting span.
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
(2)
A cylinder containing a certified
mixture for 100 ppm CO in air
range shall be provided
complete with a regulator gauge
set and mounted integral to the
console. If required, a cylinder
of pure nitrogen for zero
adjustment shall be provided
with regulator.
(3)
Calibration design must be such
that
calibration
may
be
accomplished solely by one man
at the carbon monoxide
detection system console.
(4)
Startup and Instruction Service:
Following installation of the CO
detection system by this
Subcontractor, the manufacturer
shall make available services of
a factory engineer to check out
the system, and instruct the
Engineer's
personnel
on
operation and maintenance of
the system.
(5)
Guarantee: The CO detection
system control console and
accessory equipment (excluding
all normally expendable items)
shall be guaranteed against
defective
materials
and
workmanship for a period of
one year operation.
Description of Operation - Parking Levels
1)
When the fans are off, the fan discharge and
intake dampers shall be closed.
2)
When the exhaust fan is started through the
DDC system, the fan discharge and intake
dampers shall open, and their associated intake
dampers shall open. The DDC system shall be
interfaced to the carbon monoxide system and
shall start the fan and sequence fan speeds based
on carbon monoxide concentration level.
15000-289
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3)
d.
17.
A high temperature detector in the exhaust fan
discharge shall shut down the fan and alarm at
the network computer. The high temperature
shutdown shall be implemented through
software.
Description of Operation - Truck Dock
1)
When the truck dock exhaust fan is off, its
associated dampers shall be closed. Fans E-B17 and E-B-10 shall be off and their respective
dampers shall close. When a fan starts, its
dampers shall open.
2)
The truck dock exhaust fan shall operate based
on a DDC software program, the carbon
monoxide level of the truck dock as well as the
smoke control system.
3)
The smoke control system shall override all
operations of the truck dock fan and operate the
fan at full speed.
4)
When the fan is started via software time
program, the fan shall operate at low speed and
E-B-17 shall start.
5)
On sensing a carbon monoxide concentration
level above set point, the DDC system shall
operate the truck dock fan at high speed, start EB-17, start E-B-10 and stop the exhaust fan
serving MER B1-04.
6)
Each fan’s run status (each speed) shall be
monitored at the DDC system via currentsensing relays.
FM-200 Systems Serving Switchgear Room, High Voltage
Room, Low Voltage Room, Rare Books, Transformer Rooms,
Main Telephone Equipment Room, Vault: Activation of a FM200 system cross-zone detector shall close the dampers and stop
the respective air conditioning units as per the control matrix
indicated on the mechanical drawings. Refer to fire protection
drawings and specifications for panel quantity and location. The
FM-200 panels shall be furnished and installed by the Fire
Protection Subcontractor. The wiring between the panel and the
dampers, air conditioning units, and exhaust fans shall be by this
Subcontractor.
Wiring between the panel and electrical
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-290
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
equipment required for shutdown shall be furnished and
installed by the Electrical Subcontractor.
18.
19.
FM-200 Exhaust Fans
a.
When the exhaust fan is off, its normally closed
discharge damper and respective intake dampers shall be
closed.
b.
When the fan is called to start, the dampers shall open.
A time delay relay in the FM-200 exhaust fan starter
shall prevent fan operation until the dampers are open.
The time delay relay shall be furnished and installed by
this Subcontractor.
c.
Fan shall be started and stopped from the respective FM200 exhaust panel. Interlock wiring from the panel to
the FM-200 exhaust fan starter and the damper shall be
by this Section of the Specifications.
Emergency and Normal Power Restart Program
a.
The DDC system shall contain an automatic restart
program for the equipment controlled via the DDC
system.
The program shall automatically start
equipment that was operating prior to a loss of normal
power.
b.
The DDC system shall monitor each automatic transfer
switch for the following points:
1)
2)
Load On Emergency.
Load On Normal.
c.
On a loss of power, the equipment shall stop and the
DDC system shall provide the normal shutdown
sequence.
d.
When power is restored (normal or emergency), the
DDC units serving equipment connected to respective
transfer switches shall monitor the respective automatic
transfer switches to determine if the switch in operating
on emergency or normal power.
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
If the switch is operating in the normal power
mode (i.e., “Load on Normal”) or emergency
power mode (i.e., “Load on Emergency”), the
DDC units shall initiate a restart program, which
shall restart equipment, which was previously
15000-291
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
operating prior to a power loss subject to
existing software programs.
2)
20.
21.
When equipment is operating under emergency
power, it shall continue to be controlled as
operating under normal power as described
within the description of operations.
The
equipment shall operate subject to all operating
and life safety devices (i.e., pressure switches,
low temperature thermostats and smoke
detectors, etc.).
e.
If at any time the DDC system is operating equipment
which is currently connected to emergency power and
the transfer switch transfers from emergency to normal,
the DDC system shall restart equipment which was
previously operating as well as equipment which should
be operating subject to software time programs.
f.
All equipment restarting shall be subject to software
time delays to prohibit simultaneous starting of
equipment.
General Kitchen Exhaust Fans
a.
When an exhaust fan is off, its discharge damper and
floor/area isolation (fire/smoke) dampers shall be closed.
b.
When the exhaust fan is started locally through the
network computer, the dampers shall open. Fan shall
run continuously.
c.
Fan status shall be displayed at the network computer
via current sending relays.
Emergency Generator Exhaust Fan,
Fuel Oil Tank and Pump Room Exhaust Fan
a.
When an exhaust fan is off, its discharge damper and
floor/area isolation (fire/smoke) dampers shall be closed.
b.
When the exhaust fan is started locally through the
network computer, the dampers shall open.
c.
Fan status shall be displayed at the network computer
via current sending relays.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-292
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
22.
Refrigeration Room, Emergency Generator Room, Switchgear
Room, Telephone Equipment Room, Mechanical Equipment
Room, Engineer’s Office, High Voltage Room, Low Voltage
Room, Transformer Room, and Elevator Machine Room Air
Conditioning Units
a.
Packaged air conditioning units shall be chilled water
cooled air conditioning units. Units shall be either
ceiling hung or floor standing.
b.
A wall mounted temperature transmitter shall provide an
input to a DDC software controller which shall provide a
output to modulate the chilled water valve to maintain
space temperature set point. Chilled water valve shall be
furnished by this section and installed by the mechanical
Subcontractor.
c.
A space temperature transmitter shall annunciate a high
temperature alarm at the network computer on sensing a
temperature above set point.
d.
Fan status shall be indicated at the network computer via
current sensing relays. An operator at the network
computer shall be capable of starting and stopping the
unit remotely.
e.
A leak detector furnished, installed and wired by this
Section shall annunciate an alarm at the DDC system
network computer.
23.
Emergency Generator Ventilation and Exhaust: When an engine
is started locally, the respective engine-driven automatic damper,
an engine-mounted and driven fan discharge shall open and all
automatic intake dampers shall open. The dampers shall close
when engine is stopped. Automatic dampers shall be of the
normally open type. Wiring from the contact in the engine
control panel start circuit to the dampers shall be provided by
this Subcontractor. Dampers shall be rated for continuous duty.
Dampers shall be normally open type, spring return open.
24.
Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit Controllers
and Constant Volume Terminal Unit Controllers
a.
General
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
The DDC system Subcontractor shall ship for
mounting and wiring to the terminal unit
manufacturer the following items:
15000-293
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
a)
Microprocessor
based
pressure
independent terminal unit controller.
b)
Enclosure terminations.
c)
Control transformer (if required).
d)
Primary air velocity transducer.
e)
Electric primary damper actuator.
b.
The DDC controller and its associated power supply,
transducers, electric damper operator, etc., shall be
neatly mounted within a separate 20 gauge sealed and
gasketed galvanized sheet metal enclosure by this
Subcontractor.
The completed assembly shall be
shipped by this Subcontractor to the terminal unit
manufacturer for mounting directly to and supported
from the terminal device it serves. All external electrical
connections to the DDC controller within the box shall
be terminated in two separate junction boxes (with
removable covers), i.e., one for power and one for signal
communications.
All wiring and tubing shall be
permanently labeled and color coded for ease of
identification. No access to within the enclosure shall be
required for installation, startup or operation of the
terminal unit.
c.
The terminal unit manufacturer shall provide the
terminal unit with fail-in-place damper.
d.
This
Subcontractor shall field calibrate
microprocessor controller and all field devices.
e.
This Subcontractor shall supply written instructions and
drawings containing sufficient information to enable the
terminal unit manufacturer to undertake the installation
satisfactorily.
This
Subcontractor shall visit the
terminal unit manufacturer’s facility shortly after the
commencement of production for this Project to ensure
that the terminal unit manufacturer’s installation and
wiring procedures are satisfactory. The terminal unit
manufacturer shall prepare a drawing of the wiring for
the terminal unit controller and all associated
instrumentation and final control elements based on the
information provided by this Subcontractor. The
terminal unit manufacturer and this Subcontractor shall
both certify on the drawing that the drawing is correct
and the drawing shall be submitted as a shop drawing for
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-294
the
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
review by the Mechanical Consulting Engineer. This
Subcontractor shall visit the terminal unit manufacturer’s
facility at the completion of the first production run for
this Project and, prior to the shipping of any terminal
unit to the project site, shall inspect the installation of
the control devices. The terminal unit manufacturer
shall not make any factory adjustments to the terminal
unit controller or enter any data into the terminal unit
controller in any way. All testing, entry of data and
adjustments of any kind to the terminal unit controller
shall be undertaken by this Subcontractor at the project
site.
f.
This Subcontractor shall be responsible for shipping
costs associated with the devices discussed above, the
repair and/or replacement of all devices damaged during
shipment and all instructions pertaining to mounting,
wiring and tubing, including wiring diagrams.
g.
The control unit shall be capable of interfacing with a
hand-held terminal unit, DDC panel and the network
computer. The control unit shall accept a temperature
signal from an electronic space sensor/transmitter.
Room temperature, actual and calculated air flows and
flow and temperature alarms shall be continuously
transmitted to the network for access by the network
computer or other DDC units. The accuracy of the air
flow measurement shall be ±5%, within the temperature
range of 10-32°F. The status of all control unit I/O
points shall be available to the entire network or the
network computer at any time. All alarms shall be
automatically transmitted to the appropriate locations as
required by the system programming.
h.
Control algorithms necessary to accomplish the stated
sequence of operation shall be preprogrammed in the
control unit and shall be ready for operation after
application and unit address information is programmed
into the controller. All control sequences shall be
selectable from the network computer, DDC panel
and/or hand-held terminal unit. The operator at the
network computer shall be able to change temperature
set points, change minimum and maximum primary air
flow set point, display room temperature and display
primary air flow. Control software shall be maintained
in nonvolatile memory for reset after a power failure.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-295
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
i.
The hand-held terminal unit shall connect into the
system via a jack connector at the room temperature
sensor and at the terminal unit. It shall be capable of
display of system variables, override control,
enabling/disabling of resident control programs, and
adjustment of control parameters.
j.
Connection of a hand-held terminal, or multiple handheld terminals, shall not interrupt nor interfere in any
way with normal peer network operation, prevent alarms
from being indicated, or preclude central initiated
commands and system modification from the network
computer. The hand-held terminal shall have its own
rechargeable battery-supplied power. Battery supply
shall be sufficient for 24 hours nominal usage before
recharging. Low battery condition shall be visibly
displayed.
k.
The unit controller shall have, as a minimum, the
following I/O:
1)
Space temperature (variable air volume units
only).
2)
Differential pressure (velocity pressure).
3)
Damper control.
4)
Heating coil
application).
control
(as
required
per
l.
The control of each terminal unit shall be capable of
complete stand-alone operation and shall not depend on
information from any other element in the building,
including other terminal units and network computer for
primary control. Failure of any component shall not
interrupt control of any other terminal unit controller.
m.
The DDC terminal unit control package shall be
furnished complete with air velocity transducer, direct
digital control unit and software, space temperature
sensor, damper, damper actuator, and power transformer
(if required). This Subcontractor shall mount and wire
the
space
temperature
sensor
and
provide
communication wiring between each terminal unit and
the network computer. Power wiring of constant and
variable volume terminal units shall be furnished and
installed by this Subcontractor. This Subcontractor
shall also provide all required software interface for the
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-296
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
network computer to monitor temperatures and air flows
and adjust set points. The operator at the network
computer shall be able to change temperature set point,
change minimum and maximum velocity set point,
display space temperature, actual air flow and duct
velocity. Each terminal unit shall be addressable
through the network computer. This Subcontractor
shall field calibrate the air velocity sensor and DDC
controller.
n.
Description of Operation
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Variable Volume Terminal Units
a)
Electric controlled terminals with failin-place dampers shall be controlled
from a unit mounted direct digital
control unit.
b)
A software interlock shall enable the
terminal unit controller when the
primary air fan serving the terminal unit
starts.
c)
When the space temperature rises, as
sensed by an electronic space
temperature transmitter, the software
controller shall modulate the terminal
unit primary damper open.
d)
As the space temperature decreases, the
terminal unit primary damper shall
modulate closed.
e)
Each terminal unit's direct digital
control unit shall be capable of remote
reset of all set points and damper
position automatically or manually
through the network computer.
f)
Whenever the primary fan system
serving the terminal unit is off, the
terminal unit damper shall be positioned
fully open.
15000-297
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
3)
Variable Volume Terminal Units
with Electric Reheat Coil
a)
Electric controlled terminals with failin-place dampers shall be controlled
from a unit mounted direct digital
control unit.
b)
A software interlock shall enable the
terminal unit controller when the
primary air fan serving the terminal unit
starts.
c)
When the space temperature rises, as
sensed by an electronic space
temperature transmitter, the software
controller shall modulate the terminal
unit primary damper open.
d)
As the space temperature decreases, the
terminal unit primary damper shall
modulate closed.
e)
When space temperature continues to
decrease, the output of the controller
shall modulate the electric heating coil
to maintain space temperature.
f)
Each terminal unit's direct digital
control unit shall be capable of remote
reset of all set points and damper
position automatically or manually
through the network computer.
g)
Whenever the primary fan system
serving the terminal unit is off, the
terminal unit damper shall be positioned
fully open.
Constant Volume Terminal Units
a)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Electric controlled terminals with failin-place dampers shall be controlled
from a unit mounted direct digital
control unit. A pressure independent
DDC software controller shall modulate
the terminal unit damper to maintain
supply air flow set point.
15000-298
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b)
4)
o.
25.
Each terminal unit's direct digital
control unit shall be capable of remote
reset of all set points and damper
position automatically or manually
through the network computer.
Constant Volume Terminal Units
with Electric Reheat Coils
a)
Electric controlled terminals with failin-place dampers shall be controlled
from a unit mounted direct digital
control unit. A pressure independent
DDC software controller shall modulate
the terminal unit damper to maintain
supply air flow set point.
b)
A space temperature transmitter shall
provide an input to a DDC software
controller which shall modulate the
electric reheat coil to maintain space
temperature set point.
Each terminal unit's direct digital control unit shall be
capable of remote reset of all set points and damper
position automatically or manually through the network
computer.
Emergency Generator Fuel Oil System:
The emergency
generator fuel oil system shall consist of two (2) 37,850 liter fuel
oil tanks and one (1) duplex transfer pump set.
a.
The fuel oil tanks shall be located in the lowest level of
the building.
b.
The fuel oil system shall be furnished with a "Master
Fuel Oil System Control Cabinet" located in the Pump
Room and a "Remote Fuel Oil Annunciator Cabinet"
located at the Generator Room.
c.
The "Master Fuel Oil System Control Cabinet" shall
contain a PLC to monitor the alarms listed in Table "A",
tank status indicating lights, a lead/lag alternator, all
necessary alarm lights, an alarm horn, a circulating
alarm beacon light mounted atop panel, "lamp test"
pushbutton and a 0-30 minute (adjustable) timer to
reenergize the alarm horn after the silence pushbutton is
actuated, if the alarm condition did not return to normal.
This cabinet shall be powered from two separate power
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-299
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
sources. The panel shall contain a power sensing relay
which shall transfer control power from the failed source
to the active source.
d.
The "Remote Fuel Oil Annunciator Cabinet" shall
contain the same components as the master fuel oil
system alarm and control panel with the exception of the
lead/lag alternator, which is not required. The "Remote
Fuel Oil Annunciator Cabinet" shall also monitor the
alarms listed in Table "A".
e.
Both fuel oil annunciator cabinets shall have a full
graphic of the fuel oil system. Alarm lights shall be
incorporated into the graphic.
f.
All alarms listed in Table "A" as well as tank status
indication shall also be monitored at the DDC system
network computer via interface with each cabinet’s PLC
via digital outputs from the PLC to digital inputs to the
DDC system. This Subcontractor shall furnish and
install the wiring.
g.
The "Master Fuel Oil System Control Cabinet" PLC
shall be interconnected to the PLC located in the
"Remote Fuel Oil Annunciator Cabinet" via a
communications cable which shall be run in conduit.
This
Subcontractor shall furnish and install the
communications cable.
h.
Cabinets shall be shipped to the site with all panelmounted components completely wired and tested. A
terminal strip internally wired to the PLC shall be
provided for the termination of field wire from field
devices. This Subcontractor shall be responsible for
furnishing and installing all wiring between the cabinets
and field devices, the cabinets and fuel oil pump motors,
and the cabinets and DDC system.
i.
The fuel oil pump set shall be hardwired interlocked
with the emergency generator start circuits or the diesel
fire pump so that the lead pump shall start when any of
its generators or fire pump start and stop when all of its
generators and fire pump are off. Form "C" dry contacts
shall be available at the emergency power plant master
control cubicle, located near the generators for wiring
into the fuel oil pump starter circuits by this
Subcontractor. A pump start contact shall be made
available at the diesel fire pump day tank for wiring into
the fuel oil pump starter circuits by this Subcontractor.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-300
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
The diesel fire pump day tank level probes shall be
furnished with the day tank by the Plumbing Section of
the Specification. When the fuel oil pumps start due to
low level of the diesel fire pump day tank, a hardwired
interlock shall open a solenoid valve in the fuel oil
supply pipe to the day tank. When the fuel oil pumps
start due to low level of the diesel fire pump day tank
and all generators are off, a solenoid in the generator
bypass pipe shall open. If a generator is in operation, the
valve shall remain closed.
j.
A lead/lag alternator provided for the duplex fuel oil
transfer pump station shall automatically start the lag
pump on failure of the lead pump to start. Pump running
status (each pump) and pump malfunction (each pump)
shall be annunciated at the DDC system network
computer. The PLC shall not be used to provide lead/lag
functions. An RTD temperature sensor installed by this
Subcontractor in the downstream side of each fuel oil
pump relief valve shall alarm at the PLC and DDC
system network computer on an increase in temperature
indicating relief valve actuation. Temperature sensor
shall be furnished with the pump station, installed and
wired by this Subcontractor.
k.
Each fuel oil tank shall be furnished with level sensors to
monitor:
1)
High level.
2)
Low level.
3)
Extreme low level.
l.
Multiple sump tell-tale high level alarms shall monitor
the outer pipe within the building at the Fuel Oil Pump
Room and Tank Room. The level sensor shall be
provided by the fuel oil system Subcontractor. The
sensor shall be installed by this Subcontractor.
m.
Leak alarms furnished by the fuel oil system
Subcontractor, and installed by this Subcontractor in the
new Fuel Oil Tank Room and the Fuel Oil Transfer
Pump Room shall alarm at both panels and the DDC
system upon detection of a leak.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-301
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
n.
A differential pressure switch installed across each pump
duplex strainer shall alarm on high differential pressure
across the strainers. The differential pressure switches
shall be furnished with the pump strainers and installed
by this Subcontractor.
o.
The fuel oil supply and return automatic and manual
isolation valve at each fuel oil tank, at each generator, at
the inlet to each fuel oil pump, and the isolation and
bypass valves located at the Firematic fusible link valve
shall come furnished with open and closed limit
switches. This Subcontractor shall furnish and install
the wiring from every limit switch to the PLC in closest
proximity to the isolation valves.
p.
Flow switches furnished with the PLC system, installed
and wired by this Subcontractor in each fuel oil header
vent line shall indicate a vent high level.
q.
A fuel oil system fill line annunciator shall be furnished
and installed by the fuel oil system provider, located at
the Street Level in the vicinity of the fill box to
annunciate when a tank is overfilled. The annunciator
shall consist of an audible and visual alarm indicator and
an alarm silence button. An alarm contact shall be
available to indicate an overfill condition of any fuel oil
storage tank at the “Master Fuel Oil System Control
Cabinet.” This Subcontractor shall be responsible for
providing and installing all alarm wiring between the fill
line annunciator panel and the “Master Fuel Oil System
Control Cabinet.”
r.
The “Master Fuel Oil System Control Cabinet” shall
contain a lead fuel oil tank selector switch. The switch
shall be wired as an input to the PLC system, which shall
automatically open the lead tank’s isolation valves and
close the standby tank’s valves. The PLC shall monitor
the valve end switches and fuel oil level, and activate an
alarm at the PLC and DDC system is a valve fails to
follow its commanded state or the fuel level drops below
low setting.
On valve failure, the PLC shall
automatically close the valves on the failed tank system
and open the standby tank’s valves.
s.
Interlock wiring between the fuel cleaning system and
the fuel oil system motorized isolation valves shall be
furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-302
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
t.
All power, control, communications and signal wiring
and conduit for the fuel oil monitoring and alarm system
and fuel oil filtration and watering system shall be
furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
u.
The following table summarizes the alarms to be
monitored at the “Master Fuel Oil System Control
Cabinet,” the "Remote Fuel Oil Annunciator Cabinet,"
and the DDC network computer.
TABLE "A"
Alarm No.
Alarm Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - High Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 2 - High Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 1 - Low Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 2 - Low Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 1 - Extreme Low Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No 2 - Extreme Low Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank - Extreme High Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank - Extreme Low Level
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1 - Malfunction
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2 - Malfunction
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - Supply/Return
Solenoid Valve Misaligned
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - Supply/Return
Solenoid Valve Misaligned
Emergency Generator No. 1 - Supply
Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 1 - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 2 - Supply
Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 2 - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 3 - Supply
Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 3 - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Diesel Fire Pump Isolation Valve Closed
Diesel Fire Pump Day Tank - Supply
Solenoid Valve Closed
Firematic Valve Closed (Transfer Pump Room)
Firematic Valve Closed (Generator Room)
Firematic Valve Closed (Diesel Fire Pump
Room)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-303
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Alarm No.
Alarm Description
24
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1 - Inlet/Discharge
Valves Closed
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2 - Inlet/Discharge
Valves Closed
Fuel Oil System - Isolation Valves Misaligned
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1 - Relief Valve Actuation
Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2 - Relief Valve Actuation
Duplex Strainer - Fuel Oil Pump FOP-1
- High Differential
Duplex Strainer - Fuel Oil Pump FOP-2
- High Differential
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Base of Riser)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Pump Room) (Two Required)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Generator Room)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak
(Fire Pump Room)
Fill Sump Tank - High Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank Vault - Leak
Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room - Leak
Diesel Fire Pump Room - Leak
Fuel Oil Day Tank Basin - Leak
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - High Water Level
Main Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - High Water Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank - High Water Level
PLC - Education Wing Roof (Emergency
Generator Room) - Malfunction
PLC - Basement (Fuel Oil Pump Room) Malfunction
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
v.
26.
In addition, each panel shall have pilot lights indicating
the tank status. The indicating lights shall be activated
from PLC digital outputs. This information shall also be
displayed at the DDC network computer. Sufficient
quantity of input points shall be provided to include the
monitoring points associated with the future generators.
Life Safety Operation
a.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
A complete automatic smoke detection system provided
by the life safety system provider shall be provided for
all the air conditioning systems in the building interfaced
with the automatic sprinkler system and fire alarm
system.
15000-304
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
b.
c.
d.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Air conditioning systems that are included in the
building are as hereinbefore specified and summarized
below.
1)
Central air conditioning supply units installed in
Mechanical Equipment Rooms, which provide
conditioned air for all comfort conditioned
spaces such as the Restaurant, Gallery, Atrium,
Education Wing, 5th Floor Administration Area,
Basement and Auditorium.
2)
Return fans that operate in conjunction with the
supply fans and remove return air from the air
conditioned spaces.
3)
Miscellaneous packaged air conditioning units
installed in the Elevator Machine Rooms and
various Equipment Rooms.
4)
Miscellaneous toilet exhaust fans, smoke
exhaust fans, Kitchen exhaust fans, transfer fans,
Mechanical Equipment Room, Truck Dock and
garage exhaust fans located at various points in
the building.
Smoke detectors shall be incorporated under the
Electrical Section of the Contract Documents into the air
handling systems and duct system, located as follows:
1)
Smoke detectors shall be installed in the
discharge duct from each of the air conditioning
supply fans and ventilation supply fans
(downstream of the filters in case of all supply
fans).
2)
In each supply and return air duct connection to
the supply and return air shafts.
Automatic dampers and automatic smoke dampers shall
be located at the outside air intakes and in the discharge
of each air conditioning unit and at each return air duct
connection and spill connection to the Mechanical
Equipment Rooms and at each point of supply and return
air connection to each shaft at each floor level. The
fresh air intake and spill dampers shall be automatic
type. The discharge dampers and return air dampers
shall be smoke dampers. The return and supply dampers
at each return and supply connection at each floor shall
be combination fire/smoke dampers.
15000-305
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
e.
During normal operation, whenever the air fans are shut
down, the automatic dampers, smoke dampers and
combination fire/smoke dampers associated with their
respective air fans shall automatically close. Control of
all dampers shall be via the automatic temperature
control system.
f.
Activation of a return air smoke detector, located in a
return fan, or any smoke detector, sprinkler waterflow
switch or beam detector serving the Atrium or
Restaurant, shall automatically cause the following
sequence of events to take place:
g.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
An audible and visual alarm signal shall be
transmitted to the Fire Command Station and the
DDC system network computer.
2)
All air conditioning systems and exhaust/return
air systems serving the Atrium and Restaurant,
shall shut down if the systems are running, or
remain off if all systems are not running.
3)
The Atrium smoke exhaust fans shall start and
their respective discharge and fresh air intake
dampers and associated architectural intake
louvers and associated doors shall open.
Interlock wiring between the door controllers
and the DDC system shall be furnished and
installed by this Section. A hard-wired time
delay relay shall allow the dampers to open prior
to fan start.
4)
The
Gallery,
Auditorium,
5th
Floor
Administration and Restaurant air conditioning
system supply and return fans shall stop.
5)
The respective air conditioning system’s
dampers, including combination fire/smoke
dampers, in the supply and return air ducts, shall
close.
6)
Basement and Education Wing air conditioning
system supply and return fans shall continue to
operate if currently running.
Activation of a return air smoke detector, located in a
return fan, or any smoke detector or sprinkler waterflow
switch serving the Gallery, Auditorium or 5th Floor
15000-306
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Administration, shall automatically cause the following
sequence of events to take place:
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
An audible and visual alarm signal shall be
transmitted to the Fire Command Station and the
DDC system network computer.
2)
All air conditioning systems and exhaust/return
air systems serving the Gallery, 5th Floor
Administration, Atrium and Restaurant and
Auditorium shall shut down if the systems are
running, or remain off if all systems are not
running.
3)
The respective air conditioning system’s
dampers, including combination fire/smoke
dampers in the supply and return air ducts, shall
close.
4)
Basement and Education Wing air conditioning
system supply and return fans shall continue to
operate if currently running.
Activation of a return air smoke detector, located in a
return fan, or any smoke detector or sprinkler waterflow
switch serving the Education Wing, shall automatically
cause the following sequence of events to take place:
1)
An audible and visual alarm signal shall be
transmitted to the Fire Command Station and the
DDC system network computer.
2)
All air conditioning systems and exhaust/return
air systems serving the Education Wing shall
shut down if the systems are running, or remain
off if all systems are not running.
3)
The respective air conditioning system’s
dampers including combination fire/smoke
dampers in the supply and return air ducts shall
close.
4)
Basement, Atrium, Restaurant, Auditorium, 5th
Floor Administration and Gallery air
conditioning system supply and return fans shall
continue to operate if currently running.
15000-307
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
i.
j.
Activation of a return air smoke detector, located in a
return fan, or any smoke detector or sprinkler waterflow
switch serving the Basement, shall automatically cause
the following sequence of events to take place:
1)
An audible and visual alarm signal shall be
transmitted to the Fire Command Station and the
DDC system network computer.
2)
All air conditioning systems and exhaust/return
air systems serving the Basement, Education
Wing, Atrium, Restaurant, Auditorium, 5th
Floor Administration and Gallery shall shut
down if the systems are running, or remain off if
all systems are not running.
3)
The respective air conditioning system’s
dampers including combination fire/smoke
dampers in the supply and return air ducts shall
close.
Activation of a smoke detector in a supply air system
located downstream of the filters shall automatically
cause the following sequence of events to occur:
1)
The affected supply air system supply and return
fans shall stop and its respective return air and
fresh air intake dampers shall automatically
close.
2)
An audible and visual alarm signal shall be
transmitted to the Fire Command Station and the
network computer.
3)
The supply air discharge detector shall not be
automatically reset. Each detector must be
manually cleared in order to restart the
respective supply fan system.
k.
All signals from an activated smoke detector or sprinkler
flow valve shall be transmitted to a Fire Command
Station located in the building lobby.
The Fire
Command Station shall be furnished and interwired by
the Electrical Subcontractor.
l.
A keyed overcall switch (labeled "For Fire Department
Use Only"), located at the smoke control panel, shall
overcall the automatic life safety system operation and
permit manual stopping and starting of any smoke
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-308
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
exhaust fan and return fan used for smoke exhaust and
the control of all smoke dampers in the return air ducts
to each floor. Activation of the overcall switch shall
permit, from the smoke control panel, manual starting
and stopping of any fan listed herein system which was
automatically stopped as a result of a fire mode
condition, and permit opening and closing of smoke
dampers in ductwork which were automatically closed
as a result of a fire mode condition.
m.
Under manual operation in the fire mode, the following
shall occur:
1)
n.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Any return air fans that are started shall operate
as exhaust fans and exhaust 100% of the air they
are handling directly to atmosphere.
This
Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
interwiring between the Fire Command Station life
safety interface panel and the DDC system, and between
the DDC system and a smoke control panel located next
to the Fire Command Station. A dry contact for each of
the following alarms shall be wired to a terminal strip to
implement a shutdown. Dry contacts shall be monitored
at the DDC system as “supervised” digital inputs. The
inputs shall be “supervised” utilizing a parallel/series
resistor arrangement for each input. All required
resistors and associated wiring shall be furnished and
installed by this Section. This Section shall also be
responsible for providing the smoke control panel and all
required control functions detailed hereinafter. Any
additional wiring, appurtenances or devices required to
provide the Code mandated or specified system shall be
furnished by this Section.
1)
Each supply air duct smoke detector.
2)
One common return air smoke detector/area
smoke detector/waterflow switch for all Gallery
spaces.
3)
One common return air smoke detector/area
smoke detector/waterflow switch/beam detector
for the Atrium and Restaurant areas.
4)
One common return air smoke detector/area
smoke detector/waterflow switch for the
Auditorium.
15000-309
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
5)
One common return air smoke detector/area
smoke detector/waterflow switch for 5th Floor
Administration.
6)
One common return air smoke detector/area
smoke detector/waterflow switch for all
Basement spaces.
7)
One common return air smoke detector/area
smoke detector/waterflow switch for the
Education Wing.
8)
Elevator Machine Room and/or hoistway second
area smoke detector per Machine Room.
9)
Each top of stair smoke detector.
10)
Each top of shaft smoke detector.
o.
The smoke control panel shall have lights to monitor the
status of fans and dampers and selector switches for
manual override of the fan and damper controls. All
control in the firemen's override mode shall be from this
panel only. The panel shall have a door provided with
keylock flush handle and plexiglass window, permitting
the lights and switches to be seen, but not tampered with.
All control in the firemen override mode shall be from
this panel only. Switches and lights shall be mounted on
the panel door. In addition, the door shall contain a
schematic diagram (profile) of the building indicating
the location of all fan systems and damper groups
controlled from the panel switches. Panel door shall
contain an engraved sequence of operation for switch
and status light operation.
p.
There shall be a three-position “Off-Auto-Run” fan
selector switch for each smoke exhaust fan and each
return fan used for smoke exhaust (Auditorium and 5th
Floor Administration return fans).
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
The “Run” position shall manually activate all
equipment into the smoke-control mode.
2)
The “Auto” position shall allow for operation in
the normal building mode or in the smokecontrol mode upon receipt of an alarm signal
from the fire alarm system.
15000-310
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
q.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
3)
The “Off” position shall shut down all
equipment and return all dampers to their normal
position (closed).
4)
When an Auditorium or 5th Floor
Administration return fan is started in the smoke
exhaust mode, its respective purge exhaust air
damper shall open and main return air damper to
supply air system shall close.
Smoke Exhaust of the Gallery
1)
There shall be four (4) smoke exhaust damper
selector switches to serve the Gallery. There
shall be an individual switch for the 1st and 2nd
Floors and the Gallery Mechanical Equipment
Room and one switch to serve the 3rd and 4th
Floors.
2)
Selector switches shall be two-position switches
labeled "Close- Open".
3)
Placing a selector switch in the “Open” position
shall open all respective floor smoke exhaust
dampers on the floor as a group. Placing the
switch in the “Closed” position shall close all
dampers on the floor as a group.
4)
There are four (4) smoke exhaust fans used to
exhaust the Gallery. Each fan is furnished with a
variable frequency drive. Each fan must be
manually started via its respective switch. When
Floors 1 or 2 are selected for smoke exhaust, and
the fans’ are started, the DDC system shall
automatically position the fans variable
frequency drive to 50% speed (adjustable).
When Floors 3 and 4 are selected for smoke
exhaust, and the fans are started, the DDC
system shall automatically position the fans’
variable frequency drive to 50% speed
(adjustable).
5)
The DDC system shall monitor the floor smoke
exhaust switch positions. If a switch is selected
for the “open” position and after a 1 minute time
delay the smoke exhaust fans are not started
manually via the panel, the DDC system shall
automatically start the fans and position the
drives as described above. The operator shall be
15000-311
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
capable of stopping a fan via the “off” position
of its respective switch.
r.
s.
t.
Atrium Smoke Exhaust
1)
Exhaust of the Atrium shall be an automatic
function of the DDC system as described above.
In addition, the smoke control panel shall
contain a three-position switch labeled “RunAuto-Off” for each smoke exhaust fan which
shall allow an operator to manually start and
stop a fan.
2)
In addition, the panel shall contain a threeposition “open-auto-close” switch which shall
allow an operator to manually open or close the
makeup air dampers and doors.
Basement Smoke Exhaust
1)
The Basement smoke exhaust fans shall
simultaneously exhaust the Gallery Basement
and Subbasement as well as the Education Wing
Basement.
2)
All exhaust fans are required to operate
simultaneously to exhaust these spaces.
Auditorium and 5th Floor Administration Smoke
Exhaust
1)
u.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Each area shall be exhausted via the air
conditioning system’s return fan. The fan shall
be utilized as a smoke exhaust fan. There shall
be an individual switch per fan at the smoke
control panel.
Smoke Exhaust of the Education Wing
1)
There shall be three (3) smoke exhaust damper
selector switches to serve the Education Wing.
There shall be an individual switch for the 1st,
2nd and 3rd Floors.
2)
Selector switches shall be two-position switches
labeled "Close- Open".
3)
Placing a selector switch in the “Open” position
shall open all respective floor smoke exhaust
15000-312
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
dampers on the floor as a group. Placing the
switch in the “Closed” position shall close all
dampers on the floor as a group.
4)
Each floor shall be exhausted by the air
conditioning system’s return fans.
5)
The DDC system shall monitor the floor smoke
exhaust switch positions. If a switch is selected
for the “open” position and after a 1 minute time
delay the smoke exhaust fans are not started
manually via the panel, the DDC system shall
automatically start the fans and position the
drives as described above. The operator shall be
capable of stopping a fan via the “off” position
of its respective switch.
v.
There shall be a three-position “open-auto-close”
selector switch for each stair, shaft and Elevator
Machine Room hoistway smoke vent damper. When the
switch is in the “open” position, the respective damper
shall open. When the switch is in the “auto” position, the
respective damper shall be controlled via the DDC
system. When the switch is in the “closed” position, the
respective damper shall be closed.
w.
There shall be two indicating lights for each smoke
exhaust fan, truck dock exhaust fan, garage exhaust fan,
Mechanical Equipment Room exhaust fan, and return
fan used for smoke exhaust. There shall be two
indicating lights for each damper group.
x.
Indicating lights shall be labeled "On-Off" for fans and
"Open-Close" for floor damper groups.
y.
Indicating light colors shall be:
Color
Fan
Damper
Red
Amber
Green
Off
Auto
On
Closed
Auto
Open
z.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Fan "On-Off" indicating lights shall be actuated from
digital outputs (DO's) derived from fan status digital
inputs (DI's) to the DDC system. Damper "Open-Close"
indicating lights shall be actuated from DO's derived
from DDC command state of the associated damper, as
15000-313
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
commanded by the damper switch input to the DDC
system.
aa.
27.
The total response time for individual components to
achieve their desired state of operation mode (i.e.,
completion of damper travel or fan operation at the
desired state) shall be in accordance with NFPA 92A,
Paragraph 3-4, 3.3.
Primary Chilled and Condenser Water System
a.
The chilled and condenser water system shall consist of
three (3) 800 ton electric drive chillers, one (1) three-cell
cooling tower, three (3) condenser water pumps, and
three (3) chilled water pumps. The chilled water pumps
shall be variable speed pumps. The condenser water
pumps are constant speed pumps. The cooling tower
fans shall be furnished with variable frequency drives.
One (1) chiller, condenser water pump, chilled water
pump, and cooling tower cell shall be standby.
b.
The lead chiller, lead condenser water pump, lead
cooling tower cell, and lead chilled water pump shall be
selected by the operator via a DDC mode selection
program. Under normal conditions, all MCC and VFD
H-O-A (Hand-Off-Auto) and local chiller control
switches should be in the "Auto" position. Based on the
equipment selected, a DDC program shall automatically
position the motorized valves as shown on the
mechanical drawings for the selected mode of operation
and the equipment selected. When the position of the
motorized valves have been verified for the correct
position, the DDC program shall allow the operator,
through the DDC system via the network computer, to
start the lead condenser water pump and lead chilled
water pump and enable the lead cooling tower fan. Once
flow through the condenser and evaporator is established
and verified (via low flow differential pressure switch
across condenser and evaporator did not trip), the
operator of the network computer, through
communications with operator stationed at the lead
chiller panel, shall direct that the lead chiller be started.
Differential pressure switches shall be furnished by the
chiller manufacturer and installed by this Subcontractor
to provide input to the DDC system for each chiller. In
addition, a second set of differential pressure switches
shall be furnished and installed by this Subcontractor to
provide proof of flow to the chillers.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-314
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c.
The alignment of the motorized valves in the selected
mode of operation shall manually be accomplished
through system software. Should indication be received
that a valve did not transfer within 20 seconds of being
commanded to do so, the software program shall shut
down the lead system, close the motorized valves
serving the equipment, and generate an alarm at the
network computer. Indication shall be verified via open
and closed limit switches, two (2) switches per valve.
d.
The DDC system shall monitor pump and fan status via
current sensing. Should the system receive indication
that a pump or fan did not start within 20 seconds after
being commanded to do so, or a pump or fan fail to run
after starting, an alarm shall be generated at the network
computer and alarm printer. An audible signal shall also
alert the operator to the alarmed condition. The DDC
system shall automatically start the standby pump or fan.
e.
Subsequent chiller, condenser and chilled water pumps
and cooling towers shall be manually added or
subtracted to match the cooling load. A DDC software
load calculating program shall monitor the common
chilled water flow and the common supply and return
temperature and calculate the instantaneous cooling load
on the plant. The program shall notify the operator to
start additional chillers, pumps and cooling towers when
the load reaches 90% (adjustable) of the maximum
design capacity of the currently operating system.
Similarly, on a drop in load to 40%, the program shall
notify the operator to stop lag equipment. When a
chiller is running, its temperature controller shall
maintain the set point of the leaving chilled water.
f.
Each cooling tower fan shall be equipped with variable
speed motors.
g.
The operator shall select the active cooling tower cell via
a manual command at the network computer and shall
manually open the respective cooling tower cell isolation
valves. The speed of the active cooling tower fans shall
be controlled via a DDC PI software controller based on
the common condenser water supply temperature. A
transmitter located in the common condenser water
supply pipe shall provide an input to the controller. On
initial startup when the supply condenser water
temperature is above set point, the controller shall start
the lead cooling tower fan. When only one cell has been
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-315
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
selected, the program shall step the fan speed from off to
minimum speed (adjustable) and modulate the fan speed
from minimum to full speed to maintain temperature set
point. When both cells are active, the program shall
operate both fans simultaneously. With both cells
active, the program shall first start the lead fan and
operate it at minimum speed. On an increase in
temperature, the program shall start the lag fan and
operate it at minimum speed. On a continued increase in
temperature, the program shall ramp the fan speeds, in
parallel, from minimum to maximum speed to maintain
temperature set point. On a drop in temperature, the
reverse shall occur. Fans shall be stopped in reverse
order of starting. On a continued drop in temperature,
the controller shall continue to reduce the fan speed until
the fans are off.
h.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Chilled Water Pressure Control: A DDC software twomode (P+I) differential pressure controller shall control
the on-line variable speed pumps to maintain set point.
There shall be one (1) differential pressure transmitter in
each main mechanical equipment room (total of five).
Each transmitter shall provide an input to a DDC
software low signal selector which shall select the lowest
signal representing the machine room which requires the
greatest water flow to satisfy its set point. The signal
selector shall provide an input signal to the DDC
differential pressure controller. On decreasing
differential pressure below set point, the DDC software
controller output to the variable speed drive shall
increase to drive the pump to full speed. On an increase
in differential pressure above set point, the DDC
software controller output to the variable speed drive
shall decrease to drive the pump to reduce speed. A
DDC software program shall limit the turndown on the
variable speed drives to ensure that a chiller does trip
off-line due to low chilled water flow through the
evaporator. To accomplish this, the DDC software
program shall monitor common chilled water flow
through the on-line chiller and, via two-mode software
flow controller, modulate open a bypass valve installed
across the chilled water supply and return piping,
resulting in a decrease in system differential pressure,
which shall result in increased chilled water flow. The
differential pressure transmitter shall be wired to the
DDC units serving the chilled water system. The
differential pressure signal shall not be transmitted
throughout the network for pump speed control.
15000-316
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
i.
j.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Alarm Devices
1)
The DDC system shall be notified of a chiller
malfunction through digital inputs originating
from the local chiller control panel.
2)
Temperature transmitters, located in the chilled
water supply piping of each chiller shall cause a
DDC software alarm when chilled water supply
temperature rises above set point.
3)
Cooling tower high level and low level switches
furnished and installed by this Section of the
Specification shall provide alarms at the DDC
system through digital inputs. There shall be
one (1) high and low level switch per cell.
4)
Cooling tower fan trip, due to excessive
vibration, shall be alarmed at the DDC system
through digital inputs from vibration switches
furnished with the cooling tower.
Wiring
between the vibration switches and fan starters
shall be provided under this Section.
5)
Temperature transmitters, located in the main
condenser water supply and return headers, shall
provide temperature monitoring at the DDC
system and cause a DDC software alarm when
condenser water supply temperature falls below
set point.
6)
Expansion tank high and low pressure alarm
switches furnished and installed by Section
15600 shall provide alarms at the DDC system
through digital inputs.
Break-Glass Switches: Two new dual action (i.e.,
breakglass, pull lever) break-glass switches shall be
located outside each exit of the chiller plant. One switch
shall start the exhaust fan and the other shall stop the
chillers. The break-glass switches shall be hard wired
into the chillers and exhaust fan starter circuits. Breakglass switches to start fans shall be wired in parallel.
Switches to stop chillers shall be wired in series. Breakglass switches and associated wiring and conduit shall be
furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
15000-317
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
k.
Inhibitor or Biocide Injection: When the refrigeration
machines are operational, the condenser water system
normally closed flush valves shall be closed. When the
refrigeration machines are off-line, the flush valves shall
be manually opened. The injection of inhibitor or
biocide shall cause the following sequence of operation
to occur:
1)
The DDC system shall receive an input from the
water treatment system, indicating an inhibitor
or biocide pump has started. The DDC system
shall start the lead condenser pump. If, after a 030 second adjustable time delay, proof of flow is
not established via current sensing relay switch
indication, a software alarm shall alert the
operator to start the lag pump. When biocide or
inhibitor pump has stopped, the circulation
condenser pump shall also stop after a minimum
time delay has been satisfied (adjustable from 5
to 30 minutes).
l.
Condenser Water Filtration: This Section shall provide
all control interwiring required for the condenser water
filtration systems provided under Section 15712AC of
the Contract Documents operational.
m.
Expansion Tank Makeup Pump Controls
n.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
This Section shall provide all control wiring
associated with the expansion tank makeup
pump controls as described in the Mechanical
Section of the Contract Documents and the
associated Contract Drawings.
2)
The DDC system shall monitor pump run status
via current-sensing relay. A DDC software
program shall totalize and trend pump run times
at the network computer.
3)
The expansion tank makeup pump basin shall
contain a low level switch which shall be wired
to the DDC system to activate an alarm on
sensing low level.
A DDC software program shall calculate the total
cooling load of the primary chilled water system via
inputs from a primary chilled waterflow meter and
common supply and return water temperature
transmitters.
15000-318
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
o.
Condenser Water Makeup System and Makeup Tank
System: This Section of the Specification shall provide
all control and power wiring for the condenser water
makeup system provided by the Plumbing
Subcontractor. All required relays, level probes, control
panels, interposing relays, etc., shall be furnished by the
Plumbing Subcontractor. Power wiring of control
panel, and hardwired interlock between relay probes and
control panel, and between the panel and pump starter
and all miscellaneous wiring of field devices shall be
furnished and installed by this Section. Wiring of all
makeup tank level probes and associated controls shall
be furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
p.
House Tank Makeup System: This Subcontractor shall
provide all control and power wiring for each house tank
makeup system provided by the Plumbing Section of the
Specification. All required relays, level probes, control
panels, interposing relays, etc., shall be furnished by the
Plumbing Subcontractor. Power wiring of control
panel, and hardwired interlock between relay probes and
control panel, and all miscellaneous wiring of field
devices shall be furnished and installed by this
Subcontractor.
q.
Heat Recovery Coil Water Systems
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
1)
Each system shall consist of two (2) pumps.
Pumps shall be constant speed. One (1) pump
shall be a standby pump.
2)
The lead pump shall be started via a software
interlock when its respective air conditioning
system is in operation.
3)
The DDC system shall monitor pump status via
current-sensing relay. Should a pump fail to
start, the DDC system through a 0-30 second
(adjustable) time delay relay shall send an alarm
to the network computer and alarm printer and
the standby pump shall start. An audible signal
shall also alert the operator to the alarmed
condition.
4)
The DDC system shall monitor the common heat
recovery system supply and return water
temperatures via temperature transmitters
furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
15000-319
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
r.
2.46
5)
The DDC system shall monitor a high and low
level alarm from each heat recovery system
expansion tank.
Level switches shall be
furnished and installed by this Subcontractor.
6)
All required power and control wiring for the
expansion tank makeup valve shall be furnished
and installed by this Subcontractor.
7)
A flow meter furnished and installed by this
Section in each expansion line shall be
monitored by the DDC system for remote
indication and totalization.
Miscellaneous Input/Output Points: Refer to Appendix
A for point summaries.
INSTRUMENTS
A.
B.
C.
General
1.
All thermometers and pressure gauges shall have ranges suitable
for the service intended.
Pressure gauges shall be as
manufactured by one of the approved manufacturers listed in
Article 2.01 “Approved Manufacturers”.
2.
All instruments called for hereinbelow shall be provided in
addition to any other instruments called for elsewhere.
Duct Thermometers
1.
Duct thermometers shall be of the dial type having liquid-filled
thermal elements and necessary length of capillary tubing. Dial
shall be 100 mm. diameter with stainless steel casing. Dials of
thermometers shall be mounted on casings or ducts in a manner
that permits easy reading.
2.
Thermometers shall be installed in all air conditioning and
ventilating units, one (1) downstream and one (1) upstream of
each coil bank to read the dry bulb temperature of the respective
coil. In addition, such thermometers shall also be installed in the
inlet to all return fans, in all fresh air intakes, and downstream of
supply fan discharge.
Pipe Thermometers
1.
Pipe thermometers shall be stem type, environmentally safe
organic spirit filled, red reading, 225 mm. scale, having a
separable socket and be field adjustable in all planes to permit a
convenient viewing angle.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-320
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
2.47
2.
Thermometers for outdoor use shall be 75 mm. bi-metal dial type
having a 100 mm. rear connection stem and separable 100 mm.
brass socket well with waterproof stainless steel casing and
components. Lens shall be double-strength glass.
3.
Indicating thermometers shall be provided at the inlet and outlet
of all water coil banks, water chillers, and refrigerant condensers.
They shall also be provided in the common chilled water supply
line and the common condenser water outlet line from the
refrigerant condensers.
Pressure Gauges
1.
Pressure gauges shall be phosphor bronze bourdon type, with 6
mm. NPT bottom outlet, 100 mm. dials, adjustable pointers,
aluminum cases and acrylic lenses. Gauges on air and water
services shall be fitted with pulsation snubbers and brass positive
shut-off ball valves rated at 4,137 kPa WOG (ball cocks with
plug type mechanisms are not acceptable). Pressure gauges on
steam services shall be fitted with brass needle valves rated at
13,800 kPa and a steel siphon (pigtail) to form a water barrier to
prevent steam damage to the internals.
2.
Pressure gauges for outdoor use shall be stainless steel bourdon
type, with 6 mm. NPT bottom outlet, 100 mm. dials, adjustable
pointers, high-impact polypropylene cases, seal rings and acrylic
lenses.
3.
Pressure gauges shall be provided on water and oil lines at the
inlet and outlet of all pumps, water coil banks, chillers
(evaporating and condensers), refrigerant condensers, and as
shown on plans.
4.
Range of gauges shall be selected gauge range.
WATER TREATMENT
A.
General
1.
Install all connections, pipe, valves, feeding equipment, etc.,
required to provide water treatment for control of scale,
corrosion, fouling and microbiological growth and deposition in
the following mechanical piping systems:
Main Condenser Water System
Closed Chilled Water System
Closed Heat Recovery Water Systems
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-321
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Equipment and Installation
1.
Condenser Water System: Install on the condenser water system
an automatic feed system and controller supplied by the water
treatment supplier for single source responsibility for treatment,
feed equipment and service to insure compatibility of equipment
and service.
a.
The controller and feed pumps shall be a fully enclosed
factory assembled, prewired and prepiped in a Pulsa
Feeder Inc., MCT 300 Series assembly, or similar
assembly provided by Nalco, Union or Aquatrac.
b.
Controller
1)
2)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Provide in a single enclosure a microprocessor
based controller for use in a recirculating
condenser water system that shall:
a)
Allow for the proportional feed of
inhibitor chemicals based on the
quantity of makeup water as measured
by a contact head water meter.
b)
Accurately control the level of total
dissolved solids (TDS) in terms of
electrolytic conductivity.
c)
Provide a programmable dual 28-day
biocide timer for accurate addition of
biocide chemicals.
d)
Accurately measure the pH of the
circulating water,
e)
Accurately control the level of bromine
as measured in terms of the oxidation
reduction potential (ORP) in the cooling
system water.
Controller shall be housed in a 25.4 cm. (square)
NEMA 4X – high impact resistant polystyrene
enclosure complete with:
a)
A continuous hinged door and lexan
viewing window.
b)
Dual padlocking hasps.
c)
An 2.5 meters, 3 wire power cord with
molded plug.
15000-322
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d)
3)
Panel shall have an external combination
mounted flow switch with transparent sight tube
and back check valve. The flow switch shall
disable the control outputs if waterflow is less
than 3.785 liters per minute. The flow switch
shall come complete with 19.05 mm.
connections and shall contain the conductivity,
ORP, pH and temperature electrodes.
4)
All functions shall be fully programmable
through the keyboard.
a)
5)
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
All readouts can be set to scroll
continuously.
Controller shall provide temperature corrected
measurements by reading water temperature and
adjusting pH and conductivity values according
to a known temperature curve.
a)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Duplex receptacles located on the
bottom of the enclosure.
Range shall be 0-100° Celsius and 32212° Fahrenheit with an adjustable high
alarm.
6)
Controller shall have a real-time clock.
7)
Controller shall have real-time settings in one
minute increments.
8)
Controller shall have a front panel, 22.83 cm.
(square), anchored into the enclosure by four
corner screws.
a)
Removal of the front panel shall be
effected by removing the four screws
and
disconnecting
color
coded
connectors located behind the panel.
b)
Replacement of this panel shall effect a
replacement of all electronic parts.
c)
The controller shall be backed by a one
year warranty plus an extended factory
exchange policy. This policy shall
provide a replacement panel in case of
15000-323
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
malfunction other than physical or
electrical abuse.
9)
Controller shall have a six-mode, operator
selectable, inhibitor chemical feed code which
includes:
a)
Any percentage of a continuously
repeating 10 minute cycle.
b)
Any percentage of the time
controller is calling for bleed-off.
(1)
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Post bleed percentage.
c)
Any percentage of the time
controller is calling for pH control.
the
d)
A timer triggered by a contacting head
water meter.
10)
Controller shall operate over an input voltage
range of 240 VAC, ambient temperature rating
of between -40 to 60°C. and shall be operational
with 0-100% relative humidity.
11)
Controller shall have a nickel/cadmium
rechargeable battery backup which shall
maintain the program during power outage.
12)
Controller shall have a low voltage Class II
signal to water meter which:
13)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
the
a)
Shall have an accumulator (counter).
b)
Shall have an elapsed time and pulse
count readout.
c)
Shall have elapsed times for solenoid
valve, inhibitor.
The panel display shall include:
a)
Bi-lingual menu driven programs for
easy operation.
b)
Liquid crystal display (LCD) which
shall be alphanumeric, 6 line, 40
characters per line, to display
information in menu form for easy
operation and programming.
15000-324
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
c)
14)
15)
16)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
A 16 key keypad for settings, calibration
and timer adjustments.
The biocide feed control shall be as follows:
a)
Dual but independent, 28 day timers on
a 24 hour basis.
b)
Shall activate a chemical pump or other
electrical device for 1 minute to 24
hours in 1 minute increments.
c)
Shall allow feed on any day(s) of the
week.
The conductivity control shall be as follows:
a)
A
high
scale
of
0-20,000
micromhos/cm. and a low scale of 02000 micromhos/cm.
b)
High and low alarms, factory set 20%
above and below the trip point with
operator adjustable capabilities.
c)
An adjustable conductivity differential.
d)
A bleed limit timer which is settable
from 0 to 23 hours and 59 minutes.
The pH control shall be equipped as follows:
a)
With either a rising or falling trip point.
b)
High and low adjustable alarms.
c)
A differential settable between 0.1 and
1.0 pH units.
d)
To monitor pH as it relates to ORP.
e)
A scale of 0-14 pH units.
f)
A scale of 0-10 ppm as chlorine and
ORP.
15000-325
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
17)
The electrodes included shall be:
a)
b)
c)
c.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
An CN-1A stainless steel combination
conductivity and temperature electrode.
This electrode:
(1)
Shall be quick disconnect.
(2)
Shall be supplied in the flow
switch assembly.
A PN-1 sealed combination type
silver/silver chloride reference pH
electrode. This electrode:
(1)
Shall be quick disconnect.
(2)
Shall be supplied in the flow
switch assembly.
An ON-1 ORP electrode to monitor
ORP.
18)
Relays, contacts, wiring and terminals to
activate one or more condenser water pumps
when either inhibitor or biocide feed pumps are
activated.
19)
Relays and contacts to activate the solenoid
valve controlling the flow to the brominator.
Pumps
1)
Inhibitor feed pump, Neptune, Milton Roy or
LMI, diaphragm type controlled volume pump
polypropylene construction, 3.78 l/hr capacity,
10 bars working pressure, single phase, 50 hertz,
240 volt motor, or as approved, output
adjustable from 0 to 100 percent of capacity
while pump is in operation.
2)
Automatic biocide feed pump(s), Neptune,
Milton Roy, or LMI, 100 lph capacity,
diaphragm type, controlled volume pump,
polypropylene construction, 10 bars working
pressure, single phase, 50 hertz, 240 volt motor,
or as approved, output adjustable from 0 to 100
percent of capacity while pump is in operation.
15000-326
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
d.
Provide a 50 mm. Badger, Hershey, or Carlson turbine
water meter with 1000 liter contact head in makeup
water line to condenser water system, with a valved
bypass. Meter shall be 10 bars wwp construction sized
for operation at maximum makeup rate with electric
contact switch in the register. Meter shall be furnished
under this Section, for installation under the Plumbing
Section.
e.
Bleed-off assembly shall include a 50 mm. ASCO
Model 8210D22, or as approved, solenoid bleed-off
valve and ball flow indicator, RCM, or as approved, on
bleed-off line from condenser water return line.
f.
Corporation stop injection nozzle assembly for each
pump, 12.5 mm. PVC injection nozzle with 20 mm. NPT
male connection to the main line for injecting inhibitor
and biocide into condenser water return line downstream
from bleed-off line.
g.
Provide a Great Lakes Chemical Corp automatic
brominator for feed of bromo-chloro-dimethylhydantoin
to the system. Brominator shall consist of reinforced
polyester tank, complete with 100 mm. cover, 20 mm.
PVC connections with 80 mm. flow control valve and
flow indicator designed for 5.5 bars maximum pressure.
Brominator suction line shall be run from the (filter)
water pump discharge to the brominator. A 20 mm.
PVC discharge line shall be run from the .brominator to
the filter discharge pipe return to the pan. Flow
indicator and flow control valve and solenoid control
valve shall be installed on the inlet.
Closed Recirculating Water Systems: Install in the chilled water
system and each heat recovery water system a closed loop filter
system. Filter system shall include a vertical, epoxy lined carbon
steel tank, constructed for 10 bars wwp at 65°C, hand hole with a
gasketed removable cap at the top to permit use of the unit as a
bypass chemical feeder and for media access. Galvanized steel
overdrain and stainless steel underdrain shall be provided.
a.
Filter Media: Shall be Unigran 55 capable of removing
95% by volume of suspended solids 5 microns and
larger.
b.
Valve System:
Four electric solenoid valves for
automatic control of backwash, ball valves and discharge
check for equipment isolation.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-327
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
C.
c.
Electrical Controls: Shall include disconnect switch, 24
hour timer or backwash control and required contacts
mounted in a NEMA-3R rainproof enclosure. Controls
and solenoids shall operate on 110 volt, single phase
power.
d.
Backwash Water: Shall be taken from the domestic cold
water system. Provide an approved reduced pressure
backflow preventer with atmospheric relief and a Dole,
or as approved, 1.26 lps flow regulator on the water
makeup. Discharge the backwash to a floor or funnel
drain.
Chemical Treatment Program
1.
Engage a qualified and approved water treatment supplier to
provide a supervised water treatment program from the date of
the initial introduction of water into the systems and/or
equipment indicated. Continue the treatment program for a
period of one year after acceptance of the system(s) by the
Engineer for his operation.
2.
The water treatment supplier shall have at least one officer or
official holding a college or university degree in chemistry,
chemical engineering, or sanitary engineering. He should have
at least ten years' experience in treating the water in systems of
similar size and capacity, and he shall be in active responsible
charge of all treatment work.
3.
The supplier's laboratory shall be equipped to analyze samples in
accordance with the standard testing methods of the American
Water Works Association and the American Society for Testing
Materials.
4.
The water treatment supplier shall include the following
services:
a.
Supervise all water related operations, including testing,
cleaning and passivation.
b.
Provide the necessary inhibitors required for all pressure
testing of piping systems, and maintaining the inhibitor
levels in systems until systems are ready for cleaning
and passivation.
c.
Provide the Engineer with complete written instructions
for chemical feeding, bleed-off, testing and other
procedures required for successful routine operation of
the water systems.
Instructions shall include
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-328
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
recommended lay-up, on-line and off-line cleaning
procedures.
5.
d.
Demonstrate to
Engineer's personnel the proper
application of written instructions (minimum of one
man-days of training).
e.
Provide all chemicals, chemical feeding equipment and
testing equipment, as described herein.
f.
Provide (monthly field service visits by a qualified
representative for the supervision of the chemical
treatment program. A written report detailing treatment
conditions
and
including
any
necessary
recommendations shall be submitted to the Engineer
following each visit. In addition, laboratory water
analysis, corrosion tests and microbiological tests shall
be provided. All site visits by the Water Treatment
Subcontractor shall be scheduled with the Engineer.
g.
Provide an analysis of glycol strength and inhibitor level
after initial fill and every three months thereafter.
If it complies with these Specifications, automatic water
treatment control systems manufactured by one of the following
manufacturers shall be acceptable:
Betz Entec.
Nalco Watergy.
Diversey Water Services.
Drew Ashland Chemical.
Kurita
Degremont/Houseman
6.
Hydrostatic Testing, Initial Cleanout and Flushing
a.
Hydrostatic Testing: Only water containing an adequate
level of corrosion inhibitor shall be used for hydrostatic
testing and, if permitted to remain in the system, the
chemical level shall be adequate for passivation
purposes. A minimum of 1500 ppm of buffered sodium
nitrite or equivalent corrosion inhibiting formulation
shall be maintained in all condenser water, chilled water
and hot water systems.
b.
Cleaning Procedures
1)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Fill each entire closed recirculating water system
with clean fresh water while adding the
passivating agent and recirculate for 1 hour.
15000-329
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
These chemicals shall not be injurious to
persons, piping, pipe joint compounds, packings,
coils, valves, pumps and their mechanical seals,
tubes or other parts of the system.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
2)
Drain the entire system.
3)
Remove all screens and strainers, clean and
replace cartridge filter elements in the temporary
skid mounted portable side stream filter.
4)
Fill and flush all recirculating water systems,
both open and closed, with a 0.5% solution, by
weight, of a nonfoaming chemical detergent, or
suitable approved product proposed by water
treatment service company, to remove all
foreign matter. These chemicals shall not be
injurious to persons, piping, pipe joint
compounds, packings, coils, valves, pumps and
their mechanical seals, tubes or other parts of the
system.
5)
Recirculate the cleaning solution at a high rate in
system for 4 hours.
6)
Drain the entire system as rapidly as possible.
7)
Remove all screens and strainers, clean and
replace cartridge filter elements in the temporary
skid mounted portable side stream filter.
8)
Fill entire system with clean fresh water with
passivating agent and recirculate for 1 hour.
9)
Drain the entire system as rapidly as possible.
10)
Remove all screens and strainers, clean and
replace cartridge filter elements.
11)
Fill the entire system again and flush with clean
fresh water.
12)
Drain system as rapidly as possible.
13)
Remove all screens and strainers, clean and
replace.
14)
The pH of the water shall be within 0.5 of the
pH of the fresh incoming water. All traces of
detergent dispersant or alternate product used, as
15000-330
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
well as products of corrosion and foulants, shall
be gone as confirmed by a system water analysis
performed by the water treatment supplier and
submitted to the Engineer for approval.
7.
15)
The disposal of waste water from the piping
system cleaning and flushing shall be at the
Subcontractor’s expense.
16)
Filtration Procedure: Change bypass cartridge
filter element as often as required starting with
forty (40) micron elements until system is clean
with (1) micron cartridge filter elements.
c.
Immediately after filling the system with clean water,
add sufficient quantities of the specified biocides and
inhibitor to passivate the system.
d.
The water treatment supplier shall certify as to the
adequacy of the cleanout/flush, passivating and
corrosion inhibiting procedures performed under his
supervision.
Application of Chemicals:
Provide an environmentally
acceptable nontoxic water treatment program to maintain the
hereinafter specified conditions in each of the systems. The
treatment program has been based an analysis similar to the
following, but it is the water treatment supplier's responsibility to
verify the nature of the incoming water. No extra charges shall
be allowed for additional chemicals required due to seasonal
variations in the water analysis. All chemicals used and disposal
methods shall be acceptable to the authorities having
jurisdiction, for discharge to the sanitary sewer.
Constituent
Expressed As
*Total Hardness
CaCO3
92
*Calcium
Ca
27
Magnesium
Mg
6
Total Iron
Fe
.04
*pH
-
7.87
*Conductivity
umhos/cm
308
*Total Alkalinity
CaCO3
86
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-331
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Bicarbonate
CaCO3
--
Carbonate
CaCO3
--
*Phosphate
PO4
---
*Chlorides
Cl
53
*Silica
SiO2
--
*Sulfates
SO4
5
a.
Supply water treatment chemicals concurrently with the
operation of each system. Supply an initial dosage(s) of
treatment chemical(s) immediately after each system is
filled with water in preparation for operation. No system
shall be accepted without written certification and
demonstration of biological cleanliness and proper
inhibitor levels.
b.
The chemicals which are to be utilized in the treatment
program must be completely acceptable to the
authorities. All chemicals and combinations proposed
for the treatment program must be approved by the
authorities having jurisdiction. All treatment chemicals
used in the course of the Contract must be similarly
approved by the authorities having jurisdiction and
follow the following criteria:
c.
1)
They must be nontoxic to personnel and not
hazardous to handle.
2)
At use concentrations in the systems, they must
be readily disposable to the receiving sewer
system or waterway.
3)
Procedures for cleaning up spills of neat or
diluted chemical must be simple, readily
available and not dangerous to personnel. The
cleaned material must be readily disposable.
The water treatment supplier shall certify the chemicals
used in the treatment program shall meet or improve on
the following general performance criteria:
1)
Open Cooling Water Systems
Corrosion rate on mild steel
Corrosion rate on brass and
copper
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-332
Less than 2.0 mpy
Less than 0.2 mpy
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Scaling rate
Biofouling
2)
Closed Cooling System and Heat Recovery
Systems
Corrosion rate on mild steel
Corrosion rate on brass and
copper
Scaling rate
8.
No loss in performance
No loss in performance
No visible algae/slime
No health hazards
Planktonic CFU less than 103/ml
less than 0.5 mpy
less than 0.1 mpy
None
Chemicals
a.
Open Condenser Water Systems
1)
The following is a specification for an
acceptable nontoxic scale and corrosion inhibitor
program.
Alternate treatment programs,
conforming to specification requirements, may
be submitted for evaluation and approval.
Alternate programs must be documented
sufficiently to demonstrate that they shall
produce the required results. Documentation
should include: Product literature and MSD
sheets; composition; laboratory and field
performance and case history data; handling,
disposal and environmental data; and an
explanation of why the alternate program should
be selected over other programs.
2)
Treatment and Chemical Conditions
Control Level
Nontoxic all organic corrosion
Phosphonate
and scale inhibitor, with triazole
10-15 mg/L
nonferrous metal organic inhibitors
and polyacrylate dispersants similar to
the following
Ppm in Water
% in Product
at 100 ppm
Product
Hydroxy Phosphono Acetic Acid
Polymaleic-Acid-Copolymer
Zinc oxide
Sodium molybdate dihydrate
Tolyltrizole 50%
Caustic
10
8
3
10
5
To pH 10.4
10
12
6 (as Zn)
6 (as Mo)
3 (as TT)
15000-333
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
Component
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Treatment and Chemical Conditions
Control Level
Organic growths
pH
Cycles of Concentration
None
8-9 Max.
6
3)
Apply, on a shock dosing basis, Environmental
Protection Agency registered biocides as
required to supplement continuously maintained
bromine level. Quaternary ammonium compounds,
organic sulfur compounds, isothiazolines,
glutaraldehyde, azoles, phosphonium quaternary
compounds, tributyl tin oxide, and chlorine
release agents are acceptable. Biocides should
be matched to the system needs and alternated as
necessary.
a)
9.
Provide bromine tablets for the
brominator and adjust controls to
maintain a level of no more than .2 ppm
as halogen.
Closed Recirculating Water Systems
Treatment and
Chemical Conditions
System
Chilled Water And
Heat Recovery Water
a.
Control Level
Buffered sodium nitrite as sodium
nitrite with triazole nonferrous metal
organic inhibitor and polymeric deposit
inhibitor
500-1000 ppm
Organic growths
None
pH
9.0-10.5
Testing: Provide all necessary field test equipment for
maintaining control of treatment standards and cycles of
concentration as above. Test kits shall be supplied by
the water treatment supplier and remain the property of
the Engineer. Test kits shall be as follows:
1)
Open Condenser Water Systems
Field Drop Chloride Test Kit
Field Kit for Phosphonate or Molybdate
Field Kit for pH in range of 6.0-9.0
Field Kit for Bromine
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-334
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2)
Chilled Water System and Heat Recovery
Systems
Field Kit for Nitrite or Molybdate
Field Kit for pH in range 6.0-12.0
10.
System Monitoring
a.
Water treatment supplier shall provide a 25 mm. coupon
rack consisting of at least four (4) corrosion test coupon
holders. Three (3) holders shall contain preweighed
mild steel coupons, and one (1) holder shall contain a
preweighed copper coupon, or a coupon of other metals
used in the system. The coupon rack is to be installed
with a flow indicator and means of regulating the water
flow through the rack. Water flow shall be regulated to
122-183 cm/s. The copper coupon shall be removed for
analysis every 90 days. The steel coupons shall be
rotated so that one (1) 90-day coupon is removed every
30 days. Reports shall be issued by the water treatment
supplier’s laboratory for the period of the Contract. A
removable 25 mm. x 300 mm. long black steel spool
piece shall be provided on the horizontal pipe leading
into the coupon rack. This pipe section is to be removed
after one year of exposed flow rate and sent to a
metallurgical laboratory for destructive testing to
evaluate the performance of the chemical treatment
program. Stations shall be installed where indicated on
the drawings, or as directed by the
Engineer’s
representative.
b.
Open cooling water systems and closed recirculating
systems shall be monitored on a regular basis for
biological activity. Testing shall be done according to
the following schedule, or more frequently if results
indicate that problems may be present:
1)
Monthly samples shall be taken from open
systems and monitored for total planktonic
count, using "dip sticks" or similar simple field
test devices.
a)
2)
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
A referee sample shall be taken
quarterly for plate counts in a qualified
microbiological laboratory.
A "Robbins Device" or similar device for
collecting sessile bacteriological deposits shall
be installed in each system and inspected at least
15000-335
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
quarterly. The removable spoolpiece included in
the corrosion monitoring station may be used for
this purpose.
3)
Biocide dosages and operating parameters shall
be adjusted as needed, based on the results of
these tests, to maintain required microbiological
control limits.
4)
At least semiannually, a properly prepared
sample shall be submitted to a qualified
laboratory for identification of pathogenic
bacteria that may be present in the system.
5)
Test the cooling tower basin on a quarterly basis
for the presence of legionella pneumophila,
utilizing the DFA method as practiced by
Bioindustrial Technologies, Inc. of Grafton,
New York. The report shall give the result in
bacteria per milliliter and shall reference
deviations from the previous month. Any major
increase in legionella pneumophila bacterial
growth shall require shock treatment of the
cooling tower basin with an oxidizing agent such
as chlorine at a level of 25-50 ppm for 1/2 hour.
11.
The control system shall be fully warranted from defects in parts
and workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of
the issuance of a “Certificate of Completion” by the Engineer.
12.
Detailed Shop Drawings of all equipment, materials, flow
diagrams, piping diagrams, wiring diagrams, bleed valve, etc.,
shall be submitted for the review of the Consulting Engineer.
13.
This Subcontractor shall furnish the following chemicals as
required for the system until the Engineer has issued a
“Certificate of Completion”.
a.
Corrosion Inhibitor: One hundred fifty (150) liter drums
of liquid corrosion inhibitor shall be provided until the
Engineer issues a “Certificate of Completion”. The
corrosion inhibitor shall be non-polluting and comply
with local regulations covering waste water discharge
and shall be permitted by the local authorities having
jurisdiction.
b.
Dispersant: One hundred fifty (150) liter drums of
dispersant shall be provided until the Engineer issues a
“Certificate of Completion”. The dispersant shall be
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-336
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
non-polluting and comply with local regulations
covering waste water discharge and shall be permitted
by the local authorities having jurisdiction.
14.
c.
Biocide: One hundred fifty (150) liter drums of biocide
shall be provided until the Engineer issues a “Certificate
of Completion”. The biocide shall be non-polluting and
comply with local regulations covering waste water
discharge and shall be permitted by the local authorities
having jurisdiction.
d.
pH adjustment chemical, corrosion inhibitor, dispersant,
and biocide shall be as recommended by chemical
company for the local water characteristics.
The Mechanical Subcontractor shall install corrosion coupon
racks as recommended and supplied by the chemical company.
D.
Water treatment piping shall be as specified for chilled, condenser, and
heating hot water piping. Refer to Articles entitled “Materials for
Piping” “Pipe Fittings” and “Valves”.
E.
All water treatment systems and accessories shall be installed in
accordance with the latest industry standards, per the manufacturer’s
recommendations, and as indicated on the Drawings.
F.
The water treatment equipment manufacturer shall install the required
shielded control wire in conduit for all remote sensors.
G.
All water treatment systems shall be tested in accordance with the latest
applicable industry standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
CLEANING, TESTING AND ADJUSTING
A.
Cleaning and Testing of Piping
1.
During construction, properly cap all lines, so as to prevent the
entrance of sand, dirt, etc. Each system of piping shall be blown
through after completion (for the purpose of removing grit, dirt,
sand, etc., from coils and piping), for as long a time as required
to thoroughly clean the apparatus. Bypass arrangements shall be
provided at all coils and equipment such that water can be
circulated through all mains during the flushing and cleaning of
the system.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-337
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
Only water with corrosion inhibitors added may be used for
hydrostatic testing. The inhibitor levels shall be maintained until
systems are ready for cleaning and passivation.
3.
All piping, etc., shall be tested, prior to application of insulation,
by hydrostatic pressure at least 1-1/2 times the maximum
operating pressure (but not less than 700 kPa) for a sufficiently
long time (minimum four [4] hours) to detect all leaks and
defects and after testing shall be made tight in an approved
manner.
If necessary, piping shall be taken down and
reassembled as no makeshift method of temporarily repairing
leaks, etc., shall be permitted.
4.
Apply a chemical cleaning operation to interior of all piping for
all water and steam systems to remove and dissolve foreign
substances. This shall be done under the supervision of the
Contractor. Provide all necessary tappings, piping and valves
required for the installation and injection of water treatment
equipment and chemicals. Valving, piping and fittings shall be
in accordance with the requirements of the respective system
pressures. All chemicals required for cleaning and initial
treatment of systems shall be provided under this Section.
5.
After the piping system has been properly cleaned as indicated
above, the piping systems shall be operated for a minimum of
three days with surgical felt bonded to baskets on each pump
strainer. These felt filters shall be removed and replaced as
required and the systems shall be run as long a time as necessary
to thoroughly clean all piping until approved by the Engineer's
representative. All systems provided with flushout connections,
as indicated on the drawings, shall be operated during this
cleaning operation with all coil and equipment valves closed.
6.
It is to be specifically noted that the work under this Section
shall not be accepted until it is free of foreign matter to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Repair or replace free of additional
charge any and all control valves or other system components
which do not function properly because of imperfect cleaning of
any piping system. Replace any materials rusted, corroded, or
otherwise damaged due to improperly operating and maintaining
the installation without charge, prior to the acceptance by the
Engineer.
7.
Piping shall be tested in sections where directed by the
Contractor, in order to permit construction to proceed.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-338
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
B.
Cleaning and Leakage Testing of Ductwork
1.
The open ends of all unfinished sections of ductwork, including
fan outlets, tappings for air outlets, etc., shall be properly capped
at all times during construction, unless the particular section of
ductwork is actually being worked on.
2.
The requirement for capped duct openings shall continue until
white plastering or equivalent finishing operations in the
building are completed.
3.
If the above requirements have not been strictly enforced during
the construction period, cover all air outlets with cheesecloth and
blow out the duct system to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
4.
The leakage testing of medium and low pressure ductwork shall
comply with the following:
a.
Air testing during erection shall include separate leakage
air tests of each complete and/or partial air riser, each
completed and/or partial horizontal distribution system,
and, after all ductwork is installed and central station
apparatus is erected, leakage testing of the pressure side
of the whole system up to the inlet of the variable air
volume boxes. It is the intent of the Specifications that
ductwork shall be tested in sections, if required, or as
directed by the Contractor in order to permit work of
other Trades to proceed.
b.
Tests shall be made prior to insulation of system being
tested -- using suitable test equipment, including "U"
tube, orifice, tubing and cocks, arranged to indicate the
amount of air leakage.
c.
The leakage test of the Class “A” sealed medium
rectangular and conduit ductwork upstream of VAV
boxes shall be made with pressure in the ductwork
maintained at approximately 1,000 Pa., obtained by
operation of the air supply fan or, if the fan cannot be
operated, by use of the test blower(s). Leakage test of
the low pressure, Class “A” sealed ductwork shall be
made with pressure maintained at approximately 750 Pa.
of water gauge. All joints shall be inspected and
checked for leakage, by means as directed, and total
leakage shall be limited to a maximum of 1% of the total
system design cfm. Even if a duct section passes the
leakage test, all audible leaks shall be sealed. Test
procedure shall be in accordance with the test procedure
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-339
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
outlined in SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test
Manual”, First Edition, 1985.
d.
Leakage
Class
Ductwork
Type
Round
Round
Rectangular
Rectangular
3.02
3
3
6
6
The maximum allowable leakage rates for ductwork
between the fan discharge and the inlet to the VAV
boxes is as follows:
Construction
Class (in. W.G.)
4
3
4
3
Allowable
Leakage
Rate
Positive
Integral Test (cfm/100
Pressure (in. sq.ft. of tested
duct surface
W.G.)
area)
4
7.5
3
6.0
4
14.5
3
12.0
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
A.
Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of Contract,
including General Conditions and General Requirements, apply to work
of this Section.
B.
Codes: The work shall comply with all federal, state and local Codes,
AABC, NAAB, OSHA and ASHRAE standards.
C.
Documents
1.
Sample report forms for all tests performed shall be submitted
and approved prior to commencement of tests. Refer to
Paragraph E. of this Specification for precise requirements.
2.
Before commencing with the balancing of the systems, submit
for approval the name of the Professional Engineer under whose
direct field supervision the adjustments specified shall be made.
The submission shall also include the methods and instruments
proposed to be used to adjust and balance the systems. Data for
instrumentation shall include the date of last calibration.
3.
Submit single-line diagrams of each duct system indicating all
terminal outlets and terminal boxes identified by number. Data
sheets shall list all such outlets denoted by the same numbers,
including the outlet size, "K" factor, location, cfm and jet
velocity. Submit this data for all supply, return and exhaust air
systems.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-340
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
4.
Fan Characteristic Charts: Submit four characteristic curve
charts for each fan. Characteristic curve charts shall be not less
than 215 mm. by 275 mm. and shall show the static pressure,
capacity, horsepower and overall efficiency for operating
conditions from no load to 130% of specified load.
5.
Air Terminal Devices: Submit performance characteristics for
VAV (constant/variable) boxes, grilles, registers and diffusers,
packaged chilled water air conditioning units.
6.
Submit single-line diagrams for water systems indicating all
coils, pumps, heat exchangers. Include flow rate, pressure drop
and temperature differentials.
7.
Pump Characteristic Charts: Submit four (4) characteristic curve
charts for each chilled water, condenser water and fuel oil pump.
Charts shall be not less than 215 mm. by 275 mm. showing head
developed, efficiency and power required for varying capacities
at the operating speeds of the equipment.
Test Preparation and Procedure
1.
The Balancer shall review the design drawings and shop
drawings and shall walk-through the project when the HVAC
systems are 30% and 90% complete and submit a written report
highlighting any perceived problems.
2.
Initial startup shall be performed by this Subcontractor. Prior to
any tests, check the rotation and running amperage of all pump
and fan motors to prevent damage to equipment by overload.
3.
After the installation of each system has been completed, make
all required adjustments in the Engineer's presence to balancing
valves, air vents, pumps, air dampers, registers, variable volume
boxes, fans, humidifiers, etc., until all performance requirements
are met. During all such periods of adjustment prior to the date
of acceptance of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning
systems by the Engineer, this Subcontractor shall operate all
equipment. During all such periods of adjustment after the date
of acceptance of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning
systems by the Engineer, the Engineer's maintenance personnel
shall operate all equipment.
4.
Preliminary balancing may be done prior to completion of
systems; however, final balancing must be done with systems
completely installed and operational.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-341
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
E.
5.
All piping systems should have been completely filled and
vented, and all strainers cleaned by this Subcontractor prior to
balancing.
6.
New, clean filters must be installed in all supply systems by this
Subcontractor prior to balancing.
7.
Record and submit the total outside air and minimum outdoor air
quantities after final adjustments.
8.
All main air ducts shall be traversed, using a pitot tube and
manometer. The manometer shall be calibrated to read two
significant figures in all velocity pressure ranges. The intent of
this operation is to measure by traverse the total air quantity
supplied by the fan and to verify the distribution of air to zones.
9.
Submit data in support of all fan deliveries by the following
methods:
a.
Summation of the air quantity readings at all outlets.
b.
Duct traverses of main supply ducts.
c.
Verification of airflow quantities at the air volume
sensors at the inlet to each VAV box.
10.
Inspect all fan scrolls and remove objects or debris. Inspect all
coils and remove debris or obstructions. Verify that all dampers
and fire dampers are open.
11.
Submit daily progress reports of test and balance work indicating
any problem areas. Copies of deficiencies shall be transmitted to
the Contractor and Engineer.
12.
Mark all settings made during system balancing.
Report Forms
1.
Submit reports on all tests performed. Prior to commencing
testing and balancing work, sample copies of all test forms and
detailed descriptions of the test procedures (specific for each
component and system being tested) shall be submitted for
approval. In all cases, indicate the nominal or specified value.
Indicate test date and technician name on all tests. Individual
tests shall be prefaced with a general report of the system or
equipment being tested. As a minimum, forms and tests shall
include the following information.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-342
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
2.
Title Page
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
3.
Instrument List
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
Instrument.
Manufacturer.
Model.
Serial number.
Range.
Calibration Date.
Air Moving Equipment
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
5.
Company name.
Company address.
Company telephone number.
Project name.
Project location.
Project Engineer.
Project Engineer.
Project Subcontractor.
Project altitude.
Location.
Manufacturer.
Model, size.
Airflow (l/s), specified and actual.
Outside airflow, specified and actual.
Static pressure (external and total) - Pa, specified and
actual.
Inlet pressure.
Discharge pressure.
Fan rpm, specified and actual.
Maximum tip speed - m/s.
Outlet velocity - m/s.
Fan motor data.
Static pressure profile indicating pressure drops across
all filters, coils, eliminators, dampers, etc.
V-belt drive data.
Electric Motors
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Manufacturer.
KW/BKW, specified and actual.
Phase, voltage, hertz, amperage (each phase leg), FLA;
nameplate, actual, no load.
RPM.
Service factor.
Starter size, rating, heater elements.
15000-343
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
6.
V-Belt Drive
a.
b.
c.
d.
7.
Duct Traverse
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
8.
System zone/branch.
Duct size.
Area.
Design velocity.
Design airflow.
Test velocity.
Test airflow.
Duct static pressure.
Air temperature.
Air correction factor.
Air Distribution Tests
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
9.
Driven sheave, diameter and rpm.
Belt, size and quantity.
Motor sheave, diameter and rpm.
Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and
actual.
Air terminal number.
Room number/location.
Terminal type.
Terminal size.
Area factor.
Design velocity.
Design airflow.
Test (final) velocity.
Test (final) airflow.
Percent of design airflow.
Variable Air Volume Boxes
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Manufacturer.
Type, constant, variable.
Identification/number.
Location.
Model.
Size.
Minimum static pressure.
Minimum design airflow.
Maximum design airflow.
Maximum actual airflow.
Inlet static pressure.
Flow coefficient.
15000-344
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
All readings taken shall be separate and independent of the control
devices.
10.
Pumps
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
11.
Factory-Assembled and Packaged Air Conditioning Units
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
12.
Identification/number.
Manufacturer.
Size/model.
Impeller size.
Service.
Design flow rate (l/s), pressure drop, brake kw, motor
kw.
Actual flow rate, pressure drop, brake kw, motor kw.
Discharge pressure.
Suction pressure.
Total operating head pressure.
Shutoff, discharge and suction pressures.
Shutoff, total head pressure - kPa. (Plot this value on
pump curve as a verification of impeller size.)
Head at final, adjusted flow - kPa.
NPSH.
Motor data, specified and actual.
Pressure drop across each balancing valve (constant
speed pumps) - feet of fluid being pumped.
Speed (rpm).
Identification/number.
Location.
Manufacturer.
Model.
Design sensible capacity and actual sensible capacity.
Design latent capacity and actual latent capacity.
Design total capacity and actual total capacity.
Entering d.b. air temperature, design and actual.
Leaving d.b. air temperature, design and actual.
Waterflow, design and actual.
Water pressure drop, design and actual.
Entering water temperature, design and actual.
Leaving water temperature, design and actual.
Motor data, specified and actual.
V-belt drive data.
Chilled Water Cooling Coil Data
a.
b.
c.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Identification/number.
Location.
Service.
15000-345
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
13.
Heat Recovery Coil Data
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
14.
Identification/number.
Location.
Service.
Manufacturer.
Airflow, design and actual.
Entering air d.b. temperature, design and actual.
Entering air w.b. temperature, design and actual.
Leaving air d.b. temperature, design and actual.
Leaving air w.b. temperature, design and actual.
Waterflow, design and actual.
Water pressure drop, design and actual.
Entering water temperature, Design and actual.
Leaving water temperature, design and actual.
Air pressure drop, design and actual.
Electric Heating Coil Data
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
15.
Manufacturer.
Airflow, design and actual.
Entering air d.b. temperature, design and actual.
Entering air w.b. temperature, design and actual.
Leaving air d.b. temperature, design and actual.
Leaving air w.b. temperature, design and actual.
Waterflow, design and actual.
Water pressure drop, design and actual.
Entering water temperature, Design and actual.
Leaving water temperature, design and actual.
Air pressure drop, design and actual.
Identification/number.
Location.
Service.
Manufacturer.
Airflow, design and actual.
Number of stages.
Kw/stage.
Total kw input.
Electrical characteristics, volts, phase, hertz.
Entering air temperature, design and actual.
Leaving air temperature, design and actual.
Air pressure drop, design and actual.
Flow Measuring Station
a.
b.
c.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
Identification/station.
Location.
Size.
15000-346
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
16.
Manufacturer.
Model.
Design flow rate.
Design pressure drop.
Actual/final pressure drop.
Actual/final flow rate.
Station calibrated setting.
Duct Leak Test (Witnessing of Test Only)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Description of ductwork under test.
Duct design operating pressure.
Duct design test static pressure.
Maximum allowable leakage duct capacity times leak
factor.
Test Apparatus:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
F.
Blower.
Orifice, tube size.
Orifice size.
Calibrated.
Test static pressure.
Test orifice differential pressure.
Leakage.
Water Balance
1.
Record the data required for the report forms (Paragraph E.) for
all pumps and pump motors installed at the project. Follow the
AABC National Standards for balancing hydronic systems.
2.
Pumps and piping systems shall be balanced by the adjustment
of plug cocks, globe valves or other control devices to obtain the
flow quantities indicated on the design drawings. Balancing
shall be done with all controls set for full-flow through coils. A
sufficient quantity of automatic throttling valves shall be in the
full-open position or full-closed position to simulate design
diversity. All automatic three-way valves shall have the bypass
port closed. System shall be balanced to insure design flow to
the most hydraulically remote equipment.
3.
Balance and record the waterflow and pressure drops through all
chillers, condensers, cooling towers, coils, balancing valves,
packaged air handling units, etc., in accordance with design
requirements.
4.
For all orifice plates record the pipe size, orifice size, flow
factor, required differential pressure, final differential pressure
and calculated final flow quantity.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-347
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
G.
5.
For all Venturi type, flow tube, pitot tube, or other flow
measuring devices, record the pipe size, manufacturer and size of
device, the direct reading or the differential pressure, and
calculated final flow.
6.
Flow shall be balanced through all equipment and coils by means
of pressure drop and calibrated flow control valves. Obtain
curves from the various manufacturers indicating the relationship
between flow and pressure drop through the coils and equipment.
Readings shall be taken on calibrated test gauges. Submit curves
with the final report.
7.
Upon completion of the water balance, reconcile the total heat
transfer through all coils and heat exchangers by recording the
entering and leaving water temperatures and the entering and
leaving air dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures along with water
and air quantities.
8.
Upon completion of balancing, adjust differential bypass valves.
9.
Where pump impellers are required to be trimmed to produce no
more than 110 percent of their scheduled flow with the discharge
valve wide open, this Subcontractor shall establish the new
impeller size and submit this data with the balancing reports.
10.
Check that all air vents are installed and operating.
Air Balance
1.
All fan systems shall be operated for as long a time as shall be
necessary to test airflow from all openings, make all necessary
damper and other adjustments until air quantities required at
each outlet or inlet as shown are obtained throughout the various
systems. Balance all air systems to obtain design air quantities at
the least static pressure. Follow the AABC National Standards
for balancing air systems.
2.
Fans and duct systems shall be completely balanced to obtain the
air quantities indicated on the design drawings by the adjustment
of sheaves, controllable or adjustable pitch blades, air valves,
dampers, registers and other volume and diverting control
devices. All final adjusted air quantities shall be within 10% of
the design requirements. Verify static pressure control and fan
tracking with controllable pitch and variable frequency drives in
VAV systems. Follow the approved manufacturers standards for
balancing DDC VAV boxes.
3.
If, to balance air in system, a fan speed other than that provided
should be required, necessary changes shall be made in V-belt
drive.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-348
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
H.
4.
Submit single line diagrams of all duct systems indicating all
terminal outlets and terminal boxes identified by number. Data
sheets shall list all such outlets denoted by the same numbers,
including the outlet size "K" factor, location, cfm and jet
velocity. Submit this data for all supply, return and exhaust air
systems.
5.
Outside air dampers shall be adjusted to deliver the correct air
quantity at all damper positions. Record and submit the outside
air temperatures for both cycles after final adjustments.
6.
During this testing period, make all necessary settings and
adjustments of temperature regulating equipment with the
assistance of the various control manufacturer(s) and/or
installer(s).
Miscellaneous
1.
Submission of certified tests shall in no way relieve fulfillment
of the guarantee provided by this Subcontractor.
2.
The automatic control systems and fire detection systems shall
be properly adjusted and left in good working condition.
3.
Verify that overload heaters installed in motor starters are
properly sized for the motors they serve.
4.
Verify that all motors, pumps, fans, compressors, etc., have been
properly lubricated and left ready for operation.
5.
All gauges, instruments, thermometers and meters shall be
checked and tested. Notify both the Engineer and Contractor of
deficiencies.
6.
All alarms (BMS, equipment, etc.) shall be tested to fulfill
satisfactory operating conditions. Verify proper operation of
electrical safety interlocks, damper sequencing, smoke control
operation, Hi/Lo limit switches and freezestats. Spot check
(minimum 5% of all locations) space temperature control using
hand-held temperature readings as part of the seven (7) day test
described in Paragraph I.
7.
Allow sufficient time to perform all tests, adjustments, etc.,
necessary to place the various systems in final operation
condition, verify performance requirements and check all safety
devices. Labor, instruments, etc., required for various tests shall
be provided.
See that all manufacturers' representatives
necessary to check and adjust various systems are present with
sufficient labor to perform all this work without delay. All test
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-349
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
data shall be recorded on suitable forms and submitted to the
Engineer for approval.
I.
8.
Unless otherwise specified, equipment shall be adjusted in
accordance with manufacturers' recommendations to function
properly with capacities required and/or specified.
9.
The Balancing Subcontractor shall be responsible for witnessing
the duct leakage tests and submitting a written report.
Final Acceptance
1.
The Engineer and/or the Engineer's representatives shall make
final check of all systems only after the balancing agency has
completed and returned to the Engineer or Engineer's
representatives all recorded test data, together with letter that his
work is to the best of his knowledge 100% complete. Field
performance tests shall be required by the Engineer and/or the
Engineer's representatives at this time to verify performance and
workmanship, and to make final system component adjustments.
2.
Points and areas for recheck shall be selected by the Engineer's
representative.
3.
Measurements and tests shall be same as the original test-andbalance procedures.
4.
Specific and random selections for recheck shall not normally
exceed 15% of the total number tabulated in the report, except
where special air systems require a complete recheck for safety
reasons.
5.
If random tests demonstrate a measured flow deviation of 10%
or more from that recorded in the certified test-and-balance
report, the report shall automatically be rejected. In the event the
report is rejected, all systems shall be readjusted and tested, new
data recorded, a new certified test-and-balance report submitted
and a new inspection test made, all at no additional cost to the
Engineer.
6.
After satisfactory passing of the field tests and after all necessary
adjustments have been made, test the complete systems for a
minimum of seven (7) days under regular operating conditions or
as long as may be required to establish compliance with Contract
Documents. Randomly check values recorded during final
balancing of air and water systems.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-350
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
3.03
INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A.
All piping shall be properly supported or suspended on stands, clamps,
hangers, etc., of approved design and make as directed. Supports shall
be designed to permit free expansion and contraction while minimizing
vibration. Pipes shall be anchored where shown or directed by means of
steel clamps, or other approved means, securely fastened to the pipe and
rigidly attached to the building construction. Riser heels shall have
capped dirt pockets.
B.
Screw threads shall be cut clean and true; screw joints shall be made
tight without caulking and without red or white lead. No bushings shall
be used. All reductions shall be made with eccentric reducers or
eccentric fittings. All pipe 50 mm. and less shall be reamed out after
cutting to remove all burrs.
C.
The drawings indicate generally the size and location of piping, and
while sizes must not be decreased, the right is reserved to change runs
and sizes of pipes in order to accommodate conditions at the job. Any
pipes not shown on plans shall be of sizes as directed, and run where
directed. Pipework shall conform fully to the following requirements:
1.
Piping shall be properly graded to secure easy circulation and
prevent noise and water hammer. Steam piping and steam
condensate return piping shall pitch 25 mm. in 6 meters; water
piping shall pitch 25 mm. in 18 meters. Steam and steam
condensate return piping shall pitch downward in direction of
flow. Water piping shall pitch upward in direction of flow. Dirt
pockets with valved outlet with hose adapter shall be provided at
all riser heels, low points, and other places where dirt and scale
may accumulate. Proper provision shall be made for expansion
and contraction in all portions of pipework, to prevent undue
strains on piping or on fixtures or apparatus connected therewith.
2.
Approved screw unions, with steel or bronze bodies and ground
brass taper or spherical joints, shall be installed at traps,
instruments, etc., and wherever else required, to permit easy
connection and disconnection.
3.
Steam Mains: To meet conditions at the job, steam mains shall
set up (with drip connections to return lines), at any points where
so directed, to save headroom, clear other pipes, etc. Steam
mains shall be kept as high as possible. All piping shall be
arranged to secure free venting at ends of mains without
permitting ingress of air.
4.
Return and Drip Mains: All low pressure and drips shall
gravitate to receiver of condensate pump or condensate cooler.
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-351
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
D.
5.
Riser branches and other offsets shall be made up with 4-elbow
swings. This shall also apply to copper risers and branches.
6.
To meet job conditions, water supply and return mains shall be
set up and down where so directed; in any such case, drain cocks
shall be provided at low points and vent traps at high points -with vent connections extended to nearby points of disposal as
directed.
7.
Vent connections shall be provided at all high points, connected
to expansion tanks or to air traps, or to valve blowoffs, as shown
or directed. Where valve blowoffs are used, valves are to be
installed no higher than 2 meters above finished floor.
Automatic air and vent traps of the ball float type shall be
installed at all high points of chilled water system and be
installed with copper drain lines piped to nearest funnel drain.
Provide a manual shutoff valve ahead of all vents.
8.
Alterations: If, after plant is in operation, any coils do not
circulate quickly and noiselessly (due to trapped or airbound
connections), make proper alterations in these defective
connections. If connections are concealed in furring, floors or
ceilings, bear all expense of tearing up finished construction, and
refinish, leaving same in as good condition as before it was
disturbed.
9.
Pipe Nipples: Any piece of pipe 75 mm. in length or less shall
be considered a nipple. All nipples shall be extra heavy. Close
nipples shall not be used.
10.
All piping connections to coils and equipment shall be made
with offsets provided with screwed or flanged unions so
arranged that the equipment can be serviced or removed without
dismantling the piping. Unions shall not be directly screwed to
coil header piping connections.
11.
Connections from headers to pump suction and discharge piping
shall be made with laterals. Connections from overhead piping
to the inlet and discharge of pumps shall be made with reducing
elbows, and connections from horizontal headers shall be made
with eccentric reducers.
Provide protective pans under or over individual pipes passing high
voltage electrical bus duct, transformer and switchgear equipment, motor
control centers, motor starter racks, telephone equipment, or other
electrical equipment. The pans shall be constructed of 3.6 mm. steel
with a 150 mm. lip, the corners being welded to make the pans
watertight. Each pan shall be given three coats of Rust-Oleum paint and
shall be supported by pipe hangers. The pan shall drain clear of the bus
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-352
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
duct or electrical or telephone equipment. Where pans are above piping,
they shall be designed to serve as a deflector plate. Pans over bus duct
and electrical or telephone equipment shall be sized to fully protect
equipment. Pans over electrical equipment shall be not less than 2.0
meters from equipment.
END OF SECTION
Museum of Islamic Art
Doha, Qatar
Z:\worldox\docs\122690\spc\00015619.DOC
15000-353
HVAC
Issued for Construction
1 June 2004
1) Consists of pressure switches,
freezestats, and life safety alarms.
2) Refer to Description of Operation for
quantity of all systems.
System A/C Units (Each)
Atrium
Gallery (1st Floor)
Gallery (2nd, 3rd, and 4th Floors)
Auditorium
5th Floor Administration
Restaurant
Education Wing
Basement
Refrigeration Plant Mechanical Room and
Generator Room Air Conditioning Unit
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
Minimum Outside Air Damper
Return Air Damper
Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive - Speed Control
Cooling Coil Valve
Return Fan Variable Frequency Drive - Speed Control
Zone Duct Heaters (Each)
Unit Heat Recovery Coil Three Way Valve
Duct Heat Recovery Coil Three Way Valve
Notes:
Supply Fan - High Suction Pressure
Supply Fan - High Discharge Pressure
Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive - Malfunction
Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive Status - Inverter
Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive - Bypass
Return Fan - High Suction Pressure
Return Fan High Discharge Pressure
Return Fan Variable Frequency Drive - Malfunction
Return Fan Variable Frequency Drive Status - Inverter
Return Fan Variable Frequency Drive Status - Bypass
Supply Fan Status - Via Current-Sensing Relay
Return Fan Status - Via Current-Sensing Relay
Heat Recovery Pump Status
Kitchen Makeup Damper Open/Close
Purge Outside Air Damper
Supply Fan - Start/Stop
Supply Fan Safety Stop (Note No. 1)
Purge Exhaust Dampers
Supply Fan Discharge Damper - Open/Close
Return Fan - Start/Stop
Return Fan Safety Stop (Note No. 1)
Return Fan Override Start (Life Safety)
Return Fan Discharge Damper - Open/Close
Supply Floor Isolation Dampers
Return Floor Isolation Dampers
Heat Recovery Coil Pump Start/Stop
Outside Air Flow (Minimum)
Supply Air Flow
Supply Van Variable Frequency Drive - Speed Feedback
Return Air Humidity
Supply Air Discharge Temperature
Space Temperature (Each Zone)
Supply Air Static Pressure - High Limit
Supply Air Static Pressure - Riser or Duct
Indoor Air Quality (See Note 2)
Return Air Flow
Return Fan - Variable Frequency Drive Speed Feedback
Return Air Temperature
● Required Points
Inputs
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Outputs
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●●
● ●●
● ●●
● ●●
●●●●
● ●●
● ●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Inputs
ANALOG
● ●
●
● ●●●●
● ●●●●
●●●●●●
●●●●●●
● ●●●●
● ●●●●
● ●●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●
●●
●●
Outputs
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●
● ●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
Appendix A-1
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
ANALOG
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Inputs
Space Temperature
VFD Speed Feedback
CO Concentration
Start/Stop
Floor Exhaust Isolation Damper Group Per Floor
System
Toilet Exhaust Fans (each)
General Kitchen Exhaust Fans (each)
Mechanical Room Air Conditioning Units
(each)
Basement and Mechanical Equipment
Room Smoke Exhaust Fans (each)
Kitchen Exhaust Fans (each)
Smoke Exhaust Fans Constant Speed
(each)
Smoke Exhaust Fans Variable Speed
(each)
Truck Dock/Garage Exhaust Fans (each)
Carbon Monoxide System
Refrigerant Leak Detection System
Outputs
Status
VFD Common Alarm
VFD Drive System - Invertor
VFD Drive System - Bypass
Threshold Limit Value (TVL)
Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL)
Emergency Exposure Limit (EEL)
Failure Relay
Inputs
Outputs
VFD Speed Control
Chilled Water Valve
● Required Points
●
●
●
●
● ●
● ● ●
●
●
●
●
●
● ● ● ●
Appendix A-2
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
Inputs
Outputs
Chilled Water Valve Control
System
Switchgear Room, Telephone Equipment Room,
●●
Mechanical Equipment Room, and Elevator Machine
Room Chilled Water Cooled A/C Units (each)
Weather Station
Emergency Generator Room Exhaust Fan
●
Fuel Oil Tank and Pump Room Exhaust Fan
●
●
Vent Dampers (Stairway, Hoistway and Shafts - each)
Outputs
Space Temperature
Outdoor Air Temperature
Outdoor Air Humidity
Outdoor Air CO2
1) One detector per 100 sq.ft.
2) Provide 50 digital outputs.
ANALOG
Start/Stop
Damper (Open/Close)
Notes:
Run Status
Leak Alarm (A/C Unit External Drip Pan)
Alarm Status
● Required Points
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Inputs
●
●
●
●●●
●
●
Appendix A-3
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
● Required Points
DIGITAL
Inputs
ANALOG
Outputs
Inputs
Outputs
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
Damper Control
Electric Reheat Control
System
Fan-powered VAV Boxes (each)
(REMOVE)
Fan-powered VAV Boxes with
Reheat (each) (REMOVE)
VAV Boxes (each)
VAV Boxes with Reheat (each)
CV Boxes (each)
CV Boxes with Reheat (each)
Space Temperature
Air Flow
Fan Status (REMOVE)
1) One transmitter per room.
Fan Start/Stop (REMOVE)
Notes:
● ●
● ●
●
● ●
●
● ●
●
● ●
Appendix A-4
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - High Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - Low Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - Extreme Low Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - High Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - Low Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - Extreme Low Level
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-1 - Malfunction
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-2 - Malfunction
Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 - Supply/Return Isolation Valves Closed
Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 - Supply/Return Isolation Valves Closed
Emergency Generator No. 1 Supply Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 2 Supply Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 3 Supply Isolation Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 1 - Supply Solenoid Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 2 - Supply Solenoid Valve Closed
Emergency Generator No. 3 - Supply Solenoid Valve Closed
Firematic Isolation Valve Closed (Transfer Pump Room)
Firematic Isolation Valve Closed (Generator Room)
Firematic Valve Closed (Diesel Fire Pump Room)
Fuel Oil System Isolation Valves Misaligned
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-1 Relief Valve Actuation
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-2 Relief Valve Actuation
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-1 Inlet/Discharge Valves Closed
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-2 Inlet/Discharge Valves Closed
Duplex Strainer-Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-1 High Differential
Duplex Strainer-Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 FOP-2 High Differential
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak (Base of Riser)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak (Pump Room)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak (Generator Room)
Fuel Oil Outer Pipe Containment Leak (Fire Pump Room)
Fuel Oil Tank Vault - Leak
Fuel Oil Day Tank - High Water Level
Fuel Oil Day Tank Basin - Leak
Fill Sump Tank - High Level
Fuel Oil Transfer Pump Room (Leak Detector in Room)
Each PLC Malfunction
Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 High Water Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 High Water Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 1 Instantaneous Level
Fuel Oil Tank No. 2 Instantaneous Level
Diesel Fire Pump Isolation Valve Closed
Diesel Fire Pump Day Tank - Supply Solenoid Valve Closed
Fuel Oil Pump Set No. 1 - Run Status (Each Pump)
Diesel Fire Pump Day Tank - Low Level
Diesel Fire Pump Day Tank - High Level
Diesel Fire Pump Day Tank - Leak
Diesel Fire Pump - Contaminant Leak (Pump Room)
Diesel Fire Pump Room - Leak
● Required Points
Qty System
Fuel Oil System
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Inputs
●●●●●●●●●●● ● ●●●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
Appendix A-5
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
Notes:
1.
Provide control of floor exhaust isolation
dampers for fans which serve more than
one floor. Refer to Specification for
description.
System
Life Safety Interface/Smoke Control System
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
Elevator EMR/Hoistway Smoke Detector Fire Alarm (each service EMR/Hoistway)
Common Fire Alarm (Atrium)
Common Fire Alarm (Restaurant)
Common Fire Alarm (Gallery)
Common Fire Alarm (Auditorium)
Common Fire Alarm (5th Floor Administration)
Common Fire Alarm (Education Wing)
Common Fire Alarm (Basement)
Discharge Smoke Detector Activation (Each Supply Fan)
Smoke Exhaust Fan On - Via SCP (Each Fan Utilized for Smoke Exhaust)
Smoke Exhaust Fan Off - Via SCP (Each Fan Utilized for Smoke Exhaust)
Floor Exhaust Isolation Damper - Open - Via SCP (Each Floor) (Note 1)
Floor Exhaust Isolation Damper - Close - Via (Each Floor) (Note 1)
Fireman's Override Key Enable
A/C Unit Shutdown (Each System)
Supply Fan Status at Smoke Control Panel (Each Fan)
Return Fan Status at Smoke Control Panel (Each Fan)
Smoke Exhaust Fan Status at Smoke Control Panel (Each Fan)
Floor Return Isolation Damper Open/Close (Per Floor) (Note 1)
Floor Return Isolation Damper Status (each floor) (Note 1)
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
● Required Points
Inputs
DIGITAL
Outputs
Inputs
ANALOG
Outputs
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Appendix A-6
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
Failure During Flow Test
Excess Water in Fuel
Water Storage Tank Full
Strainer Dirty
Filter Dirty
Leakage Into System Drip Pan
Leakage Into Water Secondary Container
Loss of Flow, Filtration Cycle
Additive Tank Empty
● Required Points
System
Central Fuel Oil Filt. and Dewatering System
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Inputs
●●●●●●●●●
Appendix A-7
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
Inputs
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●
● ●
● ● ● ●
●
●
●
●
Pan Water Temperature (each cell)
Common Supply Water Temperature
Common Return Water Temperature
Condenser Water Supply Temperature Upstream of Chillers
Variable Frequency Drive Feedback (each)
Condenser Water Return Temperature
Chilled Water Supply Temperature
Flow (gpm) (common per system)
System Differential Pressure (Per Riser)
Total Dynamic Head Across Header
Chilled Water Return Temperature
Secondary CHW Supply Temperature
Condenser Water Return Temperature
Secondary Condenser Water Supply Temperature
Common Heat Recovery Supply Water Temperature
Common Heat Recovery Return Water Temperature
Heat Recovery System Flow Meter (each)
Variable Frequency Drive Speed Control
Temperature Bypass Valve
Minimum Flow Valve
Supply Water Reset
Start/Stop (each)
Safety Stop (each)
Motorized Valve Open Command (each valve)
Motorized Valve Closed Command (each valve)
System
Cooling Tower (3 cells)
CW Pumps (each)
CHW Pumps (each)
Electric Drive Chillers (each)
Heat Recovery Coil Water System
Status (each)
Variable Frequency Drive - Inverter (each)
Variable Frequency Drive - Bypass (each)
Variable Frequency Drive - Malfunction (each)
High Water Level (each cell)
Low Water Level (each cell)
Vibration Alarm (each fan)
Motorized Valve Open Indication (each valve)
Motorized Valve Closed Indication (each valve)
Common Alarm
Expansion Tank High Pressure
Expansion Tank Low Pressure
Heat Recovery Expansion Tank High Level Alarm
Heat Recovery Expansion Tank Low Level Alarm
● Required Points
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Outputs
ANALOG
Inputs
● ● ●
●
● ●
● ●
●
Outputs
●
● ● ●
●
●
● ● ●
Appendix A-8
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Inputs
Outputs
ANALOG
Inputs
Outputs
Common Alarm
Run Status
Failure to Run
Blown Fuse Indication (Note 4)
Ground Fault Interruption (Note 3)
Open Indication (Note 4)
Closed Indication (Note 4)
ATS Connected to Emergency
ATS Connected to Normal
● Required Points
Electrical Monitoring
Diesel Generator (Each)
Automatic Transfer Switch (Each)
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
●●●
●●
Appendix A-9
Worldox: 00015622.XLS
Domestic Water Pumps Pump Failure (Each)
Domestic Water Pumps Low Pressure (Each)
Domestic Hot Water Heater High Temperature (Each)
Domestic Hot Water Heater Low Temperature Alarm (Each)
Expansion Tank Make-Up Pump Run Status
Expansion Tank Low Water Level Alarm
● Required Points
Qty. System
Miscellaneous Plumbing Alarms
Jaros, Baum & Bolles
1 June 2004
BMS POINT MATRIX
MUSEUM OF ISLAMIC ARTS
DOHA, QATAR
DIGITAL
Inputs
Inputs
ANALOG
Outputs
●●●●●●
Appendix A-10
Worldox: 00015622.XLS